For printer-friendly version click here
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
  x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
           For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
                                                                                        OR
   o  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
           For the transition period from ____ to ____

Commission file number 0-16772
     
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Ohio
 
31-0987416
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
138 Putnam Street, PO Box 738, Marietta, Ohio
 
 45750-0738
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
 
(740) 373-3155
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
   
 
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common shares, without par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes       o                   No   x
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 
Yes        o                  No    x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes x   No  o  
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated
filer o
Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes       o                   No   x
 
As of June 30, 2008, the aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Shares (the only common equity of the Registrant) held by non-affiliates was $182,062,000 based upon the closing price as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.  For this purpose, executive officers and directors of the Registrant are considered affiliates.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, at March 2, 2009: 10,439,168 common shares, without par value.
 

 
Document Incorporated by Reference:
Portions of Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 23, 2009, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
 
 
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
   
     
     
     
 
 
     
     
     
   
     
     
     


 
2


PART I

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”), “Peoples” refers to Peoples Bancorp Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively, except where the context indicates the reference relates solely to the registrant, Peoples Bancorp Inc.  Unless otherwise indicated, all note references contained in this Form 10-K refer to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 
Corporate Overview
Peoples Bancorp Inc. is a financial holding company organized in 1980.  Peoples operates principally through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples Bank, National Association (“Peoples Bank”).  At December 31, 2008, Peoples’ other wholly-owned subsidiaries included Peoples Investment Company and PEBO Capital Trust I.  Peoples Bank also owned Peoples Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Peoples Insurance”) and PBNA, L.L.C., an asset management company.  Peoples Investment Company also owned Peoples Capital Corporation.
 
Peoples Bank was first chartered in 1902 as an Ohio banking corporation under the name “The Peoples Banking and Trust Company” in Marietta, Ohio, and was later reorganized as a national banking association under its current name in 2000.  Peoples Insurance was first chartered in 1994 as an Ohio corporation under the name “Northwest Territory Property and Casualty Insurance Agency, Inc.” and awarded insurance agency powers in the State of Ohio in late 1995, becoming the first insurance agency in Ohio to be affiliated with a financial institution.  Peoples Insurance was reorganized under its current name in 2000.
 
 Peoples Investment Company and its subsidiary, Peoples Capital Corporation, were formed in 2001 to optimize Peoples’ consolidated capital position and improve profitability by providing new investment opportunities that are either limited or restricted at Peoples Bank.  These investments include, but are not limited to, low-income housing tax credit funds or projects, venture capital, and other higher risk investments.  Presently, the operations of both companies do not represent a significant part of Peoples’ overall business activities.
 
 
Business Overview
Peoples makes available a wide range of financial products and services to its customers through its financial service locations and automated teller machines (“ATMs”) in Ohio, West Virginia and Kentucky, as well as well as telephone and internet-based banking.  These products and services include the following:
 
o   various demand deposit accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit
o   commercial, consumer and real estate mortgage loans (both commercial and residential)
o   debit cards
o   credit cards through an affiliated marketing agreement
o   corporate and personal trust services
o   safe deposit rental facilities
o   travelers checks, money orders and cashier’s checks
 
Peoples also offers a full range of life, health and property and casualty insurance products through Peoples Insurance and provides custom-tailored fiduciary and wealth management services, including asset management, recordkeeping, retirement services and estate management, through Peoples Financial Advisors (a division of Peoples Bank).  Brokerage services are offered exclusively through an unaffiliated registered broker-dealer located at Peoples Bank’s offices.
 
Since 1996, Peoples has undertaken a controlled and steady expansion strategy involving a combination of internal and external growth.  This strategy has included the opening of de novo banking and loan production offices, acquisitions of existing banking offices, both individually and as part of entire institutions, and acquisitions of two insurance agencies.  As a result, Peoples has experienced growth in total assets and its capital position, as well as expansion of its customer base and primary market area.  This strategy has also provided opportunities for Peoples to integrate non-traditional products and services, such as insurance and investments, with the traditional banking products being offered to its clients.
 
Since 2003, Peoples has taken steps to improve operating efficiency by redirecting resources to offices and markets with greater growth potential.  These actions have included the consolidation of existing banking offices with acquired offices that were in close proximity to each other and sale of selected banking offices.  During 2008, Peoples completed the sale of its Grayson, Kentucky banking office and its $13.4 million of deposits and $2.0 million of loans.   
 
For the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, Peoples’ total assets and total stockholders’ equity grew at compound annual growth rates of 2.9% and 1.8%, respectively, while return on average assets and average stockholders’ equity averaged 0.94% and 9.30%, respectively, during this five-year period.  Peoples also has a history of dividend growth, with 2008 marking the 43 rd consecutive year of increased dividends and a five-year compound annual growth rate of 7.1%.
 
 
Recent Corporate Developments
On November 12, 2008, Peoples received preliminary approval from the United States Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) for a capital investment of $39 million through the voluntary TARP Capital Purchase Program established by the U.S. Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.  At the time of this preliminary approval, Peoples was not authorized to issue preferred shares under its Amended Articles of Incorporation.  This investment, which represented 3% of Peoples’ total risk-weighted assets, was the maximum that Peoples was allowed to receive under the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
 
On January 22, 2009, Peoples’ shareholders adopted an amendment to Article FOURTH of Peoples’ Amended Articles of Incorporation to authorize the issuance of up to 50,000 preferred shares.  The preferred shares may be issued from time to time by Peoples’ Board of Directors in one or more series, with each series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as determined by the Board of Directors.  On January 28, 2009, Peoples’ Board of Directors adopted an amendment to Peoples’ Amended Articles of Incorporation to create a series of preferred shares designated as Peoples’ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, each without par value and having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”).  These actions enabled Peoples to obtain final approval for the $39 million capital investment through the TARP Capital Purchase Program.
 
On January 30, 2009, Peoples issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 39,000 of Peoples’ Series A Preferred Shares, and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 313,505 Peoples common shares, each without par value (“Common Shares”), at an exercise price of $18.66 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments), for an aggregate purchase price of $39 million in cash.  This issuance and sale was a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. Additional information regarding the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant can be found in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
To finalize Peoples’ participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples entered into certain agreements with the U.S. Treasury.  Additional information regarding the TARP Capital Purchase Program and the restrictions imposed on Peoples can be found under the “TARP Capital Purchase Program” heading in the “Supervision and Regulation” section included later in this item.
 
 
Primary Market Area and Customers
Peoples considers its primary market area to consist of the counties where it has a physical presence and neighboring counties.  This market area currently includes the counties of Athens, Belmont, Fairfield, Franklin, Gallia, Guernsey, Meigs, Morgan, Noble and Washington in Ohio; Cabell, Mason, Wetzel and Wood in West Virginia; and Boyd, Carter and Greenup in Kentucky,.  This market area encompasses the Metropolitan Statistical Areas (“MSA”) of Parkersburg-Marietta-Vienna, WV-OH and Huntington-Ashland, WV-KY-OH, and portions of the Columbus OH and Wheeling, WV-OH MSAs.  This primary market area largely consists of rural or small urban areas with a diverse group of industries and employers.  Principal industries in this area include health care, education and other social services; plastics and petrochemical manufacturing; oil, gas and coal production; and tourism and other service-related industries.  Because of this diversity, Peoples is not dependent upon any single industry segment for its business opportunities.
 
 
Lending Activities
Peoples originates various types of loans, including commercial and commercial real estate loans, residential real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, real estate construction loans, and consumer loans.  In prior years, Peoples also originated and retained various credit card loans.  In 2003, Peoples sold its existing credit card portfolio and entered into a joint marketing alliance to serve the credit card needs of its customers and prospects, which reduces Peoples’ risks since it does not own the loans.
 
Peoples’ lending activities are focused principally on lending opportunities within its primary market areas, although Peoples occasionally originates loans to creditworthy customers outside its primary markets.  In general, Peoples retains the majority of loans it originates; however, certain longer-term fixed-rate mortgage loan originations, primarily one-to-four family residential mortgages, are sold into the secondary market.
 
Peoples’ loans consist of credits to borrowers spread over a broad range of industrial classifications.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples had no concentration of loans to borrowers engaged in the same or similar industries that exceeded 10% of total loans nor had any loans outstanding to non-U.S. entities.
 
Legal Lending Limit
Federal regulations impose a limit on the aggregate amount that financial institutions may lend to one borrower, including certain related or affiliated borrowers.  This legal lending limit is generally 15% of the institution’s total capital, as defined by risk-based capital regulations, plus any allowance for loan losses not already included in total capital.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples’ legal lending limit was approximately $24.5 million.  During 2008, Peoples did not extend credit to any one borrower in excess of its legal lending limit.
 
Commercial Lending
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans (“commercial loans”), including loans secured by commercial real estate, represent the largest portion of Peoples’ total loan portfolio, comprising approximately 59.5% of total loans at December 31, 2008.  Commercial lending inherently involves a significant degree of risk of loss since commercial loan relationships generally involve larger loan balances than other loan classes.  Additionally, repayment of commercial loans normally depends on adequate cash flows of a business, which can be negatively impacted by adverse changes in the general economy or in a specific industry.
 
Commercial Lending Practices.   Loan terms include amortization schedules commensurate with the purpose of each loan, the source of repayment and the risk involved.  The
               primary analytical technique used in determining whether to grant a commercial loan is the review of a schedule of cash flows to evaluate whether the borrower’s anticipated
               future cash flows will be adequate to service both interest and principal due.  Additionally, collateral is reviewed to determine its value in relation to the loan.
 
The Peoples Bank Board of Directors is required to approve loans secured by real estate in excess of $5 million, loans secured by all other assets in excess of $3 million, unsecured loans in excess of $1 million and all loans, regardless of amount, to borrowers whose aggregate debt to Peoples Bank, including the principal amount of the proposed loan, exceeds $7 million.
 
Peoples evaluates all commercial loan relationships whenever a new loan causes the aggregate debt to Peoples to exceed $250,000.  On an annual basis, Peoples evaluates all loan relationships whose aggregate debt to Peoples is greater than $500,000 for possible credit deterioration.  This gives Peoples the opportunity to take effective and prompt action designed to assure repayment of the loan or minimize Peoples’ risk of loss, including reviewing the relationship on a quarterly basis depending on the loan quality rating and aggregate debt outstanding.  Upon detection of the reduced ability of a borrower to meet cash flow obligations, the loan is reviewed for possible downgrading or placement on nonaccrual status.
 
Real Estate Loans
While commercial loans comprise the largest portion of Peoples’ loan portfolio, generating residential real estate loans remains a major focus of Peoples’ lending efforts, whether the loans are ultimately sold into the secondary market or retained on Peoples’ Consolidated Balance Sheets.  At December 31, 2008, portfolio real estate loans comprised 21.0% of total loans.  Peoples also had $0.8 million of real estate loans held for sale and was servicing $181.4 million of loans, consisting primarily of one-to-four family residential mortgages, previously sold in the secondary market.
 
Peoples originates both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate real estate loans.  Typically, the longer-term fixed-rate real estate loans are sold in the secondary market, with Peoples retaining servicing rights on those loans.  In select cases, Peoples may retain certain fixed-rate real estate loans or sell the loans without retaining the servicing rights.
 
        Real Estate Lending Practices.  Peoples typically requires residential real estate loan amounts to be no more than 80% of the purchase price or the appraised value of the real
               estate securing the loan, unless private mortgage insurance is obtained by the borrower for the percentage exceeding 80%.  In certain circumstances, Peoples may lend up to
               100% of the appraised value of the real estate, although such lending currently is limited to loans that qualify under established rural housing programs.  The risk conditions of
               these loans are considered during underwriting for the purposes of establishing an interest rate commensurate with the risks inherent in mortgage lending and remaining equity
               of the home, if any.
 
Real estate loans are typically secured by first mortgages with evidence of title in favor of Peoples in the form of an attorney’s opinion of the title or a title insurance policy.  Peoples also requires proof of hazard insurance, with Peoples named as the mortgagee and loss payee.  Licensed appraisals are required for all real estate loans.
 
Home Equity Lines of Credit
Peoples originates home equity lines of credit that provide consumers with greater flexibility in financing personal expenditures.  At December 31, 2008, home equity lines of credit comprised 4.3% of Peoples’ total loans.  Peoples offers home equity lines of credit with a fixed rate for the first five years which converts to a variable interest rate for the remaining five years.  Peoples also offers a home equity line of credit with a variable rate for the entire term of the loan.
 
          Home Equity Lending Practices.   Home equity lines of credit are generally made as second mortgages by Peoples.  The maximum amount of a home equity line of credit is
                 generally limited to 80% of the appraised value of the property less the balance of the first mortgage.  Peoples will lend up to 90% of the appraised value of the property at
                 higher interest rates that are commensurate with the additional risk being assumed in these situations.  The home equity lines of credit are written with ten-year terms and are
                 subject to review upon request for renewal.  
 
Construction Loans
Peoples originates various construction loans to provide temporary financing during the construction phase for commercial and residential properties.  At December 31, 2008, construction loans comprised 7.1% of Peoples’ loan portfolio.  Construction financing is generally considered to involve the highest risk since Peoples is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost (including interest) of construction.  If the estimated construction cost proves to be inaccurate, Peoples may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to enable completion of the project.
 
          Construction Lending Practices.  Peoples’ construction lending is focused primarily on single-family residential or owner-occupied commercial projects being constructed by
                  established contractors.  Peoples also originates other construction loans to select real estate developers and homebuilders for the purpose of constructing a variety of
                  commercial and residential projects, including office, retail or industrial complexes and land development.  The underwriting criteria for construction loans is generally the
                  same as for non-construction loans.
 
To mitigate the risk of construction lending, Peoples requires periodic site inspections by the construction loan manager, loan officer, appraiser or architect to ensure appropriate completion of the project prior to any disbursements.  Construction loans are structured to provide sufficient time to complete construction, including consideration for weather or other variables that influence completion time, although Peoples generally requires the term to be less than two years.
 
Consumer Lending
Peoples’ consumer lending activities primarily involve loans secured by automobiles, boats, recreational vehicles and other personal property.  At December 31, 2008, consumer loans comprised 7.9% of Peoples’ loan portfolio.
 
         Consumer Lending Practices.   Consumer loans generally involve more risk as to collectability than real estate mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral and,
                 in certain instances, the absence of collateral.  As a result, consumer-lending collections are dependent upon the borrower’s continued financial stability, and are at more risk
                 from adverse changes in personal circumstances.  In addition, application of various state and federal laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, could limit the amount
                 that may be recovered under these loans.  Credit approval for consumer loans typically requires demonstration of sufficiency of income to repay principal and interest due, 
                 stability of employment, credit history and sufficient collateral for secured loans.  It is the policy of Peoples to review its consumer loan portfolio monthly and to charge-off
                 loans that do not meet its standards, and to adhere strictly to all laws and regulations governing consumer lending.  A qualified compliance officer is responsible for
                 monitoring regulatory compliance performance and for advising and updating loan personnel.
 
Peoples makes credit life insurance and accident and health insurance available to all qualified borrowers, thus reducing risk of loss when a borrower’s income is terminated or interrupted due to accident, disability or death.
 
Overdraft Privilege
Since 2001, Peoples has granted Overdraft Privilege to qualified customers.  Overdraft Privilege is a service that provides overdraft protection to retail deposit customers by establishing an Overdraft Privilege amount.  After a 30-day waiting period to verify deposit ability, each new checking account usually receives an Overdraft Privilege amount of either $400 or $700, based on the type of account and other parameters.  Once established, customers are permitted to overdraw their checking account, up to their Overdraft Privilege limit, with each item being charged Peoples’ regular overdraft fee.  Customers repay the overdraft with their next deposit.  Overdraft Privilege is designed to allow Peoples to fill the void between traditional overdraft protection, such as a line of credit, and “check cashing stores”.  While Overdraft Privilege generates fee income, Peoples maintains an allowance for losses from checking accounts with overdrafts deemed uncollectible.  This allowance, along with the related provision and net charge-offs, is included in Peoples’ allowance for loan losses.
 
 
Investment Activities
Investment securities comprise a significant portion of Peoples’ total assets.  The majority of Peoples’ investment activities are conducted through Peoples Bank, although Peoples and its non-banking subsidiaries engage in investment activities from time-to-time.  Investment activity by Peoples Bank is subject to certain regulatory guidelines and limitations on the types of securities eligible for purchase.  As a result, the investment securities owned by Peoples Bank include obligations of the U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations of the U.S. government, including mortgage-backed securities, bank eligible obligations of any state or political subdivision in the U.S. and bank eligible corporate obligations, including private-label mortgage-backed securities.  The investments owned by Peoples are comprised of common stocks issued by various unrelated banking holding companies and tax-exempt municipal obligations.  The investments owned by Peoples’ non-banking subsidiaries currently consist of tax credit funds and corporate obligations.
 
Peoples’ investment activities are governed internally by a written, board-approved policy, which is administered by Peoples’ Asset-Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”).  The primary purpose of Peoples’ investment portfolio is to: (1) employ excess funds not needed for loan demand; (2) provide a source of liquid assets to accommodate unanticipated deposit and loan fluctuations and overall liquidity needs; (3) provide eligible securities to secure public and trust funds; and (4) earn the maximum overall return commensurate with the investment’s risk and corporate needs.  Investment strategies to achieve these objectives are reviewed and approved by the ALCO.  In its evaluation of investment strategies, the ALCO considers various factors, including the interest rate environment, balance sheet mix, actual and anticipated loan demand, funding opportunities and Peoples’ overall interest rate sensitivity.  The ALCO also has much broader responsibilities, which are discussed in the “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 of in this Form 10-K.
 
 
Funding Sources
Peoples’ primary sources of funds for lending and investing activities are interest-bearing and non-interest bearing deposits.  Cash flows from both the loan and investment portfolios, which include scheduled payments, as well as prepayments, calls and maturities, also provide a relatively stable source of funds.  Peoples also utilizes a variety of short-term and long-term borrowings to fund asset growth and satisfy liquidity needs.  Peoples’ funding sources are monitored and managed through Peoples’ asset-liability management process, which is discussed further in the “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
 
The following is a brief description of the various sources of funds utilized by Peoples:
 
Deposits
Peoples obtains deposits principally from individuals and businesses within its primary market area by offering a broad selection of deposit products to clients.  Retail deposit account terms vary with respect to the minimum balance required, the time the funds must remain on deposit and service charge schedules.  Interest rates paid on specific deposit types are determined based on (1) the interest rates offered by competitors, (2) the anticipated amount and timing of funding needs, (3) the availability and cost of alternative sources of funding and (4) the anticipated future economic conditions and interest rates.  Retail deposits are attractive sources of funding because of their stability and relative cost in addition to providing opportunities for Peoples to build long-term client relationships through the cross-selling of its other products and services.
 
 Peoples occasionally obtains deposits from clients outside Peoples’ primary market area through deposit brokers, generally in the form of certificates of deposit.  These brokered deposits are used to augment Peoples’ retail deposits to fund loans originated to customers located outside Peoples’ primary market area, as well as provide diversity in funding sources.  While brokered deposits normally carry a slightly higher interest cost than other wholesale funds, they do not require Peoples to secure the funds with collateral, unlike most other borrowed funds.
 
Additional information regarding the amounts and composition of Peoples’ deposits can be found in the “Deposits” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K and in Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Borrowed Funds
Peoples obtains funds through a variety of short-term and long-term borrowings, which typically include advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati (“FHLB”), Federal Funds purchased, advances from the Federal Reserve Discount Window and repurchase agreements.  Occasionally, Peoples obtains funds from unrelated financial institutions in the form of loans or revolving lines of credit.  Short-term borrowings are used generally to manage Peoples’ daily liquidity needs since they typically may be repaid, in whole or part, at any time without a penalty.  Long-term borrowings provide cost-effective options for funding asset growth and satisfying capital needs, due to the variety of pricing and maturity options available.
 
Additional information regarding the amounts and composition of Peoples’ borrowed funds can be found in the “Borrowed Funds” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K and in Notes 8 and 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Peoples has an established business trust subsidiary that was formed for the sole purpose of issuing preferred securities and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debt securities of Peoples.  The trust preferred securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to certain quantitative limits and qualitative standards, which makes them an attractive funding source for financial institutions.  Additional information can be found in Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Competition
Peoples experiences intense competition within its primary market area due to the presence of several national, regional and local financial institutions and other service providers, including finance companies, insurance agencies and mutual funds.  Competition within the financial service industry continues to increase as a result of mergers between, and expansion of, financial service providers within and outside of Peoples’ primary market areas.  In addition, the deregulation of the financial services industry (see the discussion of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 in the section of this item captioned “Supervision and Regulation-Bank Holding Company Act”) has allowed securities firms and insurance companies that have elected to become financial holding companies to acquire commercial banks and other financial institutions, which can create additional competitive pressure.
 
Peoples primarily competes based on client service, convenience and responsiveness to customer needs, available products, rates of interest on loans and deposits, and the availability and pricing of trust, brokerage and insurance services.  However, some competitors may have greater resources and, as such, higher lending limits than Peoples, which adversely affects Peoples’ ability to compete.  Peoples’ business strategy includes the use of a “needs-based” sales and service approach to serve customers and incentives intended to promote customers’ continued use of multiple financial products and services.  In addition, Peoples continues to emphasize the integration of traditional commercial banking products with non-traditional financial products, such as insurance and investment products.
 
Peoples historically has focused on providing its full range of products and services in smaller metropolitan markets rather than major metropolitan areas.  While management believes Peoples has developed a level of expertise in serving the financial service needs of smaller communities, Peoples’ primary market area has expanded into larger metropolitan areas, like central Ohio.  These larger areas typically contain entrenched service providers with an existing customer base much larger than Peoples’ initial entry position.  As a result, Peoples may be forced to compete more aggressively in order to grow its market share in these areas, which could reduce current and future profit potential from such markets.
 
 
Employees
At December 31, 2008, Peoples had 546 full-time equivalent employees.
 
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Rights
Peoples has registered the service marks “Peoples Bank (with logo)”, “Peoples Bancorp (with logo)”, “Peoples Financial Advisors (with logo)”, “Connect Card”, “Peoples Bank” and “peoplesbancorp.com” with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.  These service marks currently have expiration dates ranging from 2014 to 2017.  Peoples may renew the registrations of service marks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office generally for additional 10-year periods indefinitely, provided it continues to use the service marks and files appropriate maintenance and renewal documentation with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office at times required by the federal trademark laws and regulations.
 
Peoples has a proprietary interest in the Internet Domain name “pebo.com”.  Internet Domain names in the U.S. and in foreign countries are regulated, but the laws and regulations governing the Internet are continually evolving.
 
 
Supervision and Regulation
Peoples and its subsidiaries are subject to extensive supervision and regulation by federal and state agencies.  The following is summary of the regulatory agencies, statutes and related regulations that have, or could have, a significant impact on Peoples’ business.  This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such regulations and statutes.
 
Financial Holding Company
Peoples is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries and affiliated companies.  As a financial holding company, Peoples is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and to inspection, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”).
 
The Federal Reserve Board also has extensive enforcement authority over financial holding companies.  In general, the Federal Reserve Board may initiate enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.  Peoples is also required to file reports and other information with the Federal Reserve Board regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries.
 
Subsidiary Bank
Peoples Bank is subject to regulation and examination primarily by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and secondarily by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
 
Peoples Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations regarding such matters as the maintenance of reserves against deposits, extensions of credit to the financial holding company or any of its subsidiaries, investments in the stock or other securities of the financial holding company or its subsidiaries and the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.
 
Non-Banking Subsidiaries
Peoples’ non-banking subsidiaries are also subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board and other applicable federal and state agencies.  Peoples Insurance, as a licensed insurance agency, is subject to regulation by the Ohio Department of Insurance and the state insurance regulatory agencies of those states where it may conduct business.
 
Other Regulatory Agencies
                Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and NASDAQ . Peoples is also under the jurisdiction of the SEC and certain state securities commissions for matters
                        relating to the offering and sale of its securities.  Peoples is subject to disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities
                       Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as administered by the SEC.  Peoples’ Common Shares are listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
                       (“NASDAQ”) under  the symbol “PEBO” and is subject to the rules for NASDAQ listed companies.
 
                 Federal Home Loan Bank . Peoples Bank is a member of the FHLB, which provides credit to its members in the form of advances.  As a member of the FHLB, Peoples must
                        maintain an investment in the capital stock of the FHLB in a specified amount.  Upon the origination or renewal of an advance, the FHLB is required by law to obtain and
                        maintain a security interest in certain types of collateral.  The FHLB is required to establish standards of community investment or service that its members must maintain
                        for continued access to long-term advances from the FHLB.  The standards take into account a member’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act and its
                        record of lending to first-time homebuyers.
 
                  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)/Depository Insurance. The FDIC is an independent federal agency which insures the deposits, up to prescribed
                        statutory limits, of federally-insured banks and savings associations and safeguards the safety and soundness of the financial institution industry.  Peoples Bank’s
                        deposits are insured up to applicable limits by Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC and subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund.
 
The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a four-tier risk matrix based upon a bank’s capital level and supervisory, or CAMELS, rating.  Currently, most banks, including Peoples Bank, are in the best risk category and pay deposit assessments ranging from 12 to 14 cents per $100 of assessable deposits.  On February 27, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that changes the way its assessment system differentiates risk and changes assessment rates beginning April 1, 2009.  For banks in the best risk category, the initial base rates will range from 12 to 16 cents per $100 of assessable deposits on an annual basis effective April 1, 2009.  The FDIC also adopted an interim rule imposing an emergency special assessment of 20 cents per $100 of assessable deposits on all insured institutions on June 30, 2009, which will be collected on September 30, 2009.  The interim rule also permits the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to 10 cents per $100 of assessable deposits if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance.  The interim rule is subject to a 30-day comment period.  The FDIC may take further actions in the future that result in higher assessment rates that could have a material adverse effect on earnings.
 
  The FDIC may terminate insurance coverage upon a finding that the insured institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency.
 
                 U.S. Treasury and Special Inspector General.   As a result of Peoples’ participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples is also subject to the regulatory
                        authority granted to the U.S. Treasury and the Special Inspector General for the Troubled Assets Relief Program under EESA and ARRA, as discussed below under the
                        caption “TARP Capital Purchase Program”.
 
Bank Holding Company Act
In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto.  As a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 – also known as the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 –  (“GLB Act”), which amended the BHC Act, bank holding companies that are financial holding companies may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of a company engaged in any activity that is either (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the OCC) or (2) complementary to a financial activity, and that does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board).  Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments.  In 2002, Peoples elected, and received approval from the Federal Reserve Board, to become a financial holding company.
 
In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act.  See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included later in this item.  In addition, financial holding companies like Peoples are also permitted to acquire companies engaged in activities that are financial in nature and in activities that are incidental and complementary to financial activities without prior Federal Reserve Board approval.
 
The BHC Act and other federal and state statutes regulate acquisitions of commercial banks.  The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 5% of the voting shares of a commercial bank or its parent holding company.  Under the Federal Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the OCC is required for a national bank to merge with another bank or purchase the assets or assume the deposits of another bank.  In reviewing applications seeking approval of merger and acquisition transactions, the bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other things, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (see the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included later in this item) and fair housing laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities.
 
Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), among other things, identifies five capital categories for insured depository institutions and requires the respective federal regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements within such categories.  The federal regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC, have adopted substantially similar regulatory capital guidelines and regulations consistent with the requirements of FDICIA, as well as established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve certain of the problems of undercapitalized institutions.  This system is based on five capital level categories for insured depository institutions:  “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “under capitalized”, “significantly under capitalized” and “critically under capitalized”.
 
Both Peoples and Peoples Bank are subject to risk-based capital requirements and guidelines imposed by their respective primary regulatory agencies.  These capital guidelines and regulations are based on the 1998 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) and divide the capital of Peoples and Peoples Bank into two tiers:
 
·  
“Tier 1 capital” consists of (1) common shareholders’ equity; (2) qualifying perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities (up to 25% of total Tier 1 capital); and (3) minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and certain other deductions including intangible assets and net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities.
 
·  
“Tier 2 capital” consists primarily of allowance for loan losses and net unrealized gains on certain available-for-sale equity securities, subject to limitations established by the guidelines, as well as any qualifying perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities amounts excluded from Tier 1 capital.  Tier 2 capital may also include, among other things, certain amounts of hybrid capital instruments, mandatory convertible debt and subordinated debt.
 
   In addition, each asset on Peoples and Peoples Bank’s balance sheets, as well as credit equivalent amounts of certain derivatives and off-balance sheet items, are assigned to one of several broad risk weight categories: 0%, 20%, 50%, 100% and in some cases 200%, resulting in a calculation of “total risk-weighted assets”.
 
Peoples and Peoples Bank are required to maintain sufficient capital to meet both a risk-based asset ratio test and leverage ratio test.  From time to time, the regulatory agencies may require Peoples and Peoples Bank to maintain capital above these minimum levels should certain conditions exist, such as deterioration of their financial condition or growth in assets, either actual or expected.  Additional information regarding Peoples and Peoples Bank’s risk-based capital requirements and ratios can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord to replace its 1988 capital accord (“Basel II”).  Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk, sets capital requirements for operational risk and refines the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.  In November 2007, the U.S. federal regulatory agencies adopted a definitive final rule for implementing Basel II in the United States that was effective April 1, 2008.  The final rule applies only to internationally active banking organizations and organizations with consolidated total assets of at least $250 billion or consolidated on-balance sheet foreign exposures of at least $10 billion.  Other U.S. banking organizations may elect to adopt the requirements of this rule provided they met certain requirements.  The final rule also permits an institution’s primary federal regulator to waive application of the final rule if  that regulator determines applying the rule would not be appropriate given the institution’s asset size, level of complexity, risk profile or scope of operations.  Currently, Peoples and Peoples Bank are not required to comply with Basel II.
 
Community Reinvestment Act
The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practice.  Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low and moderate-income individuals and communities.  Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings.  As of December 31, 2008, the most recent performance evaluation by the OCC resulted in an overall rating of “Outstanding”.
 
TARP Capital Purchase Program
On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) enacted by the U.S. Congress, which appropriated $700 billion for the purpose of restoring liquidity and stability in the U.S. financial system.  On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury established the TARP Capital Purchase Program under the authority granted by the EESA.  Under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the U.S. Treasury made $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of senior preferred stock investments.   In connection with the purchase of preferred stock, the U.S. Treasury will receive a warrant entitling the U.S. Treasury to buy the participating institution’s common stock with a market price equal to 15% of the preferred stock.
 
In connection with the EESA, there have been numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Board, the U.S. Congress, the U.S. Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to further the economic and banking industry stabilization efforts under the EESA.  It remains unclear at this time what further legislative and regulatory measures will be implemented under the EESA that affect Peoples.
 
As discussed in more detail above under the caption “Recent Corporate Developments,” Peoples elected to participate in the TARP Capital Purchase Program and received $39 million of new equity capital from the U.S. Treasury on January 30, 2009.  As part of its participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples agreed to various requirements and restrictions imposed on all participants in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.  Among the terms of participation was a provision that the U. S. Treasury could change the terms of participation at any time.
 
On February 17, 2009, President Obama signed into law the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) enacted by the U.S. Congress.  The ARRA, among other things, imposed certain new executive compensation and corporate expenditure limits on all current and future recipients of funds under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, including Peoples, as long as any obligation arising from the financial assistance provided to the recipient under the TARP Capital Purchase Program remains outstanding, excluding any period during which the U.S. Treasury holds only warrants to purchase common stock of a TARP participation (the “Covered Period”).
 
The current terms of participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program include the following:
 
·  
 Peoples must file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 registering for resale the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant;
 
·  
as long as the Series A Preferred Shares remain outstanding, unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Series A Preferred Shares are fully paid, Peoples will not be permitted to declare or pay dividends on any Common Shares, any junior preferred shares or, generally, any preferred shares ranking pari passu with the Series A Preferred Shares (other than in the case of pari passu preferred shares, dividends on a pro rata basis with the Series A Preferred Shares), nor will Peoples be permitted to repurchase or redeem any Common Shares or preferred shares other than the Series A Preferred Shares;
 
·  
until the Series A Preferred Shares have been transferred or redeemed in whole, until January 20, 2012, the U.S. Treasury's approval is required for any increase in Common Share dividends or any share repurchases other than repurchases of the Series A Preferred Shares, repurchases of  junior preferred shares, or repurchases of Common Shares in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice;
 
·  
Peoples must comply with the U. S. Treasury's standards for executive compensation and corporate governance while the U. S. Treasury holds the securities issued by Peoples.  Such standards apply to Peoples’ Senior Executive Officers (as defined in the ARRA) as well as other employees.  The current standards include the following:
 
–  
incentive compensation for Senior Executive Officers must not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;
 
–  
any bonus or incentive compensation paid (or under a legally binding obligation to pay) to a Senior Executive Officer or any of Peoples’ next 20 most highly-compensated employees based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate must be subject to recovery, or “clawback”, by Peoples;
 
–  
Peoples is prohibited from paying or accruing any bonus, retention award or incentive compensation with respect to its five most highly-compensated employees or such higher number as the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury may determine is in the public interest, except for grants of restricted stock that do not fully vest during the Covered Period and do not have a value which exceeds one-third of an employee’s total annual compensation;
 
–  
severance payments to a Senior Executive Officer and the five next most highly-compensated employees, generally referred to as "golden parachute" payments, are prohibited , except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued;
 
–  
compensation plans that encourage manipulation of reported earnings are prohibited;
 
–  
the U.S. Treasury may retroactively review bonuses, retention awards and other compensation previously paid to a Senior Executive Officer or any of Peoples’ 20 next most highly-compensated employees that the U.S. Treasury finds to be inconsistent with the purposes of TARP or otherwise contrary to the public interest;
 
–  
Peoples’ Board of Directors must establish a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures;
 
–  
Peoples’ proxy statements for annual shareholder meetings must permit a nonbinding “say on pay” shareholder vote on the compensation of executives;
 
–  
executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each Senior Executive Officer must not be deducted for federal income tax purposes; and
 
–  
compliance with the executive compensation reporting and recordkeeping requirements established by the U.S. Treasury.
 
The ARRA permits such recipients, subject to consultation with the appropriate federal banking agency, to repay to the U.S. Treasury any financial assistance received under the TARP Capital Purchase Program without penalty, delay or the need to raise additional replacement capital. The U.S. Treasury is to promulgate regulations to implement the procedures under which a TARP participant may repay any assistance received.  As of the date of this Form 10-K, the U.S. Treasury had not yet issued such regulations.
 
Detailed information regarding the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant can be found in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Dividend Restrictions
Current federal banking regulations impose restrictions on Peoples Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Peoples.  These restrictions include a limit on the amount of dividends that may be paid in a given year without prior approval of the OCC and a prohibition on paying dividends that would cause Peoples Bank’s total capital to be less than the required minimum levels under the risk-based capital requirements imposed by the OCC.  Peoples Bank’s regulators may prohibit the payment of dividends at any time if the regulators determine the dividends represent unsafe and/or unsound banking practices or reduce Peoples Banks’ total capital below adequate levels.  For further discussion regarding regulatory restrictions on dividends, see Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Peoples’ ability to pay dividends to its shareholders may also be restricted.  Under current Federal Reserve Board policy, Peoples is expected to act as a source of financial strength to, and commit resources to support, Peoples Bank.  Under this policy, the Federal Reserve Board may require Peoples to contribute additional capital to Peoples Bank, which could restrict the amount of cash available for dividends.  In addition, Peoples has entered into certain agreements that place restrictions on dividends.  Specifically, Peoples will be prohibited from paying dividends on its Common Shares if it suspends interest payments related to the trust preferred securities issued by its trust subsidiary.  Additional information regarding Peoples’ trust subsidiary can be found in Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The dividend rights of holders of Peoples’ Common Shares are also qualified and subject to the dividend rights of holders of Series A Preferred Shares described above under the caption “Supervision and Regulation – TARP Capital Purchase Program”.
 
Even when the legal ability exists, Peoples or Peoples Bank may decide to limit the payment of dividends in order to retain earnings for corporate use.
 
Customer Privacy and Other Consumer Protections
Peoples is subject to regulations limiting the ability of financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated party.  Peoples is also subject to numerous federal and state laws aimed at protecting consumers, including the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Community Reinvestment Act and the Fair Credit Reporting Act.
 
USA Patriot Act
The Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) and related regulations, among other things, require financial institutions to establish programs specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers and establishing enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report suspicious activity.  Peoples Bank has established policies and procedures that Peoples believes comply with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act.
 
Monetary Policy
The Federal Reserve Board regulates money and credit conditions and interest rates in order to influence general economic conditions primarily through open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings, and changes in the reserve requirements against depository institutions’ deposits.  These policies and regulations significantly affect the overall growth and distribution of loans, investments and deposits, as well as interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits.
 
The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions in the past and are expected to continue to have significant effects in the future.  In view of the changing conditions in the economy, the money markets and the activities of monetary and fiscal authorities, Peoples can make no definitive predictions as to future changes in interest rates, credit availability or deposit levels.
 
 
Corporate Governance
In 2003, Peoples’ Board of Directors and management instituted a series of actions to enhance Peoples’ already strong corporate governance practices and to comply with the requirements imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  These actions included the adoption of a formal Code of Ethics, a revision of the charter of the Audit Committee and the formation of two new committees: a Disclosure Committee for Financial Reporting and a Governance and Nominating Committee.  Additionally, Peoples Bank has maintained a conflict of interest policy applicable to its directors, officers and employees for over 30 years.  The current charters of the Audit Committee, the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Compensation Committee can be found on Peoples’ website on the “Corporate Governance & Ethics” page.
 
Code of Ethics
Peoples’ Code of Ethics is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of Peoples and its affiliates.  The Board of Directors adopted Peoples’ Code of Ethics to demonstrate to the public and Peoples’ shareholders the importance the Board and management place on ethical conduct and to formally establish Peoples’ expectations for the conduct of ethical business practices.  Peoples’ Code of Ethics is available, free of charge, to the public on Peoples’ website on the “Corporate Governance & Ethics” page.  Please also see Item 10 of this Form 10-K.
 
Disclosure Committee for Financial Reporting
The Disclosure Committee for Financial Reporting (the “Disclosure Committee”) consists of key members of executive management and senior professional support staff from legal, risk management and accounting areas and is designed to capture information from all components of Peoples’ business.
 
Peoples established the Disclosure Committee to formalize its process of establishing and monitoring disclosure controls and procedures and communicating the results of such controls and procedures.  As such, the Disclosure Committee is expected to provide a process on which the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer can rely in providing the certifications required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Thus, the primary responsibility of the Disclosure Committee is to review and approve (1) all reports and other documents file with the SEC and (2) all press releases or other public communications containing financial information.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee
The purpose of the Governance and Nominating Committee is to identify qualified candidates for election, nomination or appointment to Peoples’ Board of Directors and recommend to the full Board a slate of director nominees for each annual meeting of the shareholders of Peoples or as vacancies occur.  In addition, the Governance and Nominating Committee oversees matters of corporate governance, including the evaluation of Board performance and processes, and makes recommendations to the Board and the Chairman of the Board regarding assignment and rotation of members and chairs of committees of the Board.  The goal of the Governance and Nominating Committee is to ensure that the composition, practices and operation of the Board contribute to value creation and to the effective representation of Peoples’ shareholders.
 
 
Website Access to Peoples’ SEC Filings
Peoples maintains an Internet website at www.peoplesbancorp.com (this uniform resource locator, or URL, is an inactive textual reference only and is not intended to incorporate Peoples’ Internet website into this Form 10-K).  Peoples makes available free of charge on or through its website, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange, as soon as reasonably practicable after Peoples electronically files each such report or amendment with, or furnishes it to, the SEC.
 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

The following are certain risks that management believes are specific to Peoples’ business.  This should not be viewed as an all-inclusive list of risks or presenting the risk factors listed in any particular order.

·  
Changes in Interest Rates May Adversely Affect Peoples’ Profitability.
Peoples’ earnings are dependent to a significant degree on net interest income, which is the amount by which interest income exceeds interest expense.  Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond Peoples’ control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board.  Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest Peoples receives on loans and securities and the amount of interest it pays on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) Peoples’ ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of Peoples’ financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of Peoples’ mortgage-backed securities portfolio.  If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, Peoples’ net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected.  Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.
 
Management uses various measures to monitor interest rate risk and believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on Peoples’ results of operations.  Management also periodically adjusts the mix of assets and liabilities to manage interest rate risk.  However, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on Peoples’ financial condition and results of operations.  See the sections captioned “Interest Income and Expense” and “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K for further discussion related to Peoples’ interest rate risk.
 
·  
Peoples’ Exposure to Credit Risk Could Adversely Affect Peoples’ Earnings and Financial Condition.
There are certain risks inherent in making loans.  These risks include interest rate changes over the time period in which loans may be repaid, risks resulting from changes in the economy, risks inherent in dealing with borrowers and, in the case of loans secured by collateral, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.
 
Commercial and commercial real estate loans comprise a significant portion of Peoples’ loan portfolio.  Commercial loans generally are viewed as having a higher credit risk than residential real estate or consumer loans because they usually involve larger loan balances to a single borrower and are more susceptible to a risk of default during an economic downturn.  Since Peoples’ loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and commercial real estate loans, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in nonperforming loans, and ultimately could have a material adverse effect on Peoples’ earnings and financial condition.
 
·  
Peoples’ Allowance For Loan Losses May Be Insufficient.
Peoples maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan losses based on management’s quarterly analysis of the loan portfolio.  There can be no assurance on the timing or amount of actual loan losses or that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses.  In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review Peoples’ allowance for loan losses as part of their examination process and may require management to increase the allowance or recognize further loan charge-offs based on judgments different than those of management.  Any increase in the provision for loan losses would decrease Peoples’ pretax and net income.
 
·  
Adverse Conditions in the Real Estate Markets and General Economy May Adversely Impact Peoples’ Results of Operations.
During 2008, general economic conditions throughout the United States deteriorated and unemployment increased, as business activity across a wide range of industries and regions reduced significantly from a lack of consumer spending and lack of liquidity in the credit markets.  In addition, the values of nearly all asset classes, including commercial real estate, decreased significantly, which has led to many loans becoming under-collateralized.  These conditions have caused many financial institutions, including Peoples, to increase their allowance for loan losses, thereby reducing earnings.  The conditions have also led to the failure or merger of a number of prominent financial institutions.  The increased level of financial institution failures, or near failures, has resulted in higher default rates on securities, including bank-issued trust preferred securities, and contracts entered into with such entities as counterparties, which placed additional stress on the market and reduced investor confidence.  Consequently, the cost and availability of liquidity have been adversely affected, despite significant actions by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal government.  In addition, Peoples could recognize additional impairment losses on its investment in trust preferred securities should default rates increase due to adverse conditions within the financial services industry.
 
Peoples’ success depends primarily on the general economic conditions in the specific local markets in which it operates.  The local economies of Peoples’ market area historically have been less robust than the economy of the nation as a whole and typically are not subject to the same fluctuations as the national economy.  Adverse economic conditions in Peoples’ market area, including the loss of certain significant employers, could reduce Peoples’ growth rate, affect borrowers’ ability to repay their loans and generally affect Peoples’ financial condition and results of operations.  Furthermore, continued declines in real estate values could cause additional loans to become under-collateralized and require further increases to the allowance for loan losses.

·  
Adverse Changes in the Financial Markets May Adversely Impact Peoples’ Results of Operations.
Over the last several months, the global financial markets have been characterized by substantially increased volatility and short-selling and an overall loss of investor confidence, initially in financial institutions, but more recently in companies in a number of other industries and in the broader markets. Peoples generally invests in obligations of the U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations of the U.S. government, including mortgage-backed securities, bank eligible obligations of any state or political subdivision in the U.S., and bank eligible corporate obligations, including private-label mortgage-backed securities.  While most of these investments may have limited credit risk, all are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates and implied credit spreads.  Additionally, certain investment securities held by Peoples represent beneficial interests in structured investments, which are collateralized by residential mortgages, debt obligations and other similar asset-backed assets.  These structured investments are generally rated investment grade by credit rating agencies at the time of Peoples’ initial investment, although the credit ratings are subject to change due to deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying collateral.  In recent months, these types of structured investments have been subject to significant market volatility due to the uncertainty of the credit ratings, deterioration in credit losses occurring within certain types of residential mortgages, changes in prepayments of the underlying collateral and the lack of transparency related to the investment structures and the collateral underlying the structured investment vehicles, which resulted in Peoples recognizing impairment charges on certain investment securities during 2007 and 2008.  Given recent market conditions and changing economic factors, Peoples may be required to recognize additional impairment charges on securities held in its investment portfolio in the future.
 
·  
Changes in Accounting Standards, Policies, Estimates or Procedures May Impact Peoples’ Reported Financial Condition or Results of Operations.
The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how Peoples records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, Peoples could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the restatement of prior period financial statements. In addition, the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. Due to the inherent nature of these estimates, no assurance can be given that Peoples will not be required to recognize significant, unexpected losses due to actual results varying materially from management’s estimates.  Additional information regarding Peoples’ critical accounting policies and the sensitivity of estimates can be found in the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
 
·  
Peoples May Be Named as a Defendant From Time to Time in a Variety of Litigation And Other Actions, Which Could Have a Material Adverse Effect on Peoples’ Financial Condition And Results of Operations.
Peoples or one of its subsidiaries may be named as a defendant from time to time in a variety of litigation arising in the ordinary course of their respective businesses.  Such litigation is normally covered by errors and omissions or other appropriate insurance.  However, significant litigation could cause Peoples to devote substantial time and resources to defending its business or result in judgments or settlements that exceed insurance coverage, which could have a material adverse effect on Peoples’ financial condition and results of operation. Further, any claims asserted against Peoples, regardless of merit or eventual outcome may harm Peoples’ reputation and result in loss of business.  In addition, Peoples may not be able to obtain new or different insurance coverages or adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms.
 
·  
The Financial Services Industry Is Very Competitive.
Peoples experiences significant competition in originating loans, principally from other commercial banks, savings associations and credit unions.  Several of Peoples’ competitors have greater resources, larger branch systems and a wider array of banking services.  This competition could reduce Peoples’ net income by decreasing the number and size of loans that it originates and the interest rates it may charge on these loans.  For a more complete discussion of Peoples’ competitive environment, see “Competition” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.  If Peoples is unable to compete effectively, Peoples will lose market share and income from deposits, loans and other products may be reduced.
 
·  
Peoples’ Ability to Pay Dividends Is Limited.
Peoples is a separate and distinct legal entity from its subsidiaries.  Peoples receives nearly all of its revenue from dividends from Peoples Bank, which are limited by federal banking laws and regulations.  These dividends also serve as the primary source of funds to pay dividends on Peoples’ Common Shares and interest and principal on Peoples’ debt.  The inability of Peoples Bank to pay sufficient dividends to Peoples could have a material, adverse effect on Peoples’ business.  In addition, Peoples’ participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program currently restricts the ability to increase the dividend payable to holders of Common Shares without prior approval of the U.S. Treasury.  Further discussion of Peoples’ ability to pay dividends can be found under the captions “Supervision and Regulation-TARP Capital Purchase Program” and “Supervision and Regulation-Dividend Restrictions” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K and Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
·  
Government Regulation Significantly Affects Peoples’ Business.
The banking industry is heavily regulated under both federal and state law.  Peoples is subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, and Peoples Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the OCC, and secondarily the FDIC.  These regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors and the federal deposit insurance funds, not Peoples’ shareholders.  Peoples’ non-bank subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board, in addition to other regulatory and self-regulatory agencies including the SEC and state securities and insurance regulators.  Regulations affecting banks and financial services businesses are undergoing continuous change, and management cannot predict the effect of those changes.  Regulations and laws may be modified at any time, and new legislation may be enacted that affects Peoples and its subsidiaries.  Any modifications or new laws could adversely affect Peoples’ business.  Further information about government regulation of Peoples’ business can be found under the caption “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

As a participant in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples agreed to various requirements and restrictions imposed by the U.S. Treasury on all participants, which included a provision that the U. S. Treasury could change the terms of participation at any time. Further information regarding the current requirements and restrictions imposed on Peoples can be found under the caption “Supervision and Regulation – TARP Capital Purchase Program” in Item 1 of this Form 10-K.
 
·  
Recent Legislative and Regulatory Initiatives to Address Difficult Market and Economic Conditions May Not Stabilize the U. S. Banking System and May Significantly Affect Peoples’ Financial Condition, Results of Operation, Liquidity or Stock Price.
In 2008 and continuing into 2009, the U.S. government and various regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and SEC, have undertaken numerous initiatives intended to stabilize the U.S. banking system and address the liquidity and credit crisis that has followed the sub-prime mortgage market crisis that began in 2007.

Specifically, the EESA created the Troubled Assets Relief Program (“TARP”) intended to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and each other, as well as increased federal deposit insurance coverage limits through the end of 2009.  The ARRA includes a wide array of programs intended to stimulate the economy and provide for extensive infrastructure, energy, health and education needs.  Other initiatives have included homeowner relief that encourages loan restructuring and modification; the establishment of significant liquidity and credit facilities for financial institutions and investment banks; the lowering of the Federal Funds rate; emergency action against short selling practices; a temporary guarantee program for money market funds; the establishment of a commercial paper funding facility to provide back-stop liquidity to commercial paper issuers; and coordinated international efforts to address illiquidity and other weaknesses in the banking sector.

The legislative and regulatory initiatives described above may not have their desired effects, as asset values have continued to decline and access to liquidity continues to be limited.  If the volatility in the markets continues and economic conditions fail to improve or worsen, Peoples’ business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
·  
Because of Peoples’ Participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples Is Subject to Several Restrictions on Compensation Paid to Peoples’ Executive Officers.
As a recipient of government funding under the TARP Capital Purchase Program, Peoples must comply with the executive compensation and corporate governance standards imposed by the ARRA.  These restriction are more fully described in Item 1 of this Form 10-K under the caption “Supervision and Regulation-TARP Capital Purchase Program”.  These standards, which are more stringent than those previously proposed by the U.S. Treasury, could impact Peoples’ ability to retain key executives or cause Peoples to make material changes to its current compensation plans and philosophy that could result in higher compensation costs in future periods.  It is unclear how these standards will relate to the similar standards announced by the U.S. Treasury in the guidelines it issued on February 4, 2009, or whether the standards will be considered effective immediately or only after the U.S. Treasury adopts implementing regulations.
 

·  
The Series A Preferred Shares Impact Net Income Available to Peoples’ Common Shareholders And the Warrant May Be Dilutive to Peoples’ Common Shareholders.
While the additional capital Peoples raised through its participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program provides further funding to Peoples’ business and Peoples believes has improved investor perceptions with regard to Peoples’ financial position, such capital has increased Peoples’ equity and the number of dilutive outstanding Common Shares as well as Peoples’ preferred dividend requirements.  The dividends declared and the accretion of discount on the Series A Preferred Shares will reduce the net income available to holders of Peoples’ Common Shares and Peoples’ earnings per common share.  The Series A Preferred Shares will also receive preferential treatment in the event of Peoples’ liquidation, dissolution or winding up.  Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of Peoples’ Common Shares will be diluted to the extent the Warrant Peoples issued to the U.S. Treasury in conjunction with the sale to the U.S. Treasury of the Series A Preferred Shares is exercised.  Although the U.S. Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the Common Shares it receives upon exercise of the Warrant, a transferee of any portion of the Warrant or of any Common Shares acquired upon exercise of the Warrant is not bound by this restriction.
 
·  
If Peoples Is Unable To Redeem The Series A Preferred Shares After Five Years, The Cost Of This Capital To Peoples Will Increase Substantially.
If Peoples is unable to redeem the Series A Preferred Shares prior to February 15, 2014, the cost of this capital to Peoples will increase substantially on that date, from 5.0% per annum to 9.0% per annum.  Depending on Peoples’ financial condition at the time, this increase in the annual dividend rate on the Series A Preferred Shares could have a material negative effect on Peoples’ liquidity.
 
·  
Material Breaches in Security of Peoples’ Systems May Have a Significant Effect on Peoples’ Business.
Peoples collects, processes and stores sensitive consumer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by both Peoples and third party service providers.  Peoples has security and backup and recovery systems in place, as well as a business continuity plan, to ensure the computer systems will not be inoperable, to the extent possible.  Peoples also has implemented security controls to prevent unauthorized access to the computer systems and requires its third party service providers to maintain similar controls.  However, management cannot be certain that these measures will be successful.  A security breach of the computer systems and loss of confidential information, such as customer account numbers and related information, could result in a loss of customers’ confidence and, thus, loss of business.
 
·  
Peoples and Its Subsidiaries Are Subject to Examinations And Challenges by Tax Authorities.
In the normal course of business, Peoples and its subsidiaries are routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding positions taken regarding their respective tax returns.  State tax authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions, especially those positions relating to tax compliance and calculation of taxes subject to apportionment.  Any challenge or examination by a tax authority may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable net worth or taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions.

Management believes it has taken appropriate positions on all tax returns filed, to be filed or not filed and does not anticipate any examination would have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.  However, the outcome of such examinations and ultimate resolution of any resulting assessments are inherently difficult to predict.  Thus, no assurance can be given that Peoples’ tax liability for any tax year open to examination will not be different than what is reflected in Peoples’ current and historical Consolidated Financial Statements.  Further information can be found in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Income Taxes” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operation and Financial Condition” included in this Form 10-K.
 
·  
Anti-Takeover Provisions May Delay Or Prevent an Acquisition Or Change in Control by a Third Party.
Provisions in the Ohio General Corporation Law and Peoples’ amended articles of incorporation and code of regulations, including a staggered board and a supermajority vote requirement for significant corporate changes, could discourage potential takeover attempts and make attempts by shareholders to remove Peoples’ Board of Directors and management more difficult.  These provisions may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a transaction or change in control that might be in the best interests of Peoples’ shareholders.
 



None.



     Peoples’ sole banking subsidiary, Peoples Bank, generally owns its offices, related facilities and unimproved real property.  In Ohio, Peoples Bank operates offices in Marietta (4 offices), Belpre (2 offices), Lowell, Lower Salem, Reno, Nelsonville (2 offices), Athens (3 offices), The Plains, Middleport, Rutland, Pomeroy (2 offices), Gallipolis, Cambridge (2 offices), Byesville, Quaker City, Flushing, Caldwell, McConnelsville, Baltimore, Carroll, Lancaster (2 offices) and Westerville.  In West Virginia, Peoples Bank operates offices in Huntington (2 offices), Parkersburg (3 offices), Vienna, Point Pleasant (2 offices), New Martinsville (2 offices) and Steelton.  In Kentucky, Peoples Bank’s office locations include Greenup, Summit, Ashland and Russell.  Of these 47 offices, 12 are leased and the rest are owned by Peoples Bank.

     Peoples Insurance Agency rents office space in various Peoples Bank offices.  In addition, Peoples Insurance Agency leases office buildings in Marietta, Ohio, and Ashland, Kentucky.
 
     Rent expense on the leased properties totaled $732,000 in 2008, which excludes intercompany rent expense.  The following are the only properties that have a lease term expiring on or before June 2010:
 
Location
Address
Lease Expiration Date (a)
     
Marietta Kroger Office
40 Acme Street
Marietta, Ohio
April 2009
     
New Martinsville Wal-Mart Office
1142 South Bridge Street
New Martinsville, West Virginia
April 2009
     
Barengo Agency Office
416 Hart Street
Marietta, Ohio
May 2009
     
Vienna Wal-Mart Office
701 Grand Central Avenue
Vienna, West Virginia
June 2009
     
Parkersburg Wal-Mart Office
2900 Pike Street
Parkersburg, West Virginia
January 2010
     
Westerville Office
515 Executive Campus Drive
Westerville, Ohio
April 2010
     
Lancaster Wheeling Street Office
117 West Wheeling Street
Lancaster, Ohio
June 2010
     
(a) Information represents the ending date of the current lease period.  Peoples may have the option to renew the lease beyond this date under the terms of the lease agreement and intends to renew all expiring leases unless otherwise disclosed in this Item 2.

     Additional information concerning the property and equipment owned or leased by Peoples and its subsidiaries is incorporated herein by reference from Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



     In the ordinary course of their respective businesses or operations, Peoples or one of its subsidiaries may be named as a plaintiff, a defendant, or a party to a legal proceeding or any of their respective properties may be subject to various pending and threatened legal proceedings and various actual and potential claims. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of such matters, Peoples cannot state what the eventual outcome of any such matters will be; however, based on current knowledge and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of Peoples.




None.

PART II


     Peoples’ common shares are traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol PEBO.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples had 1,221 shareholders of record.  The table presented below provides the high and low sales prices for Peoples’ common shares as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market and the cash dividends per share declared for the indicated periods.
 
   
High
Sales
   
Low
Sales
   
Dividends Declared
2008
               
Fourth Quarter
$
22.92
 
$
13.59
 
$
0.23
Third Quarter
 
29.25
   
17.33
   
0.23
Second Quarter
 
25.75
   
18.33
   
0.23
First Quarter
 
26.10
   
20.38
   
0.22
                 
                 
2007
               
Fourth Quarter
$
28.26
 
$
21.45
 
$
0.22
Third Quarter
 
28.15
   
21.40
   
0.22
Second Quarter
 
28.11
   
25.03
   
0.22
First Quarter
 
30.39
   
25.30
   
0.22
                 

     Peoples plans to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends, subject to certain regulatory restrictions described in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as in the sections captioned “Supervision and Regulation-TARP Capital Purchase Program” and “Supervision and Regulation-Dividend Restrictions” of Item 1 of this Form 10-K.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
     The following table details Peoples’ repurchases and purchases by “affiliated purchasers” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) of Peoples’ common shares during the three months ended December 31, 2008:

 
(a)
Total Number
of Common Shares
Purchased
(b)
Average
 Price Paid
 per Share
 (c)
Total Number of Common Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs (1)
(d)
Maximum
Number of
Common Shares
 that May Yet Be Purchased Under
 the Plans or Programs   (1)(2)
October 1 – 31, 2008
           1,800
(3)
 $        21.66
(3)
                     –
 
             447,800
 
November 1 – 30, 2008
              435
(3)
 $        17.21
(3)
                     –
 
             447,800
 
December 1 – 31, 2008
              619
(4)
 $        15.93
(4)
                     –
 
                     –
 
Total
           2,854
 
 $        19.74
 
                     –
 
                     –
 
 
 
(1) Information reflects the stock repurchase program announced on November 9, 2007, which authorized the repurchase of up to 500,000 common shares, with an aggregate purchase price of not more than $14 million, which expired on December 31, 2008.
 
 
(2) Information reflects maximum number of common shares that may be purchased at the end of the period indicated.
 
 
(3) Information reflects solely common shares purchased in open market transactions by Peoples Bank under the Rabbi Trust Agreement establishing a rabbi trust holding assets to provide payment of the benefits under the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Rabbi Trust”).
 
 
(4) Information includes 278 common shares purchased at an average price of $16.16 by Peoples Bank under the Rabbi Trust and 341 common shares acquired at an average price of $15.75 to satisfy tax withholding requirements related to stock-based compensation awards granted under Peoples’ equity plans.
 
Performance Graph
     The following Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission, nor shall such information be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the extent that Peoples specifically incorporates it by reference into such filing.

     The following line graph compares the five-year cumulative total shareholder return of Peoples’ common shares, based on an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2002, and assuming reinvestment of dividends, against that of an index comprised of all domestic common shares traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ Stocks (U.S. Companies)”), and an index comprised of all depository institutions (SIC Code #602) and depository institution holding companies (SIC Code #671) that are traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ Bank Stocks”).

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR TOTAL RETURN AMONG
PEOPLES BANCORP INC., NASDAQ STOCKS (U.S. COMPANIES),
AND NASDAQ BANK STOCKS
   
                                                   

 
At December 31,
 
2003
 
2004
 
2005
 
2006
 
2007
 
2008
Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 $100.00
 
 $  95.44
 
 $102.12
 
 $109.31
 
 $  94.73
 
 $ 76.06
NASDAQ Stocks (U.S. Companies)
 $100.00
 
 $108.84
 
 $111.16
 
 $122.11
 
 $132.42
 
 $ 63.80
NASDAQ Bank Stocks
 $100.00
 
 $114.44
 
 $111.80
 
 $125.47
 
 $  99.45
 
 $ 72.51


ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The information below has been derived from Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
( Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2008
2007
2006
2005
2004
Operating Data
         
For the year ended:
         
Total interest income
 $     106,227
 $     113,419
 $     108,794
 $       95,775
 $       87,030
Total interest expense
         47,748
         59,498
         55,577
         43,469
         35,160
Net interest income
         58,479
         53,921
         53,217
         52,306
         51,870
Provision for loan losses
         27,640
           3,959
           3,622
           2,028
           2,546
Net (loss) gain on investment securities
          (2,592)
          (6,062)
              265
              539
          (3,040)
Other income exclusive of (loss) gain on securities
         32,853
         31,426
         30,860
         28,628
         25,248
Amortization of other intangible assets
           1,586
           1,934
           2,261
           2,669
           2,219
Other expense
         51,899
         49,518
         49,036
         48,673
         44,979
Net income
 $        7,455
 $       18,314
 $       21,558
 $       20,499
 $       18,275
           
           
Balance Sheet Data
         
Total assets
 $  2,002,338
 $  1,885,553
 $  1,875,255
 $  1,855,277
 $  1,809,086
Investment securities
        708,753
        565,463
        548,733
        589,313
        602,364
Net loans
     1,081,101
     1,105,223
     1,117,885
     1,057,156
     1,008,298
Total intangible assets
         66,406
         68,029
         68,852
         69,280
         71,118
Total deposits
     1,366,368
     1,186,377
     1,233,529
     1,089,286
     1,069,421
Short-term borrowings
         98,852
        222,541
        194,883
        173,696
         51,895
Long-term borrowings
        308,297
        231,979
        200,793
        362,466
        464,864
Junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts
         22,495
         22,460
         29,412
         29,350
         29,263
Total stockholders’ equity
        186,626
        202,836
        197,169
        183,077
        175,418
Tangible assets (1)
     1,935,932
     1,817,524
     1,806,403
     1,785,997
     1,737,968
Tangible equity (2)
 $     120,220
 $     134,807
 $     128,317
 $     113,797
 $     104,300
           
           
Significant Ratios
         
Return on average assets
0.39%
0.98%
1.15%
1.12%
1.04%
Return on average stockholders’ equity
         3.67
         9.21
       11.33
       11.52
       10.60
Net interest margin
         3.51
         3.32
         3.29
         3.32
         3.39
Efficiency ratio (3)
       56.30
       57.07
       57.51
       59.05
       57.18
Average stockholders’ equity to average assets
       10.62
       10.62
       10.18
         9.73
         9.79
Average loans to average deposits
       88.10
       93.52
       94.80
       94.92
       91.24
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
         2.08
         1.40
         1.28
         1.37
         1.44
Total risk-based capital ratio
       13.19
       13.23
       13.17
       12.90
       12.30
Dividend payout ratio
127.03%
50.38%
41.09%
40.01%
41.66%
           
           
Per Share Data
         
Earnings per share – Basic
 $          0.72
 $          1.75
 $          2.03
 $          1.96
 $          1.74
Earnings per share – Diluted
             0.72
             1.74
             2.01
             1.94
             1.71
Cash dividends paid
             0.91
             0.88
             0.83
             0.78
             0.72
Book value at end of period
           18.06
           19.70
           18.51
           17.40
           16.81
Tangible book value at end of period (4)
 $        11.63
 $        13.09
 $        12.05
 $        10.82
 $        10.00
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
         
     Basic
   10,315,263
   10,462,933
   10,606,570
   10,444,854
   10,529,332
     Diluted
   10,348,579
   10,529,634
   10,723,933
   10,581,019
   10,710,114
Common shares outstanding at end of period:
   10,333,884
   10,296,748
   10,651,985
   10,518,980
   10,435,102
(1)
Total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets.
(2)
Total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other intangible assets.
(3)
Non-interest expense (less intangible amortization) as a percentage of fully tax-equivalent net interest income plus non-interest income.
(4)
Tangible book value per share reflects capital calculated for banking regulatory requirements and excludes the balance sheet impact of intangible assets acquired through purchase accounting for acquisitions.
 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
 
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this Form 10-K which are not historical fact are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Words such as “expects,” “believes”, “plans”,  “will”, “would”, “should”, “could” and similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.  Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertain­ties that may cause actual results to differ materially.  Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to:
 
(1)  
continued deterioration in the credit quality of Peoples’ loan portfolio could occur due to a number of factors, such as adverse changes in economic conditions that impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, the underlying value of the collateral could prove less valuable than otherwise assumed and assumed cash flows may be worse than expected, which may adversely impact the provision for loan losses;
(2)  
Peoples’ ability to deploy the capital received through the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program;
(3)  
competitive pressures among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions, which may increase significantly;
(4)  
changes in the interest rate environment, which may adversely impact interest margins;
(5)  
changes in prepayment speeds, loan originations, sale volumes and charge-offs, which may be less favorable than expected and adversely impact the amount of interest income generated;
(6)  
general economic conditions and weakening in the real estate market, either national or in the states in which Peoples and its subsidiaries do business, which may be less favorable than expected;
(7)  
political developments, wars or other hostilities, which may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions;
(8)  
legislative or regulatory changes or actions, which may adversely affect the business of Peoples and its subsidiaries;
(9)  
adverse changes in the conditions and trends in the financial markets, which may adversely affect the fair value of securities within Peoples’ investment portfolio;
(10)  
a delayed or incomplete resolution of regulatory issues that could arise;
(11)  
ability to receive dividends from its subsidiaries;
(12)  
Peoples’ ability to maintain required capital levels and adequate sources of funding and liquidity;
(13)  
changes in accounting standards, policies, estimates or practices, which may impact Peoples’ reported financial condition or results of operations;
(14)  
the impact of reputational risk created by these developments on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity;
(15)  
the costs and effects of regulatory and legal developments, including the outcome of regulatory or other governmental inquiries and legal proceedings and results of regulatory examinations; and
(16)  
other risk factors relating to the banking industry or Peoples as detailed from time to time in Peoples’ reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including those risk factors included in the disclosure under the heading “ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS” of Part I of this Form 10-K.

All forward-looking statements speak only as of the filing date of this Form 10-K and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements.  Although management believes the expectations in these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions within the bounds of management’s knowledge of Peoples’ business and operations, it is possible that actual results may differ materially from these projections.  Additionally, Peoples undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the filing date of this Form 10-K or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events except as may be required by applicable legal requirements.  Copies of documents filed with the SEC are available free of charge at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov and/or from Peoples Bancorp’s website.
 
 
Summary of Recent Transactions and Events
The following discussion and analysis of Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements is presented to provide insight into management's assessment of the financial results.  This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, as well as the ratios and statistics, contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
References will be found in this Form 10-K to the following transactions that have impacted or will impact Peoples’ results of operations:
 
·  
As described in “ITEM 1. BUSINESS-Recent Corporate Developments”, on January 30, 2009, Peoples received $39 million of new equity capital from the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program.  The investment was in the form of newly-issued non-voting cumulative perpetual preferred shares and a related 10-year warrant sold by Peoples to the U.S. Treasury (the “TARP Capital Investment”).
 
·  
As disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2009, management determined certain available-for-sale investment securities were other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008.  As a result, Peoples recorded a $4.0 million non-cash impairment charge in the fourth quarter of 2008, of which $2.0 million related to a single bank-issued trust preferred security previously carried at $2.0 million and $2.0 million related to four collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) investments previously carried at $6.1 million.  These charges were based upon management’s evaluation of the credit quality of underlying issuers.  In comparison, Peoples recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges totaling $6.2 million in 2007, of which $3.2 million related to preferred stocks issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and $2.9 million related to the CDO investments.
 
·  
Between August 2007 and December 2008, the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee reduced the target Federal Funds rate 500 basis points and the Discount Rate 575 basis points.  These actions caused a corresponding downward shift in short-term interest rates, while longer-term rates have not decreased to the same extent.  This steepening of the yield curve has provided Peoples with opportunities to improve net interest income and margin by taking advantage of lower-cost funding available in the market place and reducing certain deposit costs.
 
·  
From mid-2004 through mid-2006, the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee increased the target Federal Funds rate by 425 basis points, causing short-term market interest rates to increase.  However, longer-term interest rates increased at a much slower pace, resulting in a flattened, and sometimes inverted, yield curve.  These conditions resulted in increases in Peoples’ funding costs that outpaced the improvement in asset yields.
 
·  
During 2008, Peoples’ loan quality was impacted by the contracting economy and commercial real estate market, which caused declines in commercial real estate values and deterioration in financial condition of various commercial borrowers.  These conditions led to Peoples downgrading the loan quality ratings on various commercial real estate loans through its normal loan review process.  In addition, several impaired loans became under-collateralized due to the reduction in the estimated net realizable fair value of the underlying collateral. As a result, Peoples experienced significant increases in provision for loan losses, including a $13.4 million fourth quarter provision, net charge-offs and nonperforming loans in 2008 compared to historical periods.
 
·  
During the fourth quarter of 2008, Peoples Bank sold its merchant credit card payment processing services to First Data Merchant Services Corporation (“First Data”).  Peoples Bank will continue to serve the credit card processing needs of its commercial customers through a referral program with First Data.  As a result of this transaction, Peoples recognized a pre-tax gain of $500,000 in the fourth quarter of 2008, which was not material to Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
·  
At the close of business on October 17, 2008, Peoples Bank completed the previously announced sale of its Grayson, Kentucky banking office to First National Bank of Grayson.  This sale was consistent with Peoples’ strategic plan to optimize its branch network for better growth opportunities.  Under the terms of the agreement, Peoples received $475,000 for the Grayson office’s $13.4 million of deposits and $220,000 of fixed assets and sold $2.0 million of loans at book value, resulting in a fourth quarter 2008 pre-tax gain of $255,000.  This sale was not material to Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
·  
During 2008, Peoples systematically sold the preferred stocks issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac held in its investment portfolio, due to the uncertainty surrounding these entities.  These securities had a total recorded value of $12.1 million at December 31, 2007.  In July 2008, Peoples sold its remaining Fannie Mae preferred stocks, which completely eliminated all equity holdings in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  As a result of the sales, Peoples recognized cumulative pre-tax losses of $1,243,000 ($808,000 after-tax) in 2008.
 
·  
Also during 2008, Peoples sold selected lower yielding, longer-term investment securities, primarily obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities and tax-exempt municipal bonds, as well as several small-lot mortgage-backed securities.  The proceeds from these sales were reinvested into similar securities with less price risk volatility. These actions were intended to reposition the investment portfolio to reduce interest rate exposures and resulted in a cumulative pre-tax gain of $2.5 million in 2008, of which $1.5 million was recognized in the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
·  
As described in “ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS” of Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, in December 2007, Peoples resolved certain issues concerning its Ohio corporation franchise tax liability and associated calculations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2001 through 2007 (the “Ohio Franchise Tax Settlement”).  As a result, Peoples’ franchise tax expense was reduced by $782,000 ($508,000, or $0.05 per diluted share, after-tax) during the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
·  
On April 23, 2007, Peoples repaid the entire $7.2 million of variable rate junior subordinated notes issued to and held by its subsidiary, PEBO Capital Trust II, which had a then current rate of 9.10%.  This redemption had minimal impact on Peoples’ regulatory capital ratios and produced a modest improvement in net interest income and margin, as the junior subordinated notes were replaced by lower cost borrowings.
 
·  
In 2006, Peoples Bank sold its banking offices located in Chesterhill, Ohio (the “Chesterhill Office”) and South Shore, Kentucky (the “South Shore Office”) as part of Peoples’ strategy to optimize its branch network by redirecting resources to markets that management believes have greater growth potential.  The sale of the South Shore Office included $4.6 million in deposits and approximately $600,000 of loans, while the sale of the Chesterhill Office involved $3.7 million of deposits.  The sales of these offices resulted in an aggregate pre-tax gain of $454,000 in 2006.  Concurrent with the sale of the Chesterhill Office, Peoples Bank acquired a full-service banking office located in Carroll, Ohio and its $5.4 million in deposits.  These transactions did not have a material impact on Peoples’ financial statements taken as a whole.
 
The impact of these transactions or events, where significant, is discussed in the applicable sections of this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
 
 
Critical Accounting Policies
The accounting and reporting policies of Peoples conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and to general practices within the financial services industry.  A summary of significant accounting policies is contained in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.   While all of these policies are important to understanding the Consolidated Financial Statements, certain accounting policies require management to exercise judgment and make estimates or assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates or assumptions.
 
Management views critical accounting policies to be those that are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements.  Management has identified the accounting policies described below as those that, due to the judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in the policies, are critical to an understanding of Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operation.
 
Income Recognition
Interest income on loans and investment securities is recognized by methods that result in level rates of return on principal amounts outstanding, including yield adjustments resulting from the amortization of loan costs and premiums on investment securities and accretion of loan fees and discounts on investment securities.  Since mortgage-backed securities comprise a sizable portion of Peoples’ investment portfolio, a significant increase in principal payments on those securities could impact interest income due to the corresponding acceleration of premium amortization or discount accretion.
 
In the event management believes collection of all or a portion of contractual interest on a loan has become doubtful, which generally occurs after the loan is 90 days past due, Peoples discontinues the accrual of interest.  In addition, previously accrued interest deemed uncollectible that was recognized in income in the current year is reversed, while amounts recognized in income in the prior year are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans is included in income only if principal recovery is reasonably assured.  A nonaccrual loan is restored to accrual status after appropriate review by lending and/or loan review personnel indicates the collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer considered doubtful, among other criteria.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
In general, determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses requires significant judgment and the use of estimates by management.  Peoples maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses based on a quarterly analysis of the loan portfolio and estimation of the losses that are probable of occurrence within the loan portfolio.  This formal analysis determines an appropriate level and allocation of the allowance for loan losses among loan types and resulting provision for loan losses by considering factors affecting losses, including specific losses, levels and trends in impaired and nonperforming loans, historical loan loss experience, current national and local economic conditions, volume, growth and composition of the portfolio, regulatory guidance and other relevant factors.  Management continually monitors the loan portfolio through Peoples Bank’s Loan Review Department and Loan Loss Committee to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance.  The provision could increase or decrease each quarter based upon the results of management’s formal analysis.
 
The amount of the allowance for loan losses for the various loan types represents management’s estimate of expected losses from existing loans based upon specific allocations for individual lending relationships and historical loss experience for each category of homogeneous loans.  The allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans is based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent loans.  This evaluation requires management to make estimates of the amounts and timing of future cash flows on impaired loans, which consist primarily of loans placed on nonaccrual status, restructured or internally classified as substandard or doubtful.  While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the allowance is available for all loan losses.
 
Individual loan reviews are based upon specific quantitative and qualitative criteria, including the size of the loan, the loan cash flow characteristics, loan quality ratings, value of collateral, repayment ability of borrowers, and historical experience factors.  The historical experience factors utilized for individual loan reviews are based upon past loss experience, known trends in losses and delinquencies, the growth of loans in particular markets and industries, and known changes in economic conditions in particular lending markets.  Allowances for homogeneous loans (such as residential mortgage loans, personal loans, etc.) are evaluated based upon historical loss experience, trends in losses and delinquencies, growth of loans in particular markets, and known changes in economic conditions in each lending market.  Consistent with the evaluation of allowances for homogenous loans, the allowance relating to the Overdraft Privilege program is based upon management’s monthly analysis of accounts in the program.  This analysis considers factors that could affect losses on existing accounts, including historical loss experience and length of overdraft.
 
There can be no assurance the allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover all losses, but management believes the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2008, was adequate to provide for probable losses from existing loans based on information currently available.  While management uses available information to provide for loan losses, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio, and the need for future additions to the allowance, will be based on changes in economic conditions and other relevant factors.  As such, adverse changes in economic activity could reduce cash flows for both commercial and individual borrowers, which would likely cause Peoples to experience increases in problem assets, delinquencies and losses on loans.
 
Investment Securities
Presently, Peoples classifies its entire investment portfolio, which accounted for 35% of total assets at December 31, 2008, as available-for-sale and records changes in the estimated fair value of the portfolio in stockholders’ equity as a component of comprehensive income.  As a result, both the investment and equity sections of Peoples’ Consolidated Balance Sheets are more sensitive to changes in the overall market value of the investment portfolio, due to changes in market interest rates, investor confidence and other factors affecting market values, than if the investment portfolio was classified as held-to-maturity.
 
While temporary changes in the fair value of available-for-sale securities are not recognized in earnings, a decline in fair value below amortized cost deemed to be “other-than-temporary” results in an adjustment to the cost basis of the investment, with a corresponding loss charged against earnings.  Management systematically evaluates Peoples’ investment securities on a quarterly basis to identify potential other-than-temporary losses.  This analysis requires management to consider various factors that can involve judgment and estimation, including duration and magnitude of the decline in value, the financial condition of the issuer or pool of issuers, structure of the security, and Peoples’ ability and intent to continue holding the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.
 
In 2008 and 2007, Peoples recognized other-than-temporary impairment charges on certain investment securities whose market value had declined due primarily to increased risks within the broader credit market and erratic market liquidity.  At December 31, 2008, there were no other investment securities identified by management to be other-than-temporarily impaired since Peoples had the ability and intent to hold those securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the amortized cost.  If investments decline in fair value due to adverse changes in the financial markets, charges to income could occur in future periods.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Over the past several years, Peoples has grown through mergers and acquisitions accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.  Under the purchase method, Peoples is required to allocate the cost of an acquired company to the assets acquired, including identified intangible assets, and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition.  The excess cost over the net assets acquired represents goodwill, which is not subject to periodic amortization.
 
Customer relationship intangibles are required to be amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The method of amortization reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are estimated to be consumed or otherwise used up.  Since Peoples’ acquired customer relationships are subject to routine customer attrition, the relationships are more likely to produce greater benefits in the near-term than in the long-term, which typically supports the use of an accelerated method of amortization for the related intangible assets.  Management is required to evaluate the useful life of customer relationship intangibles to determine if events or circumstances warrant a change in the estimated life.  Should management determine the estimated life of any intangible asset is shorter than originally estimated, Peoples would adjust the amortization of that asset, which could increase future amortization expense.
 
Goodwill arising from business combinations represents the value attributable to unidentifiable intangible elements in the business acquired.  Goodwill recorded by Peoples in connection with its acquisitions relates to the inherent value in the businesses acquired and this value is dependent upon Peoples’ ability to provide quality, cost effective services in a competitive market place.  As such, goodwill value is supported ultimately by revenue that is driven by the volume of business transacted.  A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth or the inability to deliver cost effective services over sustained periods can lead to impairment of goodwill that could adversely impact earnings in future periods.
 
Peoples reviewed its recorded goodwill at December 31, 2008, and concluded no impairment existed since the fair value of the single reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.  Based on its most recently completed analysis, management believes a 20-25% sustained decline in future earnings would have to occur for any recorded goodwill to be considered impaired.  Other future events, such as adverse changes to Peoples’ business, could cause management to conclude that impairment indicators exist and require management to re-evaluate goodwill.    Should such re-evaluation determine goodwill is impaired, any resulting impairment loss recognized could have a material, adverse impact on Peoples’ financial condition and results of operations.
 
Peoples records mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) in connection with its mortgage banking activities, which are intangible assets representing the right to service loans sold to third party investors.  These intangible assets are recorded initially at fair value and subsequently amortized over the estimated life of the loans sold.  MSRs are assessed for impairment at each reporting date based on their fair value.  At December 31, 2008, management concluded no portion of the recorded MSRs was impaired since the fair value exceeded the carrying value.  However, future events, such as a significant increase in prepayment speeds, could result in a fair value that is less than the carrying amount, which would require the recognition of an impairment loss in earnings.
 
Income Taxes
Income taxes are provided based on the liability method of accounting, which includes the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. The calculation of tax liabilities is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgment since it involves the application of complex tax laws that are subject to different interpretations by Peoples and the various tax authorities.  These interpretations are subject to challenge by the tax authorities upon audit or to reinterpretation based on management’s ongoing assessment of facts and evolving case law.
 
From time-to-time and in the ordinary course of business, Peoples is involved in inquiries and reviews by tax authorities that normally require management to provide supplemental information to support certain tax positions taken by Peoples in its tax returns.  Uncertain tax positions are initially recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts.  Management believes that it has taken appropriate positions on its tax returns, although the ultimate outcome of any tax review cannot be predicted with certainty.  Still, no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different than what is reflected in the current and historical financial statements.
 
Fair Value Measurements
As a financial services company, the carrying value of certain financial assets and liabilities is impacted by the application of fair value measurements, either directly or indirectly.  In certain cases, an asset or liability is measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis, such as available-for-sale investment securities.  In other cases, management must rely on estimates or judgments to determine if an asset or liability not measured at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or whether a valuation reserve should be established.  Given the inherent volatility, the use of fair value measurements may have a significant impact on the carrying value of assets or liabilities, or result in material changes to the financial statements, from period to period.
 
Detailed information regarding fair value measurements can be found in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The following is a summary of those assets and liabilities that may be affected by fair value measurements, as well as a brief description of the current accounting practices and valuation methodologies employed by Peoples:
 
Available-for-Sale Investment Securities
Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis.  For most securities, the fair value is based upon quoted market prices or determined by pricing models that consider observable market data.  However, the fair value of certain investment securities, such as collateralized debt obligations, must be based upon unobservable market data, such as non-binding broker quotes and discounted cash flow analysis or similar models, due to the absence of an active market for these securities.  As a result, management’s determination of fair value for these securities is highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions, which could change materially between periods.  Management occasionally uses information from independent third-party consultants in its determination of the fair value of more complex investment securities, such as the collateralized debt obligations.  At December 31, 2008, nearly all of Peoples’ available-for-sale investment securities were measured using observable market data, with less than 1% measured using non-observable data.
 
Impaired loans
For loans considered impaired, the amount of impairment loss recognized is determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis or the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the sale of the collateral.  Management typically relies on the fair value of the underlying collateral due to the significant uncertainty surrounding the borrower’s ability to make future payments.  The vast majority of the collateral securing impaired loans is real estate, although it may also include accounts receivable and equipment, inventory or similar personal property.  The fair value of the collateral used by management represents the estimated proceeds to be received from the sale of the collateral, less costs incurred during the sale, based upon observable market data and market value data provided by independent, licensed or certified appraisers.
 
Goodwill
Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.  Potential goodwill impairment exists when the fair value of the reporting unit (as defined by US GAAP) is less than its carrying value.  Peoples currently possesses a single reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing.  While quoted market prices exist for Peoples’ common shares since they are publicly traded, these market prices do not necessarily reflect the value associated with gaining control of an entity.  Thus, management takes into account all appropriate fair value measurements in determining the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.  These measurements include valuations of recently acquired institutions based upon multiples of book value or earnings and discounted cash flow analysis.
 
Should management determine the potential for goodwill impairment exists, the measurement of any actual impairment loss requires management to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and separately identifiable intangible net assets (including unrecognized intangible assets) from the fair value of the reporting unit.  This process involves highly subjective or complex judgments, estimates and assumptions.  As a result, changes to these judgments, estimates and assumptions in future periods could result in materially different results.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights  
MSRs are carried at the lower of cost or market value, and, therefore, can be subject to fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis.  MSRs do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices.  Thus, management determines fair value based upon a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income provided by an independent third-party consultant.  This valuation model is affected by various input factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates, which are subject to change between reporting periods.  As a result, significant changes to these factors could result in a material change to the calculated fair value of MSRs.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
Peoples is required to recognize the funded status of defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans on its Consolidated Balance Sheet as an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, with fluctuations in the funded status recognized through comprehensive income in the year in which the change occurs.  The funded status is based upon the fair value of plan assets compared to the projected benefit obligation.  The determination of the projected benefit obligation and periodic benefit costs involves significant judgment and estimation of employees’ length of service and future compensation levels, discount rate and expected rate of return on plan assets.  While these variables are equally important, changes to the discount rate can have a greater impact on the projected benefit obligation, and thus the amount of the asset or liability recognized, as well as the amount of pension plan expense recorded each period.
 

 
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In 2008, Peoples’ net income was $7.5 million, compared to $18.3 million for 2007 and $21.6 million for 2006, while diluted earnings per share were $0.72, $1.74 and $2.01, respectively.  The lower earnings in 2008 reflects the challenging conditions within the financial services industry due to the contracting economy and commercial real estate market, which resulted in higher provision for loan losses.  Earnings for both 2008 and 2007 were impacted by the other-than-temporary impairment charges on available-for-sale investment securities.  Despite these challenges, Peoples generated positive results in several key areas, including growth and diversification of revenues, expansion of retail deposits and expense control.
 
Net interest income increased 8% to $58.5 million in 2008, while net interest margin expanded 19 basis points to 3.51%.  These improvements were driven by lower short-term market rates and resulted in a greater reduction in Peoples’ funding costs in comparison to asset yields.  Net interest income and margin also benefited from retail deposit growth in 2008, which has allowed Peoples to reduce the amount of higher-cost wholesale funding.  In 2007, both net interest income and margin were up compared to 2006, primarily attributable to higher market interest rates during most of 2007.
 
Non-interest income totaled $32.1 million in 2008, versus $31.4 million in 2007 and $30.4 million in 2006.  Peoples experienced growth in several areas in 2008, which were partially offset by lower mortgage banking income.  The largest increase in 2008 occurred in electronic banking income, which increased 10% due to sustained growth in debit card activity.  In 2007, the combination of higher trust and investment income and electronic banking income was partially offset by lower deposit account service charges.
 
Total non-interest expense was $53.5 million in 2008 compared to $51.5 million in 2007, due largely to a combination of normal base salary adjustments, higher employee medical benefit costs, increased FDIC insurance expense and the impact of the Ohio Franchise Tax Settlement on 2007 franchise tax expense.  Compared to 2006, total non-interest expense was essentially unchanged in 2007, as higher salaries and employee benefit costs of $1.4 million were offset by decreases in several other major expense categories, including franchise taxes.
 
At December 31, 2008, total assets were $2.00 billion, up $116.8 million compared to year-end 2007.  Gross portfolio loan balances decreased $16.9 million in 2008, due primarily to normal commercial loan payoffs and the impact of charge-offs in 2008.  Total investment securities increased to $708.8 million at December 31, 2008, versus $565.5 million at year-end 2007, with most of the increase occurring during the fourth quarter in response to deposit growth.  Another contributing factor to the increase was the purchase of securities during the first half of 2008 intended to offset the impact of loan payoffs and charge-offs.
 
Total liabilities were $1.82 billion at December 31, 2008, up $133.0 million compared to December 31, 2007.  Total deposit balances increased $180.0 million in 2008, due mostly to higher interest-bearing retail balances from Peoples attracting approximately $108 million of funds from customers outside its primary market area.  This growth enabled Peoples to reduce higher rate brokered certificates of deposit balances by $15.5 million and contributed to the $47.3 million reduction in borrowed funds since year-end 2007.
 
Total stockholders’ equity decreased $16.2 million in 2008, to $186.6 million at year-end 2008.  This decline was largely attributable to a $15.3 million reduction in accumulated comprehensive income due mostly to the change in fair value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio.  Despite this decrease and higher loan losses in 2008, Peoples’ regulatory capital ratios remained relatively stable and significantly above amounts needed to be considered well capitalized by banking regulations.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples’ Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based capital ratios were 11.88% and 13.19%, respectively, compared to the prior year ratios of 11.91% and 13.23%, respectively, while the ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets was 6.21% at year-end 2008.  These strong capital positions allowed Peoples to increase dividends to shareholders during 2008.
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATION
 
Interest Income and Expense
Peoples earns interest income on loans and investments and incurs interest expense on interest-bearing deposits and borrowed funds.  Net interest income, the amount by which interest income exceeds interest expense, remains Peoples’ largest source of revenue.  The amount of net interest income earned by Peoples is affected by various factors, including changes in market interest rates due to the Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policy, the level and degree of pricing competition for both loans and deposits in Peoples markets and the amount and composition of Peoples’ earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
Peoples monitors net interest income performance and manages its balance sheet composition through regular Asset-Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) meetings.  The asset/liability management process employed by the ALCO is intended to minimize the impact of future interest rate changes on Peoples’ net interest income and earnings.  However, the frequency and/or magnitude of changes in market interest rates are difficult to predict, and may have a greater impact on net interest income than adjustments by management.
 
As part of the analysis of net interest income, management converts tax-exempt income to the pre-tax equivalent of taxable income using an effective tax rate of 35%.  Management believes the resulting fully tax-equivalent (“FTE”) net interest income allows for a more meaningful comparison of tax-exempt income and yields to their taxable equivalents.  Net interest margin, calculated by dividing FTE net interest income by average interest-earning assets, serves as the primary measure used in evaluating the net revenue stream generated by the mix and pricing of Peoples’ earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
The following table details Peoples’ average balance sheet for the years ended December 31:
 
       
2008
           
2007
           
2006
   
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
( Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
   
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
   
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
Short-Term Investments:
                                       
Deposits with other banks
 
 $        2,363
 
 $        53
 
2.26%
   
 $        2,435
 
 $      115
 
4.72%
   
 $        2,378
 
 $      100
 
4.21%
Federal funds sold
 
              508
 
           12
 
2.36%
   
           1,077
 
           55
 
5.11%
   
           1,595
 
           80
 
5.02%
  Total short-term investments
 
           2,871
 
           65
 
2.28%
   
           3,512
 
         170
 
4.84%
   
           3,973
 
         180
 
4.53%
Investment Securities (1):
                                       
Taxable
 
       549,687
 
    29,106
 
5.30%
   
       503,094
 
    25,646
 
5.10%
   
       505,586
 
    24,417
 
4.83%
Nontaxable (2)
 
         65,624
 
      4,289
 
6.54%
   
         60,368
 
      3,949
 
6.54%
   
         67,454
 
      4,411
 
6.54%
  Total investment securities
 
       615,311
 
    33,395
 
5.43%
   
       563,462
 
    29,595
 
5.25%
   
       573,040
 
    28,828
 
5.03%
Loans (3):
                                       
Commercial
 
       744,584
 
    48,291
 
6.49%
   
       750,906
 
    57,613
 
7.67%
   
       726,702
 
    54,181
 
7.46%
Real estate (4)
 
       283,285
 
    19,221
 
6.79%
   
       292,867
 
    20,985
 
7.17%
   
       311,772
 
    21,467
 
6.89%
Consumer
 
         85,378
 
      6,861
 
8.04%
   
         79,035
 
      6,552
 
8.29%
   
         70,101
 
      5,808
 
8.29%
  Total loans
 
    1,113,247
 
    74,373
 
6.69%
   
    1,122,808
 
    85,150
 
7.58%
   
    1,108,575
 
    81,456
 
7.35%
Less: Allowance for loan loss
 
       (17,428)
           
       (14,775)
           
       (15,216)
       
  Net loans
 
    1,095,819
 
    74,373
 
6.79%
   
    1,108,033
 
    85,150
 
7.68%
   
    1,093,359
 
    81,456
 
7.45%
    Total earning assets
 
    1,714,001
 
  107,833
 
6.29%
   
    1,675,007
 
  114,915
 
6.86%
   
    1,670,372
 
  110,464
 
6.61%
Intangible assets
 
         67,203
           
         68,440
           
         68,940
       
Other assets
 
       128,798
           
       128,670
           
       129,718
       
     Total assets
 
 $ 1,910,002
           
 $ 1,872,117
           
 $ 1,869,030
       


       
2008
           
2007
           
2006
   
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
   
Average
 
Income/
 
Yield/
( Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
   
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
   
Balance
 
Expense
 
Rate
Deposits:
                                       
Savings
 
 $    114,651
 
 $      583
 
0.51%
   
 $    113,629
 
 $      725
 
0.64%
   
 $    122,682
 
 $      806
 
0.66%
Interest-bearing transaction
 
       199,639
 
      3,578
 
1.79%
   
       179,827
 
      3,841
 
2.14%
   
       180,419
 
      3,312
 
1.84%
Money market
 
       168,075
 
      3,482
 
2.07%
   
       147,565
 
      5,647
 
3.83%
   
       122,053
 
      4,404
 
3.61%
Brokered time
 
         39,151
 
      1,843
 
4.71%
   
         65,461
 
      3,364
 
5.14%
   
         75,182
 
      3,540
 
4.71%
Retail time
 
       561,143
 
    21,824
 
3.89%
   
       521,506
 
    23,398
 
4.49%
   
       501,656
 
    20,199
 
4.03%
  Total interest-bearing deposits
 
    1,082,659
 
    31,310
 
2.89%
   
    1,027,988
 
    36,975
 
3.60%
   
    1,001,992
 
    32,261
 
3.22%
Borrowed Funds:
                                       
Short-term:
                                       
FHLB advances
 
       102,146
 
      2,557
 
2.46%
   
       197,915
 
    10,065
 
5.09%
   
       178,235
 
      9,067
 
5.09%
Retail repurchase agreements
 
         40,524
 
         826
 
2.00%
   
         34,802
 
      1,528
 
4.39%
   
         31,481
 
      1,306
 
4.15%
Wholesale repurchase agreements
 
                -
 
           -
 
0.00%
   
           4,425
 
         242
 
5.47%
   
           1,246
 
           70
 
5.62%
  Total short-term borrowings
 
       142,670
 
      3,383
 
2.37%
   
       237,142
 
    11,835
 
4.93%
   
       210,962
 
    10,443
 
4.95%
Long-term:
                                       
FHLB advances
 
       116,176
 
      4,856
 
4.18%
   
         71,153
 
      3,256
 
4.58%
   
       127,981
 
      5,545
 
4.33%
Wholesale repurchase agreements
 
       148,251
 
      6,223
 
4.13%
   
       124,191
 
      5,257
 
4.23%
   
       114,768
 
      4,035
 
3.52%
Other borrowings
 
         22,478
 
      1,976
 
8.65%
   
         24,571
 
      2,175
 
8.73%
   
         39,990
 
      3,293
 
8.23%
  Total long-term borrowings
 
       286,905
 
    13,055
 
4.55%
   
       219,915
 
    10,688
 
4.81%
   
       282,739
 
    12,873
 
4.55%
  Total borrowed funds
 
       429,575
 
    16,438
 
3.78%
   
       457,057
 
    22,523
 
4.87%
   
       493,701
 
    23,316
 
4.72%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
    1,512,234
 
    47,748
 
3.15%
   
    1,485,045
 
    59,498
 
3.99%
   
    1,495,693
 
    55,577
 
3.72%
Non-interest-bearing deposits
 
       180,973
           
       172,571
           
       167,440
       
Other liabilities
 
         13,892
           
         15,707
           
         15,604
       
    Total liabilities
 
    1,707,099
           
    1,673,323
           
    1,678,737
       
    Total stockholders’ equity
 
       202,903
           
       198,794
           
       190,293
       
    Total liabilities and
                                       
     stockholders’ equity
 
 $ 1,910,002
           
 $ 1,872,117
           
 $ 1,869,030
       
Interest rate spread
     
 $ 60,085
 
3.14%
       
 $ 55,417
 
2.87%
       
 $ 54,887
 
2.89%
Interest income/earning assets
         
6.29%
           
6.86%
           
6.61%
Interest expense/earning assets
         
2.78%
           
3.54%
           
3.32%
Net interest margin
         
3.51%
           
3.32%
           
3.29%

(1)  
Average balances are based on carrying value.
(2)  
Interest income and yields are presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis using a 35% Federal statutory tax rate.
(3)  
Nonaccrual and impaired loans are included in the average loan balances.  Related interest income earned on nonaccrual loans prior to the loan being placed on nonaccrual is included in loan interest income.  Loan fees included in interest income were immaterial for all periods presented.
(4)  
Loans held for sale are included in the average loan balance listed.  Related interest income on loans originated for sale prior to the loan being sold is included in loan interest income.
 

The following table details the calculation of FTE net interest income for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Net interest income, as reported
 $       58,479
 
 $       53,921
 
 $       53,217
Taxable equivalent adjustments
            1,606
 
            1,496
 
            1,670
    Fully tax-equivalent net interest income
 $     60,085
 
 $     55,417
 
 $     54,887



The following table provides an analysis of the changes in net interest income:

(Dollars in thousands)
Change from 2007 to 2008 (1)
 
Change from 2006 to 2007 (1)
Increase (decrease) in:
Rate
Volume
Total
 
Rate
Volume
Total
INTEREST INCOME:
             
Short-term investments
 $          (81)
 $          (24)
 $        (105)
 
 $            12
 $          (22)
 $          (10)
Investment Securities: (2)
             
Taxable
          1,037
          2,423
          3,460
 
          1,350
           (121)
          1,229
Nontaxable
                 -
             340
             340
 
                 2
           (464)
           (462)
  Total investment income
          1,037
          2,763
          3,800
 
          1,352
           (585)
             767
Loans :
             
Commercial
        (8,839)
           (483)
        (9,322)
 
          1,599
          1,833
          3,432
Real estate
        (1,086)
           (678)
        (1,764)
 
             851
        (1,333)
           (482)
Consumer
           (203)
             512
             309
 
                 3
             741
             744
  Total loan income
      (10,128)
           (649)
      (10,777)
 
          2,453
          1,241
          3,694
    Total interest income
        (9,172)
          2,090
        (7,082)
 
          3,817
             634
          4,451
INTEREST EXPENSE:
             
Deposits:
             
Savings deposits
           (149)
                 7
           (142)
 
             (23)
             (58)
             (81)
Interest-bearing transaction
           (660)
             397
           (263)
 
             540
             (11)
             529
Money market
        (2,867)
             702
        (2,165)
 
             279
             964
          1,243
Brokered time
           (262)
        (1,259)
        (1,521)
 
             306
           (482)
           (176)
Retail time
        (3,272)
          1,698
        (1,574)
 
          2,376
             823
          3,199
  Total deposit cost
        (7,210)
          1,545
        (5,665)
 
          3,478
          1,236
          4,714
Borrowed funds:
             
Short-term borrowings
        (4,924)
        (3,528)
        (8,452)
 
               86
          1,306
          1,392
Long-term borrowings
           (441)
          2,808
          2,367
 
             823
        (3,008)
        (2,185)
  Total borrowed funds cost
        (5,365)
           (720)
        (6,085)
 
             909
        (1,702)
           (793)
    Total interest expense
      (12,575)
             825
      (11,750)
 
          4,387
           (466)
          3,921
    Net interest income
 $       3,403
 $       1,265
 $       4,668
 
 $        (570)
 $       1,100
 $          530

(1)  
The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the   relationship of the dollar amounts of the change in each.
(2)  
Presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis.
 
The ability of financial institutions, including Peoples, to maintain and/or grow net interest income in both 2008 and 2007 has been impacted by the extreme changes in market interest rates and slope of the yield curve in response to monetary actions by the Federal Reserve.  These events have produced disproportionate changes in Peoples’ asset yields and funding costs, thereby impacting the amount of net interest income generated.
 
During the recent periods of changing interest rate conditions, Peoples has actively managed its balance sheet and interest rate risk profile to minimize the impact on earnings.  These actions have included adjusting the mix of earning assets and funding sources when opportunities were presented from loan demand and retail deposit growth.  However, significant commercial loan payoffs during the second half of 2007 and an elevated level of charge-offs in 2008 have hampered management’s efforts and necessitated growing the investment portfolio in order to maintain interest income levels.  In addition, retail deposit growth during the fourth quarter of 2008 resulted in excess funds that were used to purchase investment securities.  This expansion of the investment portfolio has contributed to the reduction in overall yield on earning assets, considering investment securities purchased by Peoples carry lower yields compared to loans originated.
 
Retail deposit growth in 2007 and 2008 allowed Peoples to reduce the amount of, and reliance on, wholesale funding sources that typically carry higher market rates of interest.  These efforts, coupled with lower short-term interest rates, produced a lower overall cost of funds in 2008.  During most of 2007, Peoples’ funding costs increased due to matured deposits and borrowings being replaced at the higher market rates that existed.  However, management controlled the overall increase in funding costs by adjusting the mix of wholesale funding by repaying higher-costing funds, such as the junior subordinated notes held by PEBO Capital Trust II, using other lower cost borrowings.
 
In the later half of 2007, Peoples’ funding costs benefited from management reducing certain deposit rates and taking advantage of lower cost funding available in the market place in response to the Federal Reserve’s actions to decrease short-term interest rates.  Management also initiated a strategy in the second half of 2007 designed to reduce the impact of repricing large blocks of funding by systematically borrowing funds in a given maturity range over a period of time thus creating a stream of smaller future maturities.  This strategy accounted for much of the increase in average long-term borrowings in 2008 compared to prior periods.
 
Detailed information regarding changes in Peoples’ Consolidated Balance Sheets can be found under appropriate captions of the “FINANCIAL CONDITION” section of this discussion.  Additional information regarding Peoples’ interest rate risk and the potential impact of interest rate changes on Peoples’ results of operations and financial condition can be found later in this discussion under the caption “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity”.
 
 
Provision for Loan Losses
The following table details Peoples’ provision for loan losses:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Provision for checking account overdrafts
          1,125
 
             558
 
             712
Provision for other loan losses
        26,515
 
          3,401
 
          2,910
    Total provision for loan losses
 $   27,640
 
 $     3,959
 
 $     3,622
           
As a percentage of average gross loans
2.48%
 
0.35%
 
0.33%
 
The provision for loan losses is based on management’s formal quarterly evaluation of the loan portfolio and analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses described in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of this discussion. This analysis considers various factors that affect losses, such as changes in Peoples’ loan quality, historical loss experience and current economic conditions.
 
The higher provision for loan losses in 2008 compared to prior periods reflects an increase in the allowance for loan losses throughout most of the year in response to changes in loan quality, coupled with losses on impaired loans from declines in commercial real estate values.  In the fourth quarter of 2008, Peoples recorded a provision for loan losses of $13.4 million, compared to $6.0 million and $1.5 million for the third quarter of 2008 and fourth quarter of 2007, respectively.  Approximately $6.1 million, or 45%, of the fourth quarter 2008 provision was attributed to continued deterioration in loan quality within the commercial loan portfolio, while another $5.8 million, or 43%, was due to continued declines in commercial real estate collateral values.  The provision for loan losses for both 2007 and 2006 were higher than historical levels from losses associated with a limited number of larger loan relationships.
 
Additional information regarding changes in the allowance for loan losses and loan credit quality can be found later in this discussion under the caption “Allowance for Loan Losses”.
 
 
Non-Interest Income
Peoples generates non-interest income, which excludes gains and losses on investments and assets, from six primary sources: deposit account service charges, trust and investment activities, insurance sales revenues, electronic banking (“e-banking”), mortgage banking and bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”).
 
In recent years, Peoples has placed increased emphasis on reducing its reliance on net interest income by growing non-interest income, especially fee-based revenues not affected by interest rate changes, and, thus, diversifying its revenue stream.  While this focus has resulted in enhanced non-interest income, the downturn in the market values of investments during 2008 has impacted fiduciary and brokerage revenues and restrained the overall increase in total revenues.  In addition, insurance revenues in both 2007 and 2008 have been challenged by tighter pricing margins within the insurance industry caused by insurance companies reducing premiums to attract market share.  As a result, non-interest income accounted for 35.4% of Peoples’ total revenues in 2008, compared to 36.8% in 2007 and 36.3% in 2006.
 
        Service charges and other fees on deposit accounts, which are based on the recovery of costs associated with services provided, comprised the largest portion of Peoples’ non-interest revenue.  Management periodically evaluates its cost recovery fees to ensure they are reasonable based on operational costs and similar to fees charged in Peoples’ markets by competitors.  The following table details Peoples’ deposit account service charges:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Overdraft fees
 $       7,356
 
 $       6,818
 
 $       6,868
Non-sufficient funds fees
          1,682
 
          1,965
 
          2,107
Other fees and charges
          1,099
 
          1,107
 
          1,240
    Total deposit account service charges
 $   10,137
 
 $     9,890
 
 $   10,215


The amount of deposit account service charges, particularly overdraft and non-sufficient funds fees, is largely dependent on the timing and volume of customer activity.  As a result, the amount ultimately recognized by Peoples can fluctuate from period to period.  The lower deposit account service charges in 2007 were caused by higher than normal fee waivers early in the year.  Fee waivers moderated in the second half of 2007, which contributed to the increased amount of deposit account service charges in 2008.
 
Insurance income also comprises a significant portion of Peoples’ total non-interest income.  The following table details Peoples’ insurance income:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Property and casualty insurance commissions
 $     7,982
 
 $     7,997
 
 $     7,765
Life and health insurance commissions
           645
 
           596
 
           568
Credit life and A&H insurance commissions
           175
 
           158
 
           164
Performance based commissions
           864
 
           817
 
        1,041
Other fees and charges
           236
 
           133
 
             81
    Total insurance income
 $    9,902
 
 $    9,701
 
 $    9,619

Property and casualty insurance sales remain the major component of Peoples’ insurance activities.  The related commission revenues remained stable in 2008 and 2007, as increased production more than offset the impact of lower pricing margins within the insurance industry.  The bulk of the performance based commission income is received annually by Peoples during the first quarter and is based on a combination of factors, including loss experience of insurance policies sold, production volumes and overall financial performance of the insurance industry during the preceding year.  As a result, the amount of contingent income recognized by Peoples is difficult to predict and could fluctuate from year to year.
 
Peoples’ trust and investment income is comprised of revenue generated from its fiduciary activities and the sale of investment services.  The following tables detail Peoples’ trust and investment income and managed assets:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Fiduciary
 $       4,113
 
 $       4,099
 
 $       3,508
Brokerage
          1,026
 
             884
 
             750
    Total trust and investment income
 $     5,139
 
 $     4,983
 
 $     4,258
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Trust assets under management
 $       685,705
 
 $       797,443
 
 $     736,745
Brokerage assets under management
        184,301
 
        223,950
 
      195,617
    Total managed assets
 $     870,006
 
 $ 1,021,393
 
 $  932,362
 
Both fiduciary and brokerage revenues are based in part on the value of assets under management.  Over the last several quarters, Peoples has been successful in attracting new clients and during 2008 attracted over $50 million in new assets, which generated additional revenues in 2008.  However, the downturn in the financial markets in the second half of 2008 caused the decline in asset value since year-end 2007.
 
Peoples’ e-banking services include ATM and debit cards, direct deposit services and Internet banking, and serve as alternative delivery channels to traditional sales offices for providing services to clients.  In 2008 and 2007, Peoples’ e-banking income experienced double-digit year-over-year growth, increasing 10% and 14%, respectively, as the result of sustained growth in debit card activity.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples had 39,279 deposit relationships with debit cards, or 57% of all eligible deposit accounts, compared to 37,427 relationships, or 53% of eligible accounts, at year-end 2007 and 35,896 relationships, or 52% of eligible accounts at December 31, 2006.  In 2008, Peoples’ customers used their debit cards to complete $272 million of transactions, versus $231 million in 2007 and $194 million in 2006, representing increases of 17% and 18%, respectively.
 
Peoples’ mortgage banking income is comprised mostly of net gains from the origination and sale of long-term, fixed-rate real estate loans to the secondary market and is largely dependent on customer demand and interest rates in general.  In 2008, Peoples experienced decreased mortgage banking activity, due largely to conditions in the real estate market and economy as a whole, while in 2007, mortgage-banking income increased 7%, from a higher volume of loans sold.
 
Income generated by Peoples’ BOLI investment serves to enhance operating efficiency by partially offsetting rising employee benefit costs.  Changes in the interest rate environment can have an impact on the associated investment funds and thus the amount of BOLI income recognized by Peoples.  Management monitors the performance of Peoples’ BOLI and may make adjustments to improve the income streams and overall performance.  Still, management believes BOLI provides a better long-term vehicle for funding future employee benefit costs, and offsetting the related expense, than alternative investment opportunities with similar risk characteristics.
 
 
Non-Interest Expense
Salaries and employee benefit costs represent Peoples’ largest non-interest expense, accounting for over 50% of total non-interest expense, which is inherent in a service-based industry such as financial services.
 
The following table details Peoples’ salaries and employee benefit costs:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Salaries and wages
 $    18,386
 
 $   17,403
 
 $   17,013
Sales-based and incentive compensation
         3,672
 
        3,985
 
        3,373
Employee benefits
         3,983
 
        3,574
 
        3,481
Stock-based compensation
            498
 
           391
 
           280
Payroll taxes and other employment-related costs
         1,982
 
        2,199
 
        2,031
    Total salaries and employee benefit costs
 $  28,521
 
 $ 27,552
 
 $ 26,178
           
Full-time equivalent employees:
         
Actual at December 31
            546
 
           559
 
           547
Average during the year
            552
 
           554
 
           539
 
Normal base salary adjustments produced higher salaries and wages in both 2008 and 2007, although larger deferrals of salaries attributed to loan origination costs offset much of the impact on 2007’s expense.  The majority of the sales-based and incentive compensation is attributable to Peoples’ insurance and investment sales activities.  While Peoples has incurred higher insurance and investment sales-based compensation in both 2008 and 2007, the additional expense in 2008 was more than offset by lower incentive plan expense tied to Peoples’ full year 2008 results of operation.  Peoples’ employee benefit costs have been impacted by a steady increase in employee medical benefit costs in recent years.  These increases have been tempered by lower pension costs.
 
Stock-based compensation expense reflects the impact of equity-based incentive awards to employees and directors since January 1, 2006.  Compensation expense is generally recognized over the vesting period, which is typically three years for most awards to employees.  However, Peoples must immediately recognize the entire expense for awards to employees who are eligible for retirement at the grant date.  As a result, the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized annually is impacted by several factors, including the level and types of awards granted, the grant date fair value and length of the requisite service periods.  Additional information regarding Peoples’ stock-based compensation plans and awards can be found in Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Peoples’ net occupancy and equipment expense was comprised of the following:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Depreciation
 $       2,066
 
 $       2,061
 
 $       2,128
Repairs and maintenance costs
          1,452
 
          1,386
 
          1,313
Net rent expense
             671
 
             660
 
             630
Property taxes, utilities and other costs
          1,351
 
          1,191
 
          1,181
    Total net occupancy and equipment expense
 $     5,540
 
 $     5,298
 
 $     5,252

Depreciation expense, although flat in 2008, decreased in 2007 due to existing assets becoming fully depreciated, coupled with fewer shorter-lived assets, such as computers and other office equipment, being placed in service. Peoples incurred higher property taxes as a result of normal increases in assessed values and increased utility costs from rising energy costs in 2008.  Management continues to monitor capital expenditures and explore opportunities to enhance Peoples’ operating efficiency.
 
In 2007 and 2008, FDIC insurance expense was impacted by the utilization of a one-time credit of $1.0 million received in 2007.  This credit was received in connection with other changes to the deposit insurance system and to offset future insurance premiums, subject to certain limitations.  Peoples utilized $0.5 million of this credit during 2007 and the remainder during the first nine months of 2008.  As a result, FDIC insurance expense was $219,000 for the fourth quarter of 2008 versus $55,000 for the third quarter of 2008.
 
Peoples’ intangible asset amortization expense decreased in both 2008 and 2007 from the use of an accelerated method of amortization for its customer-related intangibles.  As a result, amortization expense will continue to be lower in subsequent years based on the intangible assets included on Peoples’ Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008.
 
Professional fees and other third-party services, which include accounting, legal and other professional expenses, declined 2% in 2008 and 9% in 2007.  These reductions were due to an overall lower utilization of external legal and consulting services.  During 2006, Peoples incurred additional professional fees related to the review and administration of various employee benefit plans, which also contributed to the overall decrease in 2007.
 
Marketing and public relations expense, which includes the cost of advertising, public relations and charitable contributions, decreased over the last two years from a reduction in costs associated with Peoples’ direct mail and gift campaigns initiated in late 2005.  Management believes 2009 marketing expense will be comparable to 2008’s expense.
 
Peoples’ e-banking expense, which is comprised of bankcard and internet-based banking costs, increased in both 2007 and 2008 as a result of customers completing a larger percentage of their transactions using their debit cards and Peoples’ internet banking service.  These factors have also produced a greater increase in the corresponding e-banking revenues over the same periods.  Overall, management believes e-banking expense levels are reasonable considering Peoples’ e-banking services have generated higher net revenues and have helped to improve overall relationship profitability, due to the lower transaction costs incurred by Peoples.
 
Peoples is subject to franchise taxes, which are based largely on Peoples Bank’s equity at year-end, in the states where it has a physical presence.  Overall, state franchise taxes have remained consistent over the last two years, from relatively stable equity levels at Peoples Bank, although the 2007’s franchise tax expense was lower due to the Ohio Franchise Tax Settlement.  Peoples regularly evaluates the capital position of its direct and indirect subsidiaries from both a cost and leverage perspective.  Ultimately, management seeks to optimize Peoples’ consolidated capital position through allocation of capital, which is intended to enhance profitability and shareholder value.
 
In 2008, other non-interest expense increased 7% compared to 2007, due largely to additional loan-related expenses associated with the higher level of impaired and nonperforming loans.  Compared to 2006, other non-interest expense was down in 2007, due largely to modest decreases in losses from deposit accounts and correspondent bank processing fees.
 
 
Income Tax Expense
Peoples’ effective income tax rate was 2.1% in 2008 versus 23.3% in 2007 and 26.7% in 2006.  The lower effective tax rate in 2008 was largely attributable to the reduction in pre-tax income from higher loan loss provision and impairment charges without a corresponding decrease in income from tax-exempt sources.  A reconciliation of income tax expense and effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate can be found in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  While management anticipates an effective tax rate in 2009 comparable to 2007 and 2006, the amount of pre-tax income derived from tax-exempt sources will have a major impact on the annual effective tax rate.
 

 
FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Peoples considers cash and cash equivalents to consist of Federal Funds sold, cash and balances due from banks, interest-bearing balances in other institutions and other short-term investments that are readily liquid.  The amount of cash and cash equivalents fluctuates on a daily basis due to customer activity and Peoples’ liquidity needs.
 
In 2008, cash and cash equivalents decreased $9.6 million to $35.6 million at December 31, 2008.  Investing activities consumed $168.9 million of net cash, while financing and operating activities provided net cash of $123.8 million and $35.6 million, respectively.  Purchases of new investment securities exceeded the cash flows from sales, maturities, calls and principal payments and accounted for most of the cash used in investing activities.
 
In comparison, cash and cash equivalents increased $5.4 million in 2007, as net cash from operations of $30.9 million was mostly offset by cash used in investing and financing activities of $10.4 million and $15.1 million, respectively.  In 2006, cash and cash equivalents were flat, as net cash from operations of $31.0 million and $0.4 million from financing activities were used in investing activities.
 
    Further information regarding the management of Peoples’ liquidity position can be found later in this discussion under “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity.”
 
 
Investment Securities
     The following table details Peoples’ investment portfolio at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value:
         
    Obligations of U.S. Treasury and government agencies
 $           176
 
 $           197
 
 $           282
    Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises
           6,585
 
         84,457
 
       130,600
    Obligations of states and political subdivisions
         68,930
 
         69,247
 
         53,938
    Mortgage-backed securities
       535,475
 
       358,683
 
       304,413
    Corporate obligations and other securities
         73,591
 
         29,647
 
         36,302
        Total available-for-sale investment securities
 $  684,757
 
 $  542,231
 
 $  525,535
    Total amortized cost
 $    696,855
 
 $    535,979
 
 $    527,041
    Net unrealized (loss) gain
 $     (12,098)
 
 $        6,252
 
 $       (1,506)
           
Other investment securities, at cost:
         
    FHLB of Cincinnati stock
 $      19,584
 
 $      18,820
 
 $      18,820
    Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland stock
           4,412
 
           4,412
 
           4,378
        Total other investment securities
 $    23,996
 
 $    23,232
 
 $    23,198
           
        Total investment securities
 $  708,753
 
 $  565,463
 
 $  548,733

Management grew the investment portfolio in 2007 and early 2008 to lessen the impact of higher levels of loan payoffs in both years and sizable charge-offs in 2008 on interest income levels.  Much of 2008 growth occurred during the fourth quarter when management invested excess funding from an increase in deposit balances.  A portion of the 2007 growth occurred during the third quarter when Peoples took advantage of attractive yields that existed at the time and pre-funded expected near-term investment portfolio cash flows from calls and normal principal paydowns.  Peoples’ investment in mortgage-backed securities has increased as the result of management reinvesting some of the principal runoff from the portfolio into these types of securities, as well as the repositioning of the portfolio during 2008 to reduce credit and interest rate exposures.  The sale of the preferred stocks issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac during the first half of 2008 was a contributing factor to the reduced investment in obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises.  While these preferred stocks were sold at a net loss, Peoples was able to avoid even larger losses from those investments had they remained in its investment portfolio.
 
Peoples’ corporate obligations and other securities historically have consisted of various individual bank-issued trust preferred securities, four separate collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) investment securities and common stocks issued by unrelated bank holding companies.  During 2008, Peoples purchased several asset-backed securities collateralized by U.S. government-backed student loan pools, which had a total fair value of $48.5 million at December 31, 2008.
 
Since year-end 2007, the fair value of the available-for-sale investment portfolio has decreased as the result of conditions in the financial markets.  At December 31, 2008, management determined certain investment securities were other-than-temporarily impaired based upon an evaluation of the credit quality of underlying issuers.  As a result, Peoples recorded a $4.0 million other-than-temporary impairment charge, of which $2.0 million related to a single bank-issued trust preferred security previously carried at $2.0 million and $2.0 million related to four CDO investments previously carried at $6.1 million.  After the fourth quarter impairment charges, the carrying values of Peoples’ individual trust preferred and CDO portfolios were $20.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  Management concluded no other material individual securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2008, were other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
Additional information regarding Peoples’ investment portfolio can be found in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Loans
     The following table details total outstanding loans at December 31:
 

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Year-end loan balances:
                 
Commercial, mortgage
 $      478,298
 
 $      513,847
 
 $      469,934
 
 $      504,923
 
 $      450,270
Commercial, other
         178,834
 
         171,937
 
         191,847
 
         136,331
 
         126,473
Real estate, mortgage
         231,778
 
         237,641
 
         252,726
 
         272,327
 
         303,372
Real estate, construction
           77,917
 
           71,794
 
           99,311
 
           50,745
 
           35,423
Home equity lines of credit
           47,635
 
           42,706
 
           44,937
 
           43,754
 
           46,593
Consumer
           87,902
 
           80,544
 
           72,531
 
           62,737
 
           59,572
Deposit account overdrafts
             1,668
 
             2,472
 
             1,108
 
             1,059
 
             1,355
    Total loans
 $1,104,032
 
 $1,120,941
 
 $1,132,394
 
 $1,071,876
 
 $1,023,058
Average total loans
      1,113,247
 
      1,122,808
 
      1,108,575
 
      1,040,029
 
         942,761
Average allowance for loan losses
         (17,428)
 
         (14,775)
 
         (15,216)
 
         (14,930)
 
         (14,974)
    Average loans, net of allowance
 $1,095,819
 
 $1,108,033
 
 $1,093,359
 
 $1,025,099
 
 $    927,787
Percent of loans to total loans at December 31:
               
Commercial, mortgage
43.3%
 
45.8%
 
41.5%
 
47.1%
 
44.0%
Commercial, other
16.2%
 
15.3%
 
16.9%
 
12.7%
 
12.4%
Real estate, mortgage
21.0%
 
21.2%
 
22.3%
 
25.4%
 
29.7%
Real estate, construction
7.1%
 
6.4%
 
8.8%
 
4.7%
 
3.5%
Home equity lines of credit
4.3%
 
3.8%
 
4.0%
 
4.1%
 
4.6%
Consumer
7.9%
 
7.3%
 
6.4%
 
5.9%
 
5.7%
Deposit account overdrafts
0.2%
 
0.2%
 
0.1%
 
0.1%
 
0.1%
    Total percentage
100.0%
 
100.0%
 
100.0%
 
100.0%
 
100.0%
 
Although loan production remained steady in 2008, total loan balances declined since year-end 2007, due to normal commercial mortgage loan payoffs offsetting new production and the impact of charge-offs in 2008.  In prior years, Peoples experienced growth in commercial mortgage loan balances due to strong demand in and around central Ohio, although higher than normal payoffs during 2007 produced lower commercial balances at December 31, 2007.
 
The changes in Peoples’ construction loan balances reflect the demand for commercial construction loans, which comprise a significant portion of the outstanding construction loan balances.  In prior years, Peoples experienced increased competition for these and other commercial loans from the capital markets and other financial institutions, which has impacted Peoples’ ability to retain these loans after the initial construction term.  The remaining portion of Peoples’ construction balances are comprised of residential and other multifamily construction projects.
 
The following table details the maturities of Peoples’ commercial and construction loans at December 31, 2008:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Due in One
Year or Less
Due in One
to Five Years
Due After
Five Years
Total
Loan Type
             
Commercial, mortgage:
             
Fixed
 $       24,727
 
 $       45,712
 
 $       20,943
 
 $       91,382
Variable
          46,140
 
          30,100
 
        310,676
 
        386,916
    Total
 $       70,867
 
 $       75,812
 
 $     331,619
 
 $     478,298
Commercial, other:
             
Fixed
 $       10,001
 
 $       56,612
 
 $         9,851
 
 $       76,464
Variable
          63,000
 
          20,967
 
          18,403
 
        102,370
    Total
 $       73,001
 
 $       77,579
 
 $       28,254
 
 $     178,834
Real estate, construction:
             
Fixed
 $              34
 
 $         9,032
 
 $         2,677
 
 $       11,743
Variable
          16,430
 
          11,529
 
          38,215
 
          66,174
    Total
 $       16,464
 
 $       20,561
 
 $       40,892
 
 $       77,917



Peoples also experienced continued growth in consumer loan balances, due mainly to the efforts in its indirect lending area.  Peoples’ indirect lending activity involves the origination of consumer loans primarily through automobile dealers and comprises a significant portion of its total consumer loans.  Management remains committed to originating quality consumer loans based on sound underwriting practices and appropriate loan pricing discipline, which could limit opportunities for future growth.
 
Growth of real estate loan balances in recent periods has been impacted by customer demand for long-term, fixed-rate mortgages, which Peoples generally sells to the secondary market with the servicing rights retained.  During the fourth quarter of 2006, Peoples also began selling certain long-term, fixed-rate mortgages to the secondary market with servicing rights released.  Beginning in 2007, Peoples originated and retained in its loan portfolio certain fixed-rate mortgages, primarily loans with an original maturity of 15 years or less.
 
 
Loan Concentration
Peoples’ largest industrial concentration of loans consists of credits to borrowers in the lodging and lodging related industry, with total outstanding balances of $60.5 million at December 31, 2008, and $50.6 million at December 31, 2007, representing 12.7% and 9.8% of total outstanding commercial real estate loans, respectively.  Loans to borrowers in the assisted living facilities and nursing home industry also represent a significant portion of Peoples’ commercial real estate loans.  Total outstanding balances of these loans were $54.9 million, or 11.5% of total outstanding commercial real estate loans, at December 31, 2008, compared to $54.0 million, or 10.5%, at December 31, 2007.  These credits were subjected to Peoples’ normal commercial underwriting standards, which include an evaluation of the financial strength, market expertise and experience of the borrowers and principals in these business relationships.
 
Peoples’ commercial lending activities continue to focus primarily on lending opportunities inside its primary market areas, with loans outside Peoples’ primary market areas comprising approximately 10% of total outstanding loan balances, at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.  The majority of loans are located in Ohio, West Virginia and Kentucky, with total outstanding balances of $76.6 million and $59.9 million at year-end 2008 and 2007, respectively.  In all other states, the aggregate outstanding balance in the state was less than $5 million, except Arizona and Florida, which had outstanding balances of $10.0 million and $8.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  The Arizona and Florida loans were generated primarily through existing central Ohio-based client relationships.
 
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table details the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Allowance for loan losses:
                 
Allowance for loan losses, January 1
 $     15,718
 
 $     14,509
 
 $     14,720
 
 $     14,760
 
 $     14,575
Gross charge offs:
                 
  Commercial
        18,672
 
          2,265
 
          3,485
 
          1,745
 
             961
  Real estate
             911
 
             606
 
             361
 
             827
 
             677
  Consumer
          1,088
 
             981
 
             631
 
             656
 
             886
  Overdrafts
          1,298
 
             849
 
          1,007
 
             965
 
          1,130
  Credit card
                 –
 
                 –
 
                 –
 
                 –
 
             133
    Total gross charge offs
        21,969
 
          4,701
 
          5,484
 
          4,193
 
          3,787
Recoveries:
                 
  Commercial
             647
 
             950
 
             578
 
          1,155
 
             487
  Real estate
               96
 
             202
 
             377
 
             223
 
             186
  Consumer
             454
 
             513
 
             389
 
             394
 
             431
  Overdrafts
             333
 
             280
 
             303
 
             327
 
             308
  Credit card
               12
 
                 6
 
                 4
 
               26
 
               14
    Total recoveries
          1,542
 
          1,951
 
          1,651
 
          2,125
 
          1,426
Net charge-offs (recoveries):
                 
  Commercial
        18,025
 
          1,315
 
          2,907
 
             590
 
             474
  Real estate
             815
 
             404
 
             (16)
 
             604
 
             491
  Consumer
             634
 
             468
 
             242
 
             262
 
             455
  Overdrafts
             965
 
             569
 
             704
 
             638
 
             822
  Credit card
             (12)
 
               (6)
 
               (4)
 
             (26)
 
             119
    Total net charge-offs
        20,427
 
          2,750
 
          3,833
 
          2,068
 
          2,361
Provision for loan losses, December 31
        27,640
 
          3,959
 
          3,622
 
          2,028
 
          2,546
     Allowance for loan losses, December 31
 $     22,931
 
 $     15,718
 
 $     14,509
 
 $     14,720
 
 $     14,760



 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans:
                 
  Commercial
1.61%
 
0.12%
 
0.27%
 
0.06%
 
0.05%
  Real estate
0.07%
 
0.04%
 
 
0.06%
 
0.05%
  Consumer
0.06%
 
0.04%
 
0.02%
 
0.03%
 
0.05%
  Overdrafts
0.09%
 
0.05%
 
0.06%
 
0.06%
 
0.09%
  Credit card
 
 
 
 
0.01%
    Total ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
1.83%
 
0.25%
 
0.35%
 
0.21%
 
0.25%

In 2008, gross charge-offs increased significantly compared to the prior year largely attributable to losses totaling $16.6 million on impaired commercial loans that became under-collateralized during the year, due to declines in the estimated net realizable fair value of the underlying collateral.  Gross charge-offs in 2007 were higher than historical levels related primarily to losses totaling $2.1 million from six unrelated loan relationships.  One of these relationships also accounted for $2.9 million of the gross charge-offs in 2006.  Gross recoveries for 2008 were lower than recent periods as the result of sizeable, unanticipated recoveries in previous years, which were related to a limited number of unrelated loan relationships.  These recoveries were attributable to higher than expected proceeds from sale of collateral and, when possible, enforcement of guarantees by the principals.
 
The allowance is allocated among the loan categories based on the consistent, quarterly procedural discipline described in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of this discussion.  However, the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb future loan losses in any loan category.  The following schedule details the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Commercial
 $   19,757
 
 $   14,147
 
 $   12,661
 
 $   11,883
 
 $   11,751
Real estate
        1,414
 
           419
 
           957
 
        1,400
 
        1,175
Consumer
        1,315
 
           868
 
           596
 
        1,149
 
        1,394
Overdrafts
           445
 
           284
 
           295
 
           288
 
           327
Credit card
               –
 
               –
 
               –
 
               –
 
           113
    Total allowance for loan losses
 $ 22,931
 
 $ 15,718
 
 $ 14,509
 
 $ 14,720
 
 $ 14,760
As a percentage of total loans
2.08%
 
1.40%
 
1.28%
 
1.37%
 
1.44%
 
The significant allocation of the allowance to commercial loans reflects the higher credit risk associated with this type of lending and the size of this loan category in relationship to the entire loan portfolio.  Since year-end 2007, this allocation has increased due mostly to management downgrading the loan quality ratings of certain commercial real estate loans and placing additional loans on nonaccrual status as part of its normal loan review process.  These actions reflect the deterioration in the financial condition of various commercial borrowers and declines in the underlying collateral values of several large commercial real estate loans caused by the contracting economy and commercial real estate market during 2008.  In addition, the weakening economic conditions during 2008 resulted in changes to the qualitative factors used in determining the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses for non-impaired commercial loans, which contributed to the higher allowance for loan losses compared to prior periods.
 
The allowance allocated to the real estate and consumer loan categories is based upon Peoples’ allowance methodology for homogeneous pools of loans.  The fluctuations in these allocations have been directionally consistent with the changes in loan quality, loss experience and changes in loan balances in these categories.
 
In prior periods, Peoples maintained an allowance for credit cards that reflected an estimate of the loss from the retained recourse on the business cards included in the credit card portfolio sale.  This recourse arrangement expired during the second quarter of 2005, eliminating the need for an allocation for credit cards.
 

The following table details Peoples’ nonperforming assets at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Loans 90+ days past due and accruing
 $             –
 
 $          378
 
 $              1
 
 $          251
 
 $          285
Renegotiated loans
                –
 
                –
 
          1,218
 
                –
 
          1,128
Nonaccrual loans
        41,320
 
          8,980
 
          8,785
 
          6,284
 
          5,130
  Total nonperforming loans
        41,320
 
          9,358
 
        10,004
 
          6,535
 
          6,543
Other real estate owned
             525
 
             343
 
                –
 
             308
 
          1,163
    Total nonperforming assets
 $   41,845
 
 $     9,701
 
 $   10,004
 
 $     6,843
 
 $     7,706
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans
3.74%
 
0.83%
 
0.88%
 
0.61%
 
0.64%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets
2.09%
 
0.51%
 
0.53%
 
0.37%
 
0.43%
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
                 
     nonperforming loans
55.5%
 
168.0%
 
145.0%
 
225.2%
 
225.6%

Peoples’ nonaccrual loans are comprised almost entirely of commercial and real estate loans, with much of the increase in 2008 isolated to eight large commercial real estate loan relationships. Several of the loans placed on nonaccrual status during 2008 were charged down to the estimated net realizable fair value of the underlying collateral, resulting in the lower allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans ratios compared to prior periods.  Interest income on loans classified as nonaccrual and renegotiated at each year-end that would have been recorded under the original terms of the loans was $1,936,000; $786,000 and $567,000 for 2008; 2007 and 2006, respectively, of which $20,000; $47,000 and $34,000, respectively, was actually recorded consistent with the income recognition policy described in the “Critical Accounting Policies” section of this discussion.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Peoples will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  The measurement of potential impaired loan losses is generally based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s contractual effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  If foreclosure is probable, impairment loss is measured based on the fair value of the collateral.  Information regarding Peoples’ impaired loans is included in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Deposits
Peoples’ deposit balances were comprised of the following at December 31:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
Retail certificates of deposit
 $       626,195
 
 $       499,684
 
 $       514,885
 
 $       465,148
 
 $       456,850
Money market deposit accounts
          213,498
 
          153,299
 
          134,387
 
          110,372
 
          107,394
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
          187,100
 
          191,359
 
          170,022
 
          178,030
 
          165,144
Savings accounts
          115,419
 
          107,389
 
          114,186
 
          131,221
 
          157,145
  Total retail interest-bearing deposits
       1,142,212
 
          951,731
 
          933,480
 
          884,771
 
          886,533
Brokered certificates of deposits
            44,116
 
            59,589
 
          129,128
 
            41,786
 
            29,909
  Total interest-bearing deposits
       1,186,328
 
       1,011,320
 
       1,062,608
 
          926,557
 
          916,442
Non-interest-bearing deposits
          180,040
 
          175,057
 
          170,921
 
          162,729
 
          152,979
    Total deposit balances
 $ 1,366,368
 
 $ 1,186,377
 
 $ 1,233,529
 
 $ 1,089,286
 
 $ 1,069,421
 
Overall, Peoples ability to attract and retain retail deposits in recent years has been challenged by progressively intense competition for deposits within its markets.  During 2008, Peoples successfully grew retail certificates of deposit (“CDs”) by attracting nearly $108 million of funds from customers outside its primary market area as an alternative to higher-cost brokered deposits.  Contributing to the higher retail CD balances in 2008 were $35.7 million of funds deposited by customers through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System, or CDARS, program, with $18 million attributable to a single commercial deposit during the fourth quarter of 2008.  These increases were partially offset by an $18.7 million decline in governmental deposits, which are subject to competitive bidding and typically require pledging of investment securities as collateral.
 
Money market balances have nearly doubled since year-end 2005, due largely to Peoples offering a personal money market product with a more competitive rate.  In 2008, money market balances increased 39% in response to Peoples offering more competitive rates, coupled with $45.6 million of additional funds from trust customers.  The increase in trust funds was largely the result of certain alternative money market funds offered by unaffiliated providers, which Peoples’ trust department had utilized for its customers, being closed to new deposits late in the fourth quarter of 2008, due to the ultra-low short-term interest rates.  Management considers these additional trust funds as short-term, inexpensive funding source, although the amounts could change unexpectedly in future periods.
 
A significant portion of Peoples’ interest-bearing transaction account balances are comprised of deposits from state and local governmental entities, which are subject to periodic fluctuations based on the timing of tax collections and subsequent expenditures or disbursements.  While Peoples has experienced steady growth in these public funds over the last few years, consumer balances contracted in 2008 and 2006, resulting in an overall decline in interest-bearing transaction account balances.
 
In late 2005, Peoples’ implemented a direct mail and free gift marketing strategy designed to attract new customers and increase non-interest-bearing deposits.  This strategy generated many new customer accounts and higher consumer balances.  The increase in 2007 was attributed to commercial deposit growth.  Peoples continues to focus on expanding core deposit balances as a means of reducing reliance on typically higher costing, wholesale funding sources.
 
In both 2008 and 2007, Peoples reduced its amount of brokered deposits, due to the retail deposit growth and availability of other lower rate wholesale funding.  Management may continue to use brokered deposits in the future to help manage interest rate sensitivity and liquidity, as well as maintain diversity in funding sources.
 
The maturities of certificates of deposit with total balances of $100,000 or more at December 31 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
3 months or less
 $     66,757
 
 $     42,809
 
 $     26,601
 
 $     25,884
 
 $     17,772
Over 3 to 6 months
        50,545
 
        33,411
 
        47,738
 
        25,628
 
        17,923
Over 6 to 12 months
        54,610
 
        24,718
 
        59,084
 
        34,207
 
        14,163
Over 12 months
        63,345
 
        43,386
 
        89,049
 
        82,174
 
        76,267
    Total
 $235,257
 
 $144,324
 
 $222,472
 
 $167,893
 
 $126,125
 
Borrowed Funds
In 2008, Peoples reduced total borrowed funds 10%, to $429.6 million at December 31, 2008, as a $157.5 million decrease in short-term FHLB borrowings was partially offset by a $76.3 million increase in long-term borrowings, primarily FHLB advances, and higher balances in retail repurchase agreements.  The reduction in short-term FHLB borrowings occurred as a result of the retail deposit growth.  Long-term borrowings increased due largely to an interest rate risk management strategy initiated in the second half of 2007.  Retail repurchase agreements were up in 2008, due primarily to a single commercial customer transferring approximately $14 million of money market deposits to an overnight repurchase agreement late in the third quarter of 2008.  Additional information regarding Peoples’ borrowed funds can be found in Notes 8 and 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
Capital/Stockholders' Equity
At December 31, 2008, total stockholders’ equity was $186.6 million, down 8% compared to year-end 2007, due mostly to a lower fair value of Peoples’ available-for-sale investments.  Peoples also declared dividends totaling $9.5 million, or $0.91 per share, in 2008, which exceeded net income by $2.0 million, compared to dividends of $9.2 million, or $0.88 per share, in 2007, which represented 50.4% of 2007’s net income.
 
Throughout 2008, the capital positions of Peoples and its banking subsidiary have remained substantially above amounts needed to be considered well capitalized by banking regulations.  These capital positions allowed Peoples to increase dividends declared to shareholders during 2008, despite lower earnings.  However, Peoples’ ability to increase its quarterly dividend in future periods, from its current rate of $0.23 per share, is restricted as the result of participating in the TARP Capital Purchase Program.  In addition, other restrictions and limitations may prohibit Peoples from paying dividends even when sufficient cash is available.  Further discussion regarding restrictions on Peoples’ ability to pay future dividends can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the “Supervision and Regulation –TARP Capital Purchase Program” and “Supervision and Regulation -Dividend Restrictions” sections under Item 1 of this Form 10-K.
 
During 2008, Peoples has been less active with treasury stock purchases, as management has focused on maintaining Peoples’ capital position, especially considering the uncertainty that existed in the financial markets and economy as a whole.  In 2008, Peoples repurchased 13,600 of its common shares, at an average price of $21.59, under its announced stock repurchase program, compared to 463,600 common shares, at an average price of $26.21, in 2007.  Peoples’ ability to repurchase common shares in future periods will be limited since the announced stock repurchase program expired on December 31, 2008, and Peoples’ participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program restricts repurchases of common shares.  Additional information regarding these restrictions can be found in the “Supervision and Regulation-TARP Capital Purchase Program” section under Item 1 of this Form 10-K.
 
Management uses the tangible capital ratio as one measure of the adequacy of Peoples’ equity.  The ratio, defined as tangible equity as a percentage of tangible assets, excludes the balance sheet impact of intangible assets acquired through acquisitions.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples’ tangible capital ratio was 6.21% compared to 7.42% at December 31, 2007.  The lower ratio compared to the prior year-end was the result of an 11% decrease in tangible equity, due mostly to the lower fair value of the investment portfolio, coupled with a 7% increase in tangible assets from purchases of investment securities.
 
Further information regarding Peoples and Peoples Bank’s risk-based capital ratios can be found in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity
While Peoples is exposed to various business risks, the risks relating to interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are typically the most complex and dynamic risks that can materially impact future results of operations and financial condition.  The objective of Peoples’ asset/liability management (“ALM”) function is to measure and manage these risks in order to optimize net interest income within the constraints of prudent capital adequacy, liquidity and safety.  This objective requires Peoples to focus on interest rate risk exposure and adequate liquidity through its management of the mix of assets and liabilities, their related cash flows and the rates earned and paid on those assets and liabilities.  Ultimately, the ALM function is intended to guide management in the acquisition and disposition of earning assets and selection of appropriate funding sources.
 
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate risk (“IRR”) is one of the most significant risks arising in the normal course of business of financial services companies like Peoples.  IRR is the potential for economic loss due to future interest rate changes that can impact both the earnings stream as well as market values of financial assets and liabilities.  Peoples’ exposure to IRR is due primarily to differences in the maturity or repricing of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  In addition, other factors, such as prepayments of loans and investment securities or early withdrawal of deposits, can expose Peoples to IRR and increase interest costs or reduce revenue streams.
 
Peoples has assigned overall management of IRR to the ALCO, which has established an IRR management policy that sets minimum requirements and guidelines for monitoring and managing the level and amount of IRR.  The objective of Peoples’ IRR policy is to assist the ALCO in its evaluation of the impact of changing interest rate conditions on earnings and economic value of equity, as well as assist with the implementation of strategies intended to reduce Peoples’ IRR .  The management of IRR involves either maintaining or changing the level of risk exposure by changing the repricing and maturity characteristics of the cash flows for specific assets or liabilities.
 
The ALCO uses various methods to assess and monitor the current level of Peoples’ IRR and the impact of potential strategies or other changes.  However, the ALCO predominantly relies on simulation modeling in its overall management of IRR since it is a dynamic measure.  Simulation modeling also estimates the impact of potential changes in interest rates and balance sheet structures on future earnings and projected fair value of equity.
 
The modeling process starts with a base case simulation using the current balance sheet and current interest rates held constant for the next twelve months.  Alternate scenarios are prepared which simulate the impact of increasing and decreasing market interest rates, assuming parallel yield curve shifts.  Comparisons produced from the simulation data, showing the changes in net interest income from the base interest rate scenario, illustrate the risks associated with the current balance sheet structure.  Additional simulations, when deemed appropriate or necessary, are prepared using different interest rate scenarios than those used with the base case simulation and/or possible changes in balance sheet composition.  Comparisons showing the earnings and equity value variance from the base case are provided to the ALCO for review and discussion.
 
The ALCO has established limits on changes in net interest income and the economic value of equity.  The ALCO limits the decrease in net interest income to 15% or less from base case for each 200 basis point shift in interest rates measured over a twelve-month period.  The ALCO limits the negative impact on net equity to 30% or less given an immediate and sustained 200 basis point shift in interest rates.
 
 
The following table illustrates the estimated impact of an immediate and sustained change in interest rates (dollars in thousands):

Increase in
 
Estimated (Decrease) Increase
 
Estimated (Decrease) Increase
Interest Rate
 
in Net Interest Income
 
in Economic Value of Equity
(in Basis Points)
 
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
 
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
300
 
 $   (1,713)
 
   (2.9)%
 
 $   (8,730)
 
 (16.1)%
 
 $   (5,386)
 
   (2.4)%
 
 $ (30,772)
 
 (12.1)%
200
 
         (418)
 
   (0.7)%
 
      (5,276)
 
   (9.7)%
 
      (1,048)
 
   (0.5)%
 
    (19,186)
 
   (7.6)%
100
 
            84
 
    0.1 %
 
      (2,264)
 
   (4.2)%
 
       2,946
 
    1.3 %
 
      (7,830)
 
   (3.1)%
 
This table uses a standard, parallel shock analysis for assessing the IRR to net interest income and the economic value of equity.  A parallel shock means all points on the yield curve (one year, two year, three year, etc.) are directionally shocked the same amount of basis points (100 basis points equal to 1%).  Although a parallel shock table can give insight into the current direction and magnitude of IRR inherent in the balance sheet, interest rates do not always move in a complete parallel manner during interest rate cycles.  These nonparallel movements in interest rates, commonly called yield curve steepening or flattening movements, tend to occur during the beginning and end of an interest rate cycle.  As a result, management conducts more advanced interest rate shock scenarios to gain a better understanding of Peoples’ exposure to nonparallel rate shifts.
 
Throughout 2008, management shifted the balance sheet from its liability sensitive interest risk position at year-end 2007 to a more neutral position given the uncertainty regarding future interest rate changes.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, management took steps to move the balance sheet to an asset sensitive position in preparation for a rising interest rate environment.  Specifically, management selectively increased and extended the maturities of borrowed funds and retail CDs, thereby reducing overnight funding, and took steps to reposition the investment portfolio to reduce price volatility.  Due to these changes, management has reduced net interest income at risk in an “up 100 basis point” rate shock as of December 31, 2008.
 
While the balance sheet positioning at December 31, 2008, shows a reduction in net interest income for various parallel rate shock scenarios, these shocks do not take into account Peoples positioning along the interest rate curve or ALCO's ability to take appropriate actions, when necessary, to further minimize the impact of changes in interest rates on future earnings.  The ALCO will continue to monitor Peoples’ overall IRR position and take appropriate actions, when necessary, to preserve the current balance sheet risk position and minimize the impact of changes in interest rates on future earnings.
 
Liquidity
In addition to IRR management, another major objective of the ALCO is to maintain a sufficient level of liquidity.  The ALCO defines liquidity as the ability to meet anticipated and unanticipated operating cash needs, loan demand and deposit withdrawals, without incurring a sustained negative impact on profitability.  The ALCO’s liquidity management policy sets limits on the net liquidity position and the concentration of non-core funding sources, both wholesale funding and brokered deposits.
 
Typically, the main source of liquidity for Peoples is deposit growth.  Liquidity is also provided by cash generated from earning assets such as maturities, calls, principal payments and interest income from loans and investment securities.  Peoples also uses various wholesale funding sources to supplement funding from customer deposits.  These external sources also provide Peoples with the ability to obtain large quantities of funds in a relatively short time period in the event of unanticipated cash needs.
 
At December 31, 2008, Peoples had available borrowing capacity through its wholesale funding sources and unpledged investment securities totaling approximately $124 million that can be used to satisfy liquidity needs, unchanged versus year-end 2007.  This liquidity position excludes the impact of Peoples’ ability to obtain additional funding by either offering higher rates on retail deposits or issuing additional brokered deposits.  During 2008, management took steps to enhance the diversity of the liquidity sources as a means of reducing reliance of the FHLB for liquidity.  Management believes the current balance of cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flows from the investment portfolio, along with the availability of other funding sources, will allow Peoples to meet anticipated cash obligations, as well as special needs and off-balance sheet commitments.
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Activities and Contractual Obligations
Peoples routinely engages in activities that involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk that are not reflected in whole or in part in the Consolidated Financial Statements.  These activities are part of Peoples’ normal course of business and include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments, interest rate contracts, operating leases, long-term debt and commitments to make additional capital contributions in low-income housing tax credit investments.
 
The following is a summary of Peoples’ significant off-balance sheet activities and contractual obligations.  Detailed information regarding these activities and obligations can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements as follows:
 
Activity or Obligation
 
Note
Off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments
 
15
Interest rate contracts
 
15
Low-income housing tax credit investments
 
15
Operating lease obligations
 
5
Long-term debt obligations
 
9
Junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts
 
10

Traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments are primarily commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These activities are necessary to meet the financing needs of customers and could require Peoples to make cash payments to third parties in the event certain specified future events occur.  The contractual amounts represent the extent of Peoples’ exposure in these off-balance sheet activities.  However, since certain off-balance sheet commitments, particularly standby letters of credit, are expected to expire or only partially be used, the total amount of commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
At December 31, 2008, Peoples held an option to initiate an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $17 million.  This interest rate contract is carried at fair value on Peoples’ Consolidated Balance Sheets, with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date.  As a result, the amounts recorded do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid or received under this contract.  Peoples may consider using other interest rate contracts or derivatives in the future, as deemed appropriate by management and the ALCO, to help manage Peoples’ interest rate risk position.
 
Peoples also has commitments to make additional capital contributions in low-income housing tax credit funds, consisting of a pool of low-income housing projects.  As a limited partner in these funds, Peoples receives federal income tax benefits, which assist Peoples in managing its overall tax burden.  Since the future contributions are conditioned on certain future events, the total amount of future equity contributions at December 31, 2008, is not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Peoples continues to lease certain facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with terms providing for fixed monthly payments over periods generally ranging from two to ten years.  Many of Peoples’ leased facilities are inside retail shopping centers and, as a result, are not available for purchase.  Management believes these leased facilities increase Peoples’ visibility within its markets and afford sales associates additional access to current and potential clients.
 
The following table details the aggregate amount of future payments Peoples is required to make under certain contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:

 
     
Payments due by period
(Dollars in thousands)
Total
 
Less than 1 year
1-3 years
 
3-5 years
 
More than
 5 years
Long-term debt (1)
 $      308,297
 
 $     67,025
 
 $     76,865
 
 $    38,147
 
 $   126,260
Junior subordinated notes held by
     subsidiary trust (1)
           22,495
 
                 –
 
                –
 
                –
 
        22,495
Operating leases
             6,512
 
             861
 
          1,676
 
         1,666
 
          2,309
Time deposits
         670,311
 
      460,944
 
      164,644
 
       44,485
 
             238
    Total
 $1,007,615
 
 $ 528,830
 
 $243,185
 
 $  84,298
 
 $ 151,302
(1) Amounts reflect solely the minimum required principal payments.
 
Management does not anticipate Peoples’ current off-balance sheet activities and contractual obligations will have a material impact on future results of operations and financial condition based on past experience.
 
 
Effects of Inflation on Financial Statements
Substantially all of Peoples’ assets relate to banking and are monetary in nature.  As a result, inflation does not impact Peoples to the same degree as companies in capital-intensive industries in a replacement cost environment.  During a period of rising prices, a net monetary asset position results in a loss in purchasing power and conversely a net monetary liability position results in an increase in purchasing power.  The opposite would be true during a period of decreasing prices.  In the banking industry, monetary assets typically exceed monetary liabilities.  The current monetary policy targeting low levels of inflation has resulted in relatively stable price levels.  Therefore, inflation has had little impact on Peoples’ net assets.
 
 
Future Outlook
Peoples continues to focus on serving clients, diversifying revenues, improving operating efficiency and reducing reliance on net interest income.  However, contraction in the economy and commercial real estate markets created increasingly difficult conditions within the financial services industry.  The impact of these adverse conditions on loan quality and certain investment securities overshadowed any positive results in 2008 but highlighted the value of Peoples’ strong capital position and liquidity levels.
 
A major emphasis for management in 2008 was protecting Peoples’ capital and improving liquidity levels.  This focus provided stable capital ratios.  In January 2009, Peoples took steps to fortify its capital position by participating in the TARP Capital Purchase Program, which generated $39 million of new equity capital.  With this additional capital, Peoples’ Tier 1 and Total Risk-Based Capital ratios increased to 13.55% and 16.15%, using the risk-based capital data at December 31, 2008, compared to the year-end 2008 ratios of 11.88% and 13.19%, respectively.  Peoples’ primary intent is to use the new capital for loan originations, although the stronger capital position also affords greater capacity to work through problem loans and to provide appropriate relief to struggling mortgage and consumer borrowers.
 
In 2008, net interest income and margin improvement occurred from the combination of lower short-term market rates and retail deposit growth.  During the fourth quarter of 2008, the aggressive action by the Federal Reserve resulted in short-term rates falling to historically low levels.  Management believes net interest margin pressure could intensify if the Federal Reserve keeps rates at current ultra-low levels for an extended period.  However, management remains focused on maintaining net interest income levels and preserving Peoples’ current asset sensitive interest rate risk position in preparation for the eventual rising interest rate environment.  Given the uncertainty surrounding the timing and magnitude of future interest rate changes, as well as the impact of competition for loans and deposits, Peoples’ net interest margin and income remain inherently difficult to predict and manage.
 
The investment securities portfolio could remain a significant portion of the earning asset base in 2009.  Peoples may take additional steps to reposition the investment portfolio and further reduce interest rate exposures as opportunities arise due to changes in market conditions.  In addition, the cash flow being generated from the investment portfolio on a monthly basis has increased significantly due largely to overall increase in the size of the portfolio and higher investment in mortgage-backed securities.  As a result, Peoples could adjust the size or composition of the portfolio based on, among other factors, changes in the loan portfolio, liquidity needs and interest rate conditions.
 
In 2007 and 2008, total loan balances were impacted by elevated levels of payoffs and charge-offs, which offset new production.  In 2009, management does not anticipate the same level of payoffs or charge-offs.  Loan growth still could be challenged by economic conditions and the impact of selling residential real estate loans to the secondary market.  Peoples’ lenders remain committed to originating loans that meet prudent underwriting standards given current economic conditions.
 
In 2008, non-interest income benefited from growth in deposit account service charges and e-banking income.  While management believes similar increases could occur in these areas during 2009, total non-interest income levels could be challenged by the continued pressure on fiduciary and brokerage revenues from lower market values of investments.  Mortgage banking income could benefit from customers seeking to refinance existing loans due to the lower interest rate, although the impact of sluggish conditions in the housing market and economy in general could reduce home sales and, thus, demand for new mortgage loans.  Peoples remains committed to customer-focused delivery of financial services and increasing cross-sale activity among its business lines, which should produce additional non-interest revenues.
 
 Operating expense growth has been minimal over the last couple years due to management’s efforts to improve efficiencies.  While cost control will remain a priority in 2009, management anticipates a modest increase in total non-interest expense in 2009, due mostly to higher deposit insurance costs.  Peoples’ election to participate in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, which provides unlimited deposit insurance on funds in non-interest-bearing transaction deposit accounts, will result in slightly higher assessment rates during 2009.  In addition, the FDIC has announced plans to impose emergency special assessments on all insured institutions during 2009 to ensure the continued strength of the deposit insurance fund.  If these special assessments are imposed, Peoples’ 2009 FDIC insurance expense could be significantly higher than recent periods.  The increased number of bank failures during 2008, coupled with the potential for additional failures in 2009, may cause the deposit insurance fund to decrease to levels that will require further increases in the assessment rates.  Management believes the trend in recent periods of rising employee medical benefit costs will continue and anticipates an increase in pension expense from changes to certain variables, such as the discount rate, used to determine the net periodic benefit cost.  These increases could result in higher salary and employee benefit costs compared to the amount incurred in 2008.  However, the increase in base salaries and wages in 2009 should be minimal, as upper management will not accept any salary increases for 2009.
 
Peoples continues to be proactive in identifying possible problem loans and remains diligent in its collection efforts.  Asset quality will remain a major focal point in 2009, as management works through extremely difficult market conditions.  A key goal for 2009 will be reducing nonperforming loans.  However, the market for selling properties is much slower than in past years, so it will take time to resolve some of these problem loans.
 
Growing retail deposit balances and reducing Peoples’ reliance on higher cost wholesale funding sources will remain a point of emphasis in 2009.  Competition for deposits could make it difficult for Peoples to build on its recent success.  Still, Peoples’ sales associates are focused on developing long-term relationships and uncovering other financial needs of these new customers, while at the same time expanding relationships with existing customers, and working to deliver the right financial products and services to Peoples’ growing customer base.
 
In recent years, Peoples has been successful at growing its business and revenues through strategic acquisitions and expansion.  Management believes conditions in several markets served by Peoples could provide opportunities for potential growth.  Further, management believes Peoples’ capital position remains at levels that will support disciplined balance sheet growth opportunities.  The evaluation of potential acquisitions will be more strenuous and selective, especially considering the value of capital during difficult economic times.  Ultimately, any future expansion will be driven by growth opportunities in both deposits and loans.
 
While the need to generate short-term results is understood, management believes its disciplined, long-term approach to improving earnings through diversification of the revenue base will allow Peoples’ to build the greatest value for shareholders.  Peoples remains a service-oriented company with a focus on satisfying clients through a relationship sales process.  Through this process, sales associates work to anticipate, uncover and solve their clients’ every financial need, from insurance to banking to investment services.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Please refer to the section captioned “Interest Rate Sensitivity and Liquidity” under Item 7 of this Form 10-K, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes, and the report of independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth immediately following Item 9B of this Form 10-K.
 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

No response required.
 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Peoples’ management, with the participation of Peoples’ President and Chief Executive Officer and Peoples’ Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, has evaluated the effectiveness of Peoples’ disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (the “Exchange Act”) as of December 31, 2008.  Based upon that evaluation, Peoples’ President and Chief Executive Officer and Peoples’ Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer have concluded that:
 

(a)  
information required to be disclosed by Peoples in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other reports Peoples files or submits under the Exchange Act would be accumulated and communicated to Peoples’ management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer and its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure;
 
(b)  
information required to be disclosed by Peoples in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other reports Peoples files or submits under the Exchange Act would be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the timeframe specified in the SEC’s rules and forms; and
 
(c)  
Peoples’ disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The “Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” required by Item 308(a) of SEC Regulation S-K is included on page 49 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” required by Item 308(b) of SEC Regulation S-K is included on page 50   of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the fourth quarter of Peoples’ fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, no changes were made in Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting that have materially effected, or are reasonably likely to materially effect, Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting.
 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

No response required.
 


Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Peoples’ management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting has been designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles.

With the supervision and participation of its President and Chief Executive Officer and its Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, management evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, using the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

No matter how well designed, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.  Projection of the evaluation of effectiveness to future periods is subject to risks, including but not limited to (a) controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions; (b) a deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures; and (c) the possibility of control circumvention or override, any of which may lead to misstatements due to undetected error or fraud.  Effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only a reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and reporting.

Management assessed the effectiveness of Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, and, based on this assessment, has concluded Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting is effective as of that date.

Peoples’ independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report and has issued an attestation report on Peoples’ internal control over financial reporting.




/s/ MARK F. BRADLEY
 
 
  /s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE
 Mark F. Bradley    
Edward G. Sloane
 President and Chief Executive Officer    
Executive Vice President,
      Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Effectiveness of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp Inc.

We have audited Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).  Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Peoples Bancorp Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 2, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


 
                                                                                                                                                                                                       
            Charleston, West Virginia
March 2, 2009


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008.  These financial statements are the responsibility of Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2009, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
 
Charleston, West Virginia
March 2, 2009
 

                 PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Assets
     
Cash and cash equivalents:
     
  Cash and due from banks
 $     34,389
 
 $     43,275
  Interest-bearing deposits in other banks
          1,209
 
          1,925
    Total cash and cash equivalents
        35,598
 
        45,200
       
Available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value (amortized  cost of
     
    $696,855 and $535,979 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
      684,757
 
      542,231
Other investment securities, at cost
        23,996
 
        23,232
    Total investment securities
      708,753
 
      565,463
       
Loans, net of deferred fees and costs
   1,104,032
 
   1,120,941
Allowance for loan losses
      (22,931)
 
      (15,718)
    Net loans
   1,081,101
 
   1,105,223
       
Loans held for sale
            791
 
          1,994
Bank premises and equipment, net
        25,111
 
        24,803
Bank owned life insurance
        51,873
 
        50,291
Goodwill
        62,520
 
        62,520
Other intangible assets
          3,886
 
          5,509
Other assets
        32,705
 
        24,550
    Total assets
 $ 2,002,338
 
 $ 1,885,553
       
Liabilities
     
Deposits:
     
Non-interest-bearing
 $   180,040
 
 $   175,057
Interest-bearing
   1,186,328
 
   1,011,320
    Total deposits
   1,366,368
 
   1,186,377
       
Short-term borrowings:
     
  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
        68,852
 
        35,041
  Federal Home Loan Bank advances
        30,000
 
      187,500
    Total short-term borrowings
        98,852
 
      222,541
       
Long-term borrowings
      308,297
 
      231,979
Junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts
        22,495
 
        22,460
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
        19,700
 
        19,360
    Total liabilities
   1,815,712
 
   1,682,717
       
Stockholders’ Equity
     
Common stock, no par value, 24,000,000 shares authorized,
     
  10,975,364 shares issued and 10,925,954 shares issued at December 31, 2008
     
  and 2007, respectively, including shares in treasury
      164,716
 
      163,399
Retained earnings
        50,512
 
        52,527
Accumulated comprehensive (loss) income, net of deferred income taxes
      (12,288)
 
          3,014
Treasury stock, at cost, 641,480 shares and 629,206 shares at December 31, 2008
   
  and 2007, respectively
      (16,314)
 
      (16,104)
    Total stockholders’ equity
      186,626
 
      202,836
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 $ 2,002,338
 
 $ 1,885,553

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
53

 
                 PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Interest Income:
         
Interest and fees on loans
 $         74,268
 
 $         85,035
 
 $         81,329
Interest and dividends on taxable investment securities
            29,106
 
            25,647
 
            24,418
Interest on tax-exempt investment securities
              2,788
 
              2,567
 
              2,867
Other interest income
                   65
 
                 170
 
                 180
  Total interest income
          106,227
 
          113,419
 
          108,794
Interest Expense:
         
Interest on deposits
            31,310
 
            36,975
 
            32,261
Interest on short-term borrowings
              3,383
 
            11,835
 
            10,443
Interest on long-term borrowings
            11,079
 
              8,513
 
            10,271
Interest on junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts
              1,976
 
              2,175
 
              2,602
  Total interest expense
            47,748
 
            59,498
 
            55,577
    Net interest income
            58,479
 
            53,921
 
            53,217
Provision for loan losses
            27,640
 
              3,959
 
              3,622
    Net interest income after provision for loan losses
            30,839
 
            49,962
 
            49,595
Other Income:
         
Deposit account service charges
            10,137
 
              9,890
 
            10,215
Insurance income
              9,902
 
              9,701
 
              9,619
Trust and investment income
              5,139
 
              4,983
 
              4,258
Electronic banking income
              3,882
 
              3,524
 
              3,080
Bank owned life insurance
              1,582
 
              1,661
 
              1,637
Mortgage banking income
                 681
 
                 885
 
                 825
(Loss) gain on investment securities
            (2,592)
 
            (6,062)
 
                 265
Gain on sale of banking offices
                 775
 
                     –
 
                 454
Other non-interest income
                 755
 
                 782
 
                 772
  Total other income
            30,261
 
            25,364
 
            31,125
Other Expenses:
         
Salaries and employee benefit costs
            28,521
 
            27,552
 
            26,178
Net occupancy and equipment
              5,540
 
              5,298
 
              5,252
Electronic banking expense
              2,289
 
              2,206
 
              1,793
Professional fees
              2,212
 
              2,246
 
              2,465
Data processing and software
              2,181
 
              2,210
 
              1,905
Franchise tax
              1,609
 
                 973
 
              1,760
Amortization of other intangible assets
              1,586
 
              1,934
 
              2,261
Marketing
              1,293
 
              1,515
 
              1,659
FDIC insurance
                 361
 
                 146
 
                 143
Other non-interest expense
              7,893
 
              7,372
 
              7,881
  Total other expenses
            53,485
 
            51,452
 
            51,297
  Income before income taxes
              7,615
 
            23,874
 
            29,423
Income taxes:
         
Current
              3,021
 
              6,548
 
              8,121
Deferred
            (2,861)
 
               (988)
 
               (256)
  Total income taxes
                 160
 
              5,560
 
              7,865
    Net income
 $           7,455
 
 $         18,314
 
 $         21,558
           
Earnings per share:
         
Basic
 $             0.72
 
 $             1.75
 
 $             2.03
Diluted
 $             0.72
 
 $             1.74
 
 $             2.01
           
Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:
         
Basic
     10,315,263
 
     10,462,933
 
     10,606,570
Diluted
     10,348,579
 
     10,529,634
 
     10,723,933
 
 
                 PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
(Dollars in thousands , except per share data)
Common
Stock
 
Retained Earnings
Accumulated Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Treasury
Stock
Total
Balance, December 31, 2005
 $   162,231
 
 $     30,740
 
 $       (1,116)
 
 $    (8,778)
 
 $   183,077
Net income
   
        21,558
         
        21,558
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
       
              137
     
            137
Cash dividends declared of $0.83 per share
   
        (8,859)
         
        (8,859)
Stock option exercises
           (878)
         
         3,575
 
          2,697
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
            384
             
            384
Purchase of treasury stock
           
       (1,214)
 
        (1,214)
Common stock issued under dividend
            577
             
            577
     reinvestment plan
                 
Stock-based compensation expense
            280
             
            280
Issuance of common stock related to acquisitions:
               
     Putnam Agency, Inc.
              19
         
           121
 
            140
     Barengo Insurance Agency, Inc.
              41
         
           369
 
            410
Adjustment to initally apply SFAS 158, net of tax
     
          (2,018)
     
        (2,018)
Balance, December 31, 2006
 $   162,654
 
 $     43,439
 
 $       (2,997)
 
 $    (5,927)
 
 $   197,169
Net income
   
        18,314
         
        18,314
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
       
           6,011
     
          6,011
Cash dividends declared of $0.88 per share
   
        (9,226)
         
        (9,226)
Stock option exercises
           (626)
         
         1,585
 
            959
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
            146
             
            146
Purchase of treasury stock
           
     (12,350)
 
      (12,350)
Common stock issued under dividend
            848
             
            848
     reinvestment plan
                 
Stock-based compensation expense
            391
             
            391
Issuance of common stock related to acquisitions:
               
     Putnam Agency, Inc.
              (5)
         
           129
 
            124
     Barengo Insurance Agency, Inc.
              (9)
         
           459
 
            450
Balance, December 31, 2007
 $   163,399
 
 $     52,527
 
 $        3,014
 
 $   (16,104)
 
 $   202,836
Net income
   
          7,455
         
          7,455
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
       
        (15,302)
     
      (15,302)
Cash dividends declared of $0.91 per share
   
        (9,470)
         
        (9,470)
Stock option exercises
           (113)
         
           296
 
            183
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
             (32)
             
             (32)
Purchase of treasury stock
           
          (506)
 
           (506)
Common stock issued under dividend
            964
             
            964
     reinvestment plan
                 
Stock-based compensation expense
            498
             
            498
Balance, December 31, 2008
 $   164,716
 
 $     50,512
 
 $     (12,288)
 
 $   (16,314)
 
 $   186,626

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

                 PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
Year ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Operating activities
         
Net income
 $    7,455
 
 $  18,314
 
 $  21,558
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
       
  Depreciation, amortization, and accretion, net
      5,749
 
      7,188
 
      8,653
  Provision for loan losses
     27,640
 
      3,959
 
      3,622
  Bank owned life insurance income
     (1,582)
 
     (1,661)
 
     (1,637)
  Net loss (gain) on investment securities
      2,592
 
      6,062
 
        (265)
  Loans originated for sale
   (31,069)
 
   (40,582)
 
   (36,285)
  Proceeds from sales of loans
     32,546
 
     40,065
 
     36,806
  Net gains on sales of loans
        (555)
 
        (750)
 
        (720)
  Deferred income tax benefit
     (2,861)
 
        (988)
 
        (256)
  (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses
        (429)
 
     (1,941)
 
      2,129
  Decrease (increase) in interest receivable
      1,055
 
         610
 
     (1,099)
  Other, net
     (4,977)
 
         605
 
     (1,533)
    Net cash provided by operating activities
     35,564
 
     30,881
 
     30,973
Investing activities
         
Available-for-sale securities:
         
  Purchases
 (457,226)
 
 (151,912)
 
   (52,195)
  Proceeds from sales
   156,767
 
         151
 
     11,101
  Proceeds from maturities, calls and prepayments
   137,292
 
   136,491
 
     82,013
Net (increase) decrease in loans
     (3,109)
 
      9,260
 
   (64,493)
Net expenditures for premises and equipment
     (3,449)
 
     (3,027)
 
     (2,711)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
         273
 
         107
 
         670
Acquisitions, net of cash received
             –
 
     (1,070)
 
     (1,453)
Sale of banking offices and other assets
         775
 
             –
 
     (2,843)
Investment in limited partnership and tax credit funds
        (249)
 
        (426)
 
     (1,349)
    Net cash used in investing activities
 (168,926)
 
   (10,426)
 
   (31,260)
Financing activities
         
Net increase in non-interest-bearing deposits
      4,983
 
      4,136
 
      7,734
Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits
   174,900
 
   (51,453)
 
   139,497
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
 (123,689)
 
     27,658
 
     21,187
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
   140,000
 
   115,000
 
     30,000
Payments on long-term borrowings
   (63,682)
 
   (83,814)
 
 (191,672)
Cash dividends paid on common shares
     (8,423)
 
     (8,373)
 
     (8,164)
Purchase of treasury stock
        (506)
 
   (12,350)
 
     (1,214)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
         210
 
         989
 
      2,719
Redemption of trust preferred securities
             –
 
     (7,000)
 
         (25)
Excess tax (expense) benefit for share based payments
         (33)
 
         146
 
         383
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   123,760
 
   (15,061)
 
         445
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
     (9,602)
 
      5,394
 
         158
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
     45,200
 
     39,806
 
     39,648
    Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
 $  35,598
 
 $  45,200
 
 $  39,806
Supplemental cash flow information:
         
   Interest paid
 $  48,138
 
 $  60,037
 
 $  54,444
   Income taxes paid
      4,395
 
      5,253
 
      5,446
   Value of shares issued for acquisitions
             –
 
         574
 
         550
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
56

 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. is a financial holding company that offers a full range of financial services and products, including commercial and retail banking, insurance, brokerage and trust services, through its principal operating subsidiary, Peoples Bank, National Association (“Peoples Bank”).  Services are provided through 49 financial service locations and 38 automated teller machines in Ohio, West Virginia and Kentucky, as well as internet-based banking.
 

 
Note 1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 
The accounting and reporting policies of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries (“Peoples” refers to, Peoples Bancorp Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries collectively, except where the context indicates the reference relates solely to Peoples Bancorp Inc.) conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and to general practices within the banking industry.  The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Certain items in prior financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation, which had no impact on net income, comprehensive income or loss, net cash provided by operating activities or stockholders’ equity.
 
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the financial statements:
 
Consolidation: Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements include subsidiaries in which Peoples has a controlling financial interest, principally defined as owning a voting interest greater than 50%.  In addition, entities not controlled by voting interests or in which the equity investors do not bear the residual economic risks, but for which Peoples is the primary beneficiary are also consolidated.
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Peoples and its consolidated subsidiaries, Peoples Bank and Peoples Investment Company, along with their wholly-owned subsidiaries.  Peoples previously formed two statutory business trusts described in Note 10 that are variable interest entities under FIN 46 for which Peoples is not the primary beneficiary.  As a result, the accounts of these trusts are not included in Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, Federal Funds sold and other short-term investments, all with original maturities of ninety days or less.
 
Investment Securities: Investment securities are recorded initially at cost, which includes premiums and discounts if purchased at other than par or face value.  Peoples amortizes premiums and accretes discounts as an adjustment to interest income on a level yield basis.  The cost of investment securities sold, and any resulting gain or loss, is based on the specific identification method and recognized as of the trade date.
 
Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase.  Held-to-maturity securities are those securities that Peoples has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and are recorded at amortized cost.  Available-for-sale securities are those securities that would be available to be sold in the future in response to Peoples’ liquidity needs, changes in market interest rates, and asset-liability management strategies, among other considerations.  Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income or loss, net of applicable deferred income taxes.  Trading securities are those securities bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term.  Trading securities are reported at fair value, with holding gains and losses recognized in earnings.  Presently, Peoples classifies its entire investment portfolio as available-for-sale.
 
Certain restricted equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values and for which Peoples does not exercise significant influence, are carried at cost.  These cost method securities are reported as other investment securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and consist solely of shares of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Cincinnati and the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland.
 
Management systematically evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary declines in fair value on a quarterly basis.  This analysis requires management to consider various factors, which include (1) duration and magnitude of the decline in value, (2) the financial condition of the issuer or issuers, (3) structure of the security and (4) Peoples’ ability and intent to continue holding the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.  Declines in estimated fair value of investment securities below their cost that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are recorded in earnings as realized losses.
 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase: Peoples enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (“Repurchase Agreements”) with customers and other financial service companies, which are treated as financings.  The obligations to repurchase securities sold are recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and disclosed in Notes 8 and 9.  Securities pledged as collateral under Repurchase Agreements are included in investment securities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The fair value of the collateral pledged to a third party is continually monitored and additional collateral is pledged or returned, as deemed appropriate.
 
Loans: Loans originated that Peoples has the positive intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or to maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs and an allowance for loan losses.  The foreseeable future is based upon current market conditions and business strategies, as well as balance sheet management and liquidity.  As the conditions change, so may management’s view of the foreseeable future.  Net deferred loan costs were $946,000 and $578,000 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that collection of principal and interest payments when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement is doubtful.  Impaired loans include commercial loans placed on nonaccrual status, renegotiated or internally classified as substandard or doubtful (as those terms are defined by banking regulations) and meet the definition of impaired loans.  The amount of impairment is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the sale of the collateral.  Amounts deemed uncollectible are charged-off against the allowance for loan losses.  Consumer and residential real estate loans typically are not placed on nonaccrual, and instead are charged down to the net realizable value.
 
Loans acquired in a business combination that have evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that Peoples will be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable are initially recorded at fair value (the present value of the amounts expected to be collected) with no valuation allowance.  The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield”, is recognized as interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference”, are not recognized as a yield adjustment or as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance.
 
Over the life of these acquired loans, management continues to monitor each acquired loan portfolio for changes in credit quality.  Subsequent increases in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition are recognized prospectively over their remaining life as a yield adjustment on the loans.  Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment, with the amount of the expected loss included in management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss.
 
Loans Held for Sale: Loans originated and intended to be sold in the secondary market, generally one-to-four family residential loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value determined on an aggregate basis.  Gains and losses on sales of loans held for sale are included in mortgage banking income.
 
Peoples enters into interest rate lock commitments with borrowers and best efforts commitments with investors on loans originated for sale into the secondary markets.  Peoples uses these commitments to manage the inherent interest rate and pricing risk associated with selling loans in the secondary market.  The interest rate lock commitments generally terminate once the loan is funded, the lock period expires or the borrower decides not to contract for the loan.  The best efforts commitments generally terminate once the loan is sold, the commitment period expires or the borrower decides not to contract for the loan.  These commitments are considered derivatives which are generally accounted for by recognizing their estimated fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as either a freestanding asset or liability.  The valuation of such commitments does not consider expected cash flows related to the servicing of the future loan.  Management has determined these derivatives do not have a material effect on Peoples’ financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for management’s estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan loss and the appropriate provision for loan losses is based upon a quarterly evaluation of the portfolio.  This formal analysis is inherently subjective and requires management to make significant estimates of factors affecting loan losses, including specific losses, levels and trends in impaired and nonperforming loans, historical loan loss experience, current national and local economic conditions, volume, growth and composition of the portfolio, regulatory guidance and other relevant factors.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, while recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan losses.
 
The amount of the allowance for the various loan types represents management’s estimate of expected losses from existing loans based upon specific allocations for individual lending relationships and historical loss experience for each category of homogeneous loans adjusted for certain qualitative risk factors.  The allowance for loan loss related to an impaired loan is based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for certain collateral dependent loans.  This evaluation requires management to make estimates of the amounts and timing of future cash flows on impaired loans, which consist primarily of nonaccrual and restructured loans.  While allocations are made to specific loans and pools of loans, the allowance is available for all loan losses.
 
Bank Premises and Equipment: Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets owned.  Major improvements to leased facilities are capitalized and included in bank premises at cost less accumulated depreciation, which is calculated on the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated economic life of the improvement.
 
Bank Owned Life Insurance: Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain employees who have provided positive consent allowing Peoples Bank to be the beneficiary of such policies.  These policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized upon surrender of the policy.  Income from these policies and changes in the cash surrender value are recorded in other income.
 
Other Real Estate Owned: Other real estate owned (“OREO”), included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, is comprised primarily of commercial and residential real estate properties acquired by Peoples Bank in satisfaction of a loan.  OREO obtained in satisfaction of a loan is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value based on appraised value at the date actually or constructively received, less estimated costs to sell the property.  Bank premises that management has made the decision to sell are transferred at the lower of carrying value or estimated fair value, less estimated costs to sell the property.  Peoples had OREO totaling $525,000 at December 31, 2008, and $343,000 at December 31, 2007.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired in the business combination.  Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually and updated quarterly if necessary.  Based upon the most recently completed goodwill impairment test, Peoples concluded the recorded value of goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2008, based upon the estimated fair value of Peoples’ single reporting unit.
 
Peoples’ other intangible assets consist of customer relationship intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, representing the present value of future net income to be earned from acquired customer relationships with definite useful lives.  These intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated lives ranging from 7 to 10 years.
 
Mortgage Servicing Assets: Mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) represent the right to service loans sold to third party investors.  MSRs are recognized separately as a servicing asset or liability whenever Peoples undertakes an obligation to service financial assets.
 
Peoples initially records MSRs at fair value at the time of the sale of the loans to the third party investor.  Peoples follows the amortization method for the subsequent measurement of each class of separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities.  Under the amortization method, Peoples amortizes the value of servicing assets or liabilities in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income or net servicing loss and assesses servicing assets or liabilities for impairment or increased obligation based on fair value at each reporting date.  The fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is determined by using a discounted cash flow model, which estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, expected prepayment speeds and discount rates.
 
MSRs are reported in other intangible assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  Serviced loans are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.   Loan servicing income included in mortgage banking income includes servicing fees received from the third party investors and certain charges collected from the borrowers.
 
Trust Assets Under Management: Peoples Bank manages certain assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity for customers.  These assets under management, other than cash on deposit at Peoples Bank, are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets since they are not assets of Peoples Bank.
 
Interest Income Recognition: Interest income on loans and investment securities is recognized by methods that result in level rates of return on principal amounts outstanding.  Amortization of premiums has been deducted from, and accretion of discounts has been added to, the related interest income.  Nonrefundable loan fees and direct loan costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment of the yield.
 
Peoples discontinues the accrual of interest on loans when management believes collection of all or a portion of contractual interest has become doubtful, which generally occurs when a contractual payment on a loan is 90 days past due.  When interest is deemed uncollectible, amounts accrued in the current year are reversed and amounts accrued in prior years are charged against the allowance for loan losses.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans is included in income only if principal recovery is reasonably assured.  A nonaccrual loan is restored to accrual status when it is brought current, has performed in accordance with contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and the collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
 
Other Income Recognition: Service charges on deposits include cost recovery fees associated with services provided, such as overdraft and non-sufficient funds.  Trust and investment income consists of revenue from fiduciary activities, which include fees for services such as asset management, recordkeeping, retirement services and estate management, and investment commissions and fees related to the sale of investments.  Income from these activities is recognized at the time the related services are performed.
 
Insurance income consists of commissions and fees from the sales of insurance policies and related insurance services.  Insurance commission income is recognized as of the effective date of the insurance policy, net of adjustments, including policy cancellations.  Such adjustments are recorded when the amount can be reasonably estimated, which is generally in the period in which they occur.  Contingent performance-based commissions from insurance companies are recognized when received and no contingencies remain.
 
Income Taxes: Peoples and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are provided for temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the Consolidated Financial Statements at the statutory Federal tax rate.  A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized.  Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years.  The components of other comprehensive income or loss included in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity have been computed based upon a 35% statutory Federal tax rate.
 
In the normal course of business, Peoples is routinely subject to examinations and challenges from federal and state tax authorities regarding positions taken in its tax returns.  Any challenge or examination by a tax authority may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable net worth or taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions.  Such adjustments, if not resolved in Peoples’ favor, could have a material adverse effect on Peoples’ financial condition and results of operation.
 
  A tax position is initially recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities.  Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts.  Penalties and interest incurred under the applicable tax law are classified as income tax expense. The amount of Peoples’ uncertain income tax positions, unrecognized benefits and accrued interest were immaterial at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Advertising Costs: Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred.
 
Earnings per Share: Basic earnings per share are determined by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding increased by the number of common shares that would be issued pursuant to Peoples’ stock-based compensation awards.  The dilutive effect of stock-based compensation awards approximated 33,316; 66,701 and 117,363 in 2008; 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Operating Segments: Peoples’ business activities are currently confined to one reporting unit and reportable segment which is community banking.  As a community banking entity, Peoples offers its customers a full range of products through various delivery channels.
 
Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation costs for stock options, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights are measured at the fair value of these awards on their grant date. The fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights is estimated based upon a Black-Scholes model, while the market price of Peoples’ common shares at the grant date is used to estimate the fair value of restricted stock awards.  Compensation expense is recognized over the required service period, generally the vesting period for stock options and stock appreciation rights and the restriction period for restricted stock awards.  Compensation expense for awards granted to employees who are eligible for retirement is recognized to the date the employee is first eligible to retire.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements: On January 12, 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. EITF 99-20-1, Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20 (“FSP 99-20-1”) to achieve more consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.  FSP 99-20-1 retains and emphasizes the objective of other-than-temporary impairment assessment and the related disclosure requirements in FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities , and other related guidance.  FSP 99-20-1 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2008, and shall be applied prospectively.  Retrospective application to prior reporting periods is prohibited.  Peoples adopted the measurement and disclosure requirements of FSP 99-20-1 on December 31, 2008, as required, which did not have a material impact.
 
On December 30, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 132(r)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (“FSP 132(r)-1”).  FSP 132(r)-1 amended FASB Statement No. 132(r), Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans to require additional disclosures about assets held in an employer’s defined benefit  pension or other postretirement benefit plan, including the fair value of each major asset category.   FSP 132(r)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009, with early application permitted.  Peoples will adopt the disclosure requirements of FSP 132(r)-1 on December 31, 2009, as required, and adoption is not expected to have a material impact.
 
On May 9, 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”).  SFAS 162 established a framework for selecting accounting principles to be used in preparing financial statements that are presented in conformity with US GAAP.  SFAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC's approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , and is not expected to have an impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
On April 25, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP 142-3”).  FSP 142-3 amends FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , to require an entity to consider its own assumptions about renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life over which to amortize the cost of a recognized intangible asset.  FSP 142-3 is required to be applied prospectively to intangible assets acquired after December 15, 2008.  The impact of adopting FSP 142-3 will depend on the amount and nature of intangible assets acquired through future acquisitions.
 
On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities–an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”), which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities intended to improve the transparency of financial reporting.  Under SFAS 161, entities will be required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.  SFAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.  Peoples will adopt SFAS 161 effective January 1, 2009 and adoption is not anticipated to have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
On December 4, 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”) and No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”).  SFAS 141(R) replaces FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”) and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses.  SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.
 
Under SFAS 141(R), an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, is required to recognize all assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests in the acquiree at the acquisition date, at fair value as of the acquisition date.  Acquirers are no longer permitted to recognize a separate valuation allowance at acquisition date for loans acquired in a business combination since the fair value measurement of loans would consider the effects of any uncertainty about future cash flows.  Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt.  This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under SFAS 141 whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value.
 
SFAS 141(R) also requires acquirers to expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was permitted previously under SFAS 141.  Under SFAS 141(R), the requirements of SFAS 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , would have to be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting.  Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, no amount should be recognized in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be accounted for under the requirements of FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies .
 
SFAS 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements.  Among other requirements, SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statement, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest.
 
Both SFAS 141(R) and SFAS 160 are effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  Early adoption is prohibited.  Peoples will adopt the provisions of these statements on January 1, 2009, as required, and adoption is not expected to have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements taken as a whole.
 
In June 2007, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force released Issue 06-11 “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards” (“Issue 06-11”), which requires companies to recognize the tax benefit received on dividends that are charged to retained earnings under FASB Statement No. 123(R).  Issue 06-11 requires companies to recognize tax benefits of dividends on unvested share-based payments in equity as a component of additional paid-in capital and reclassify those tax benefits from additional paid-in capital to the income statement if the related award is forfeited.  Issue 06-11 is effective for dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, and retrospective application is prohibited.  Peoples adopted the provisions of Issue 06-11 on January 1, 2008, which did not have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements taken as a whole.
 
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”), which permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently.  Peoples adopted SFAS 159 effective January 1, 2008, as required, but has not elected to measure any permissible items at fair value.  As a result, the adoption of SFAS 159 has not had any impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
On September 29, 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” (“SFAS 158”).  SFAS 158 requires employers to recognize in their statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, with fluctuations in the funded status recognized through comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur.  Peoples’ adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006, as required.
 
SFAS 158 also requires entities to measure a defined benefit postretirement plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year.  The measurement date change is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008.  Peoples currently measures its defined benefit pension plan assets and obligations as of December 31.  Thus, the adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS 158 will have no impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements taken as a whole.  Refer to Note 13 for these disclosures and further discussion on Peoples’ pension and postretirement plans.
 
On September 15, 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which replaces various definitions of fair value in existing accounting literature with a single definition, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements upon adoption.  SFAS 157 clarifies that fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability in the most advantageous market available to the entity and emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement and should be based on the assumptions market participants would use.  SFAS 157 also creates a three-level hierarchy under which individual fair value estimates are to be ranked based on the relative reliability of the inputs used in the valuation.  This hierarchy is the basis for the disclosure requirements, with fair value estimates based on the least reliable inputs requiring more extensive disclosures about the valuation method used and the gains and losses associated with those estimates.  SFAS 157 is required to be applied whenever another financial accounting standard requires or permits an asset or liability to be measured at fair value.  The statement does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances.
 
On February 12, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP 157-2”). FSP 157-2 amends SFAS 157 to delay the effective date for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, which means at least annually.  For items within its scope, Peoples will be required to apply the new guidance beginning January 1, 2009.  Management is still determining the impact adoption will have on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.  For all other items, Peoples applied the guidance as of January 1, 2008, as required, and adoption did not have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
On October 10, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP 157-3”).  FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP 157-3 was effective immediately upon issuance, and includes prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued.  Peoples applied the guidance contained in FSP 157-3 in determining fair values at September 30, 2008, although it did not have a material impact on Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.
 

 
Note 2.   Fair Values of Financial Instruments


Effective January 1, 2008, Peoples adopted SFAS 157, which established a hierarchy for measuring fair value that is intended to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  This hierarchy uses three levels of inputs to measure the fair value of assets and liabilities as follows:
 
Level 1: Quoted prices in active exchange markets for identical assets or liabilities; also includes certain U.S. Treasury and other U.S. government and agency securities actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
 
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in less active markets, or other observable inputs that can be corroborated by observable market data; also includes derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with observable market inputs or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.  This category generally includes certain U.S. government and agency securities, corporate debt securities, derivative instruments, and residential mortgage loans held for sale.
 
Level 3: Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity for financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation; also includes observable inputs for single dealer nonbinding quotes not corroborated by observable market data. This category generally includes certain private equity investments, retained interests from securitizations, and certain collateralized debt obligations.
 
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis comprise the following at December 31, 2008:
 
       
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
 
Quoted Prices
 in Active Markets for Identical
Assets
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
Significant Unobservable Inputs
       
 (Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
                       
Available-for-sale investment securities
$
    684,757
 
$
            2,575
 
$
        676,760
 
$
            5,422
 
The investment securities measured at fair value utilizing Level 1 and 2 inputs are obligations of the U.S. Treasury, agencies and corporations of the U.S. government, including mortgage-backed securities, bank eligible obligations of any state or political subdivision in the U.S., bank eligible corporate obligations, including private-label mortgage-backed securities and common stocks issued by various unrelated banking holding companies.  The fair values used by Peoples are obtained from an independent pricing service and represent either quoted market prices for the identical securities (Level 1 inputs) or fair values determined by pricing models that consider observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, LIBOR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems.
 
The investment securities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs are comprised of four collateralized debt obligations, with a total book value of $4.2 million, and a single corporate obligation, with a total book value of $1.0 million, for which there is not an active market.  Peoples uses multiple input factors to determine the fair value of these securities.  Those input factors are discounted cash flow analysis, structure of the security in relation to current level of deferrals and/or defaults, changes in credit ratings, financial condition of the debtors within the underlying securities, broker quotes for securities with similar structure and credit risk, interest rate movements and pricing of new issuances.
 
 
The following is a reconciliation of activity for assets measured at fair value based on significant unobservable (non-market) information:
 
 
Investment Securities
Balance, January 1, 2008
$
          9,004
Transfers into Level 3
 
          2,083
Transfers out of Level 3
 
        (2,078)
Other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized in earnings
        (4,000)
Unrealized gain included in comprehensive income
 
             413
Balance, December 31, 2008
$
        5,422

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).  Financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis included the following:
 
Impaired Loans: Impaired loans are measured and reported at fair value in accordance with the provisions of FASB Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.   Management’s determination of the fair value for these loans represents the estimated net proceeds to be received from the sale of the collateral based on observable market prices and market value provided by independent, licensed or certified appraisers (Level 2 Inputs).  At December 31, 2008, impaired loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance of $28.9 million were measured and reported at a fair value of $24.0 million.  During 2008, Peoples recognized losses on impaired loans of $18.0 million through the allowance for loan losses.
 
FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis.  The methodologies for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above.  The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, demand and other non-maturity deposits and overnight borrowings.  Peoples used the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of the following financial instruments:
 
Loans: The fair value of performing variable rate loans that reprice frequently and performing demand loans, with no significant change in credit risk, is based on carrying value.  The fair value of fixed rate performing loans is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.
 
The fair value of significant nonperforming loans is based on either the estimated fair value of underlying collateral or estimated cash flows, discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk.  Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates are determined using available market information and specific borrower information.
 
Deposits: The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation based on current rates offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
 
Short-term Borrowings: The fair value of term national market repurchase agreements is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation based on rates currently available to Peoples for repurchase agreements with similar terms.
 
Long-term Borrowings: The fair value of long-term borrowings is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on rates currently available to Peoples for borrowings with similar terms.
 
Junior Subordinated Notes Held by Subsidiary Trusts: The fair value of the junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis based on current market rates of securities with similar risk and remaining maturity.
 
Other Financial Instruments: The fair value of loan commitments and standby letters of credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements considering the remaining terms of the agreements and the counter parties’ credit standing.  The estimated fair value of these commitments approximates their carrying value.
 
The estimated fair values of Peoples' financial instruments at December 31 are as follows:
 
2008
 
2007
 
Carrying
 
Fair
 
Carrying
 
Fair
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Value
 
Amount
 
Value
Financial assets :
             
Cash and cash equivalents
 $       35,598
 
 $       35,598
 
 $       45,200
 
 $       45,200
Investment securities
        708,753
 
        708,753
 
        565,463
 
        565,463
Loans
     1,081,101
 
     1,088,322
 
     1,105,223
 
     1,111,215
               
Financial liabilities:
             
Deposits
 $  1,366,368
 
 $  1,376,614
 
 $  1,186,377
 
 $  1,187,872
Short-term borrowings
          98,852
 
          98,852
 
        222,541
 
        222,541
Long-term borrowings
        308,297
 
        324,809
 
        231,979
 
        233,785
Junior subordinated notes held by
     subsidiary trusts
          22,495
 
          26,009
 
          22,460
 
          24,601
               
Other financial instruments:
             
Interest rate contracts
 $                 -
 
 $                 -
 
 $                5
 
 $                5
 
     Bank premises and equipment, customer relationships, deposit base, banking center networks, and other information required to compute Peoples' aggregate fair value are not included in the above information.  Accordingly, the above fair values are not intended to represent the aggregate fair value of Peoples.
 

 
Note 3.   Investment Securities  


The following tables present the amortized costs, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
2008
             
Obligations of U.S. Treasury and
             
   government agencies
 $             176
 
 $                  1
 
 $                 (1)
 
 $            176
Obligations of U.S. government sponsored agencies
             6,308
 
                 277
 
                      -
 
            6,585
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
           67,830
 
              1,356
 
                (256)
 
          68,930
Mortgage-backed securities
         544,897
 
              4,628
 
           (14,050)
 
        535,475
Other securities
           77,644
 
              2,792
 
             (6,845)
 
          73,591
    Total available-for-sale securities
 $   696,855
 
 $         9,054
 
 $      (21,152)
 
 $  684,757
               
2007
             
Obligations of U.S. Treasury and
             
   government agencies
 $             194
 
 $                  4
 
 $                 (1)
 
 $            197
Obligations of U.S. government sponsored agencies
           83,556
 
                 917
 
                  (16)
 
          84,457
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
           68,142
 
              1,202
 
                  (97)
 
          69,247
Mortgage-backed securities
         357,863
 
              2,482
 
             (1,662)
 
        358,683
Other securities
           26,224
 
              3,945
 
                (522)
 
          29,647
    Total available-for-sale securities
 $   535,979
 
 $         8,550
 
 $        (2,298)
 
 $  542,231
 
At December 31, 2008, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than U.S. Treasury and government agencies and U.S. government sponsored agencies that exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.  At December 31, 2008 and 2007, investment securities having a carrying value of $619,347,000 and $500,845,000, respectively, were pledged to secure public and trust department deposits and repurchase agreements in accordance with federal and state requirements.
 
     The gross gains and gross losses realized by Peoples from sales of available-for-sale for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Gross gains realized
 $    2,740
 
 $       143
 
 $        265
Gross losses realized
 $    1,072
 
 $    6,205
 
 $            –
Net gain (loss) realized
 $    1,668
 
 $   (6,062)
 
 $        265

The following table presents a summary of available-for-sale investment securities that had an unrealized loss at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
Obligations of
U.S. Treasury
 and government agencies
Obligations of
U.S.
government sponsored agencies
Obligations
of states and political subdivisions
Mortgage-backed securities
Other
securities
Total
available-for-sale
securities
2008
                     
Less than 12 months
                     
   Estimated fair value
 $               –
 
 $                   –
 
 $         10,521
 
 $   217,877
 
 $        44,289
 
 $     272,687
   Unrealized loss
                  –
 
                      –
 
                 256
 
        11,374
 
             4,718
 
          16,348
12 months or more
                     
   Estimated fair value
 $             29
 
 $                   –
 
 $                  –
 
 $     38,318
 
 $          3,342
 
 $       41,689
   Unrealized loss
                  1
 
                      –
 
                     –
 
          2,676
 
             2,127
 
            4,804
Total Estimated fair value
 $             29
 
 $                   –
 
 $         10,521
 
 $   256,195
 
 $        47,631
 
 $     314,376
Total Unrealized loss
                  1
 
                      –
 
                 256
 
        14,050
 
             6,845
 
          21,152
2007
                     
Less than 12 months
                     
   Estimated fair value
 $               –
 
 $                   –
 
 $           7,886
 
 $       5,174
 
 $          1,546
 
 $       14,606
   Unrealized loss
                  –
 
                      –
 
                   87
 
               18
 
                    4
 
               109
12 months or more
                     
   Estimated fair value
 $             32
 
 $            5,554
 
 $           4,182
 
 $   123,889
 
 $          3,623
 
 $     137,280
   Unrealized loss
                  1
 
                    16
 
                   10
 
          1,644
 
                518
 
            2,189
Total Estimated fair value
 $             32
 
 $            5,554
 
 $         12,068
 
 $   129,063
 
 $          5,169
 
 $     151,886
Total Unrealized loss
                  1
 
                    16
 
                   97
 
          1,662
 
                522
 
            2,298
 
The unrealized losses at both December 31, 2008 and 2007, were attributable to changes in market interest rates since the securities were purchased.  During 2008, management determined certain investment securities with an aggregate carrying value of $8.1 million were other-than-temporarily impaired, resulting in impairment charges totaling $4.0 million.  Management does not believe any of the remaining individual investment securities with an unrealized loss at December 31, 2008, represented an other-than-temporary impairment since Peoples has the ability and intent to hold those securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the amortized cost.
 
The following table presents the amortized costs, fair value and weighted-average yield of securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2008.  The average yields are based on the amortized cost.  In some cases, the issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties prior to the contractual maturity date.  Rates are calculated on a fully tax-equivalent basis using a 35% Federal income tax rate.
 

 
(Dollars in thousands)
Obligations of
 U.S. Treasury
 and government agencies
Obligations of
U.S. government
sponsored
agencies
Obligations of
states and
political
subdivisions
Mortgage-
backed
securities
Other
securities
Total
available-for-
sale securities
Within one year
                     
   Amortized cost
 $                    –
 
 $                        –
 
 $               1,133
 
 $                 18
 
 $                  –
 
 $           1,151
   Fair value
                       –
 
                           –
 
                  1,146
 
                    18
 
                     –
 
              1,164
   Average yield
                       –
 
                           –
 
5.86%
 
9.81%
 
                     –
 
5.92%
1 to 5 years
                     
   Amortized cost
 $                    –
 
 $                        –
 
 $             15,964
 
 $            6,280
 
 $                  –
 
 $         22,244
   Fair value
                       –
 
                           –
 
                16,255
 
               6,423
 
                     –
 
            22,678
   Average yield
                       –
 
                           –
 
6.30%
 
4.51%
 
                     –
 
5.79%
5 to 10 years
                     
   Amortized cost
 $                   92
 
 $                 6,308
 
 $             23,891
 
 $        110,104
 
 $                  –
 
 $       140,395
   Fair value
                      92
 
                    6,585
 
                24,696
 
           105,483
 
                     –
 
          136,856
   Average yield
4.24%
 
5.62%
 
6.21%
 
4.89%
 
                     –
 
5.15%
Over 10 years
                     
   Amortized cost
 $                   84
 
 $                        –
 
 $             26,842
 
 $        428,495
 
 $         77,644
 
 $       533,065
   Fair value
                      84
 
                           –
 
                26,833
 
           423,551
 
            73,591
 
          524,059
   Average yield
5.36%
 
                           –
 
6.01%
 
5.34%
 
5.99%
 
5.47%
Total amortized cost
 $                 176
 
 $                 6,308
 
 $             67,830
 
 $        544,897
 
 $         77,644
 
 $       696,855
Total fair value
                    176
 
                    6,585
 
                68,930
 
           535,475
 
            73,591
 
          684,757
Total average yield
4.77%
 
5.62%
 
6.14%
 
5.24%
 
5.99%
 
5.42%

 
Note 4.   Loans  


Peoples Bank originates various types of loans including commercial loans, real estate loans and consumer loans, focusing primarily on lending opportunities in central and southeastern Ohio, northwestern West Virginia, and northeastern Kentucky markets.
 

 
The major classifications of loan balances, excluding loans held for sale, at December 31 were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Commercial, mortgage
 $      478,298
 
 $      513,847
Commercial, other
         178,834
 
         171,937
Real estate, construction
           77,917
 
           71,794
Real estate, mortgage
         279,413
 
         280,347
Consumer
           87,902
 
           80,544
Deposit account overdrafts
             1,668
 
             2,472
    Total loans
 $1,104,032
 
 $1,120,941
 
Peoples has acquired various loans through business combinations for which there was, at acquisition, evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable that all contractually required payments would not be collected.  The carrying amounts of these loans at December 31 included in the loan balances above are summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Commercial, mortgage
 $         5,330
 
 $         7,794
Commercial, other
            1,277
 
            1,464
Real estate, mortgage
          23,781
 
          30,294
Consumer
               263
 
               423
    Total outstanding balance
 $     30,651
 
 $     39,975
    Net carrying amount
 $     29,900
 
 $     38,615


Peoples Bank has pledged certain loans secured by 1-4 family and multifamily residential mortgages and commercial mortgages under a blanket collateral agreement to secure borrowings from the FHLB as discussed in Note 8.  At December 31, 2008, the amount of such pledged loans totaled $394.5 million.
 
Nonperforming/Past Due Loans
Nonperforming loans at December 31 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Loans 90+ days past due and accruing
 $           –
 
 $       378
Nonaccrual loans
     41,320
 
       8,980
    Total nonperforming loans
 $41,320
 
 $   9,358
 
     Certain loans included in the nonaccrual loan totals above are not considered impaired and evaluated individually by Peoples.  These loans consist primarily of smaller balance homogenous consumer and residential real estate loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and totaled $1.8 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Impaired Loans
The following tables summarize loans classified as impaired at or for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
   
2008
 
2007
Impaired loans with an allocated allowance for loan losses
 $  11,504
 
 $     8,457
Impaired loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses
 
     28,146
 
        4,453
    Total impaired loans
   
 $39,650
 
 $ 12,910
Allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired loans
 
 $    4,340
 
 $     2,498
           
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Average investment in impaired loans
 $  25,644
 
 $  16,412
 
 $   18,374
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
 $       108
 
 $       826
 
 $        883

Interest received on impaired loans is included in income if principal recovery is reasonably assured.
 
Related Party Loans
     In the normal course of its business, Peoples Bank has granted loans to executive officers and directors of Peoples.  Related party loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates charged and collateral required, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with unrelated persons and did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility.  At December 31, 2008, no related party loan was past due 90 or more days, renegotiated or on nonaccrual status.  The following is an analysis of activity of related party loans for the year ended December 31, 2008:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
 $   14,506
  New loans and disbursements
        8,958
  Repayments
     (10,126)
  Other changes
          (151)
    Balance, December 31, 2008
 $ 13,187

Allowance for Loan Losses
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Balance, beginning of year
 $   15,718
 
 $   14,509
 
 $   14,720
Charge-offs
     (21,969)
 
       (4,701)
 
       (5,484)
Recoveries
        1,542
 
        1,951
 
        1,651
    Net charge-offs
     (20,427)
 
       (2,750)
 
       (3,833)
Provision for loan losses
      27,640
 
        3,959
 
        3,622
    Balance, end of year
 $ 22,931
 
 $ 15,718
 
 $ 14,509


Note 5.   Bank Premises and Equipment  

 
The major categories of bank premises and equipment and accumulated depreciation at December 31 are summarized as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Land
 $     5,764
 
 $     5,331
Building and premises
      30,737
 
      30,073
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
      17,626
 
      16,601
    Total bank premises and equipment
      54,127
 
      52,005
Accumulated depreciation
     (29,016)
 
     (27,202)
    Net book value
 $ 25,111
 
 $ 24,803

Peoples depreciates its building and premises and furniture, fixtures and equipment over estimated useful lives generally ranging from 5 to 40 years and 2 to 10 years, respectively.  Depreciation expense was $2,066,000, $2,061,000 and $2,128,000, in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 

Leases
Peoples leases certain banking facilities and equipment under various agreements with original terms providing for fixed monthly payments over periods generally ranging from two to ten years.  Certain leases contain renewal options and rent escalation clauses calling for rent increases over the term of the lease.  All leases which contain a rent escalation clause are accounted for on a straight-line basis. Rent expense was $739,000, $748,000 and $725,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Peoples leases certain properties from related parties.  Payments related to these leases totaled $162,000, $183,000 and $191,000 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  The terms of these leases are substantially the same as those offered for comparable transactions with non-related parties at the time the lease transactions were consummated.
 
The future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following at December 31, 2008:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2009
 $        861
2010
           845
2011
           831
2012
           824
2013
           842
Thereafter
        2,309
    Total payments
 $    6,512


Note 6.   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets  


Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Balance at January 1
 $   62,520
 
 $     61,373
Contingent consideration earned
               –
 
          1,147
    Balance at December 31
 $ 62,520
 
 $   62,520


The increase in goodwill in 2007 relates to contingent consideration earned and paid by Peoples in connection with the acquisitions of Barengo Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Barengo”), based in Marietta, Ohio, and substantially all of the assets of Putnam Agency, Inc. (“Putnam Agency”), with offices in Ashland, Kentucky and Huntington, West Virginia, both of which occurred in 2004.
 
 
Peoples performed the required goodwill impairment tests and concluded the recorded value of goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2008, based upon the estimated fair value of the single reporting unit.
 
Other intangible assets
  Other intangible assets were comprised of the following at December 31:
 
 
Gross
     
Net
 
Intangible
 
Accumulated
 
Intangible
(Dollars in thousands)
Asset
 
Amortization
 
Asset
2008
         
Core deposits
 $         10,564
 
 $         (9,042)
 
 $           1,522
Customer relationships
              6,182
 
            (4,537)
 
              1,645
 
 $       16,746
 
 $     (13,579)
 
 $         3,167
Mortgage servicing rights
       
                 719
    Total other intangible assets
       
 $         3,886
           
2007
         
Core deposits
 $         10,564
 
 $         (8,159)
 
 $           2,405
Customer relationships
              6,182
 
            (3,834)
 
              2,348
 
 $       16,746
 
 $     (11,993)
 
 $         4,753
Mortgage servicing rights
       
                 756
    Total other intangible assets
       
 $         5,509
 
     The estimated aggregate future amortization expense of core deposit and customer relationship intangible assets at December 31, 2008, is as follows:
 
Core
 
Customer
   
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposits
 
Relationships
 
Total
2009
 $        677
 
 $             575
 
 $     1,252
2010
           472
 
                446
 
           918
2011
           269
 
                316
 
           585
2012
           104
 
                202
 
           306
2013
               –
 
                106
 
           106
Thereafter
               –
 
                    –
 
               –
    Total
 $    1,522
 
 $        1,645
 
 $    3,167

The following is an analysis of activity of MSRs for the years ended December 31:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Balance, beginning of year
 $        756
 
 $        792
 
 $        813
Amortization
          (318)
 
          (350)
 
          (282)
Servicing rights originated
           281
 
           314
 
           261
    Balance, end of year
 $       719
 
 $       756
 
 $       792

No valuation allowances were required at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 for Peoples’ MSRs since the fair value exceeded the book value.
 
 
Note 7.   Deposits  


Peoples’ deposit balances were comprised of the following at December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Retail certificates of deposit:
     
   $100,000 or more
 $         235,257
 
 $        144,324
   Less than $100,000
            390,938
 
           355,360
      Total retail certificates of deposit
            626,195
 
           499,684
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
            187,100
 
           191,359
Money market deposit accounts
            213,498
 
           153,299
Savings accounts
            115,419
 
           107,389
   Total retail interest-bearing deposits
         1,142,212
 
           951,731
Brokered certificates of deposits
              44,116
 
             59,589
   Total interest-bearing deposits
         1,186,328
 
        1,011,320
Non-interest-bearing deposits
            180,040
 
           175,057
      Total deposit balances
 $   1,366,368
 
 $  1,186,377
 
The contractual maturities of certificates of deposits for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Retail
 
Brokered
 
Total
2009
 $   421,816
 
 $    39,128
 
 $   460,944
2010
      108,841
 
         4,988
 
      113,829
2011
        50,815
 
                –
 
        50,815
2012
        29,316
 
                –
 
        29,316
2013
        15,169
 
                –
 
        15,169
Thereafter
             238
 
                –
 
             238
    Total maturities
 $ 626,195
 
 $  44,116
 
 $670,311
 
Included in the amount to mature in 2009 is $19.2 million of brokered deposits with a total interest cost of 2.50% that matured in January 2009.  Deposits from related parties approximated $9.9 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 

 
Note 8.   Short-term Borrowings  


Peoples utilizes various short-term borrowings as sources of funds, which are summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Retail
Repurchase Agreements
FHLB
Advances
National
Market Repurchase
Agreements
Other Short-
Term
Borrowings
2008
             
Ending balance
 $               54,452
 
 $        30,000
 
 $               –
 
 $                14,400
Average balance
                  39,329
 
         102,146
 
                  –
 
                     1,195
Highest month end balance
                  56,079
 
         186,100
 
                  –
 
                   14,400
Interest expense
                       813
 
             2,557
 
                  –
 
                          13
Weighted-average interest rate:
             
   End of year
1.26%
 
0.34%
 
– %
 
0.50%
   During the year
2.07%
 
2.50%
 
– %
 
1.09%




(Dollars in thousands)
Retail
Repurchase
 Agreements
FHLB
Advances
National
Market Repurchase
Agreements
Other Short-
Term
Borrowings
2007
             
Ending balance
 $               35,041
 
 $      187,500
 
 $               –
 
 $                         –
Average balance
                  34,770
 
         197,915
 
            4,425
 
                          33
Highest month end balance
                  36,515
 
         264,400
 
            7,000
 
                            –
Interest expense
                    1,526
 
           10,065
 
               242
 
                            2
Weighted-average interest rate:
             
   End of year
3.96%
 
2.50%
 
– %
 
– %
   During the year
4.39%
 
5.09%
 
5.47%
 
6.06%
               
2006
             
Ending balance
 $               31,683
 
 $      158,200
 
 $         5,000
 
 $                         –
Average balance
                  31,479
 
         178,235
 
            1,246
 
                            2
Highest month end balance
                  36,768
 
         259,700
 
            5,000
 
                            –
Interest expense
                    1,306
 
             9,067
 
                 70
 
                            –
Weighted-average interest rate:
             
   End of year
4.57%
 
5.18%
 
5.34%
 
– %
   During the year
4.15%
 
5.09%
 
5.62%
 
– %

The FHLB advances consist of overnight borrowings and other advances with an original maturity of one year or less.  These advances, along with the long-term advances disclosed in Note 9, are collateralized by residential and non-residential mortgage loans and investment securities.  Peoples’ borrowing capacity with the FHLB is based on the amount of collateral pledged and the amount of FHLB common stock owned.  The most restrictive requirement of the debt agreement requires Peoples to provide commercial real estate mortgage loans as collateral in an amount not less than 300% of advances outstanding.
 
Peoples’ national market repurchase agreements consist of agreements with unrelated financial service companies that have original maturities of one year or less.
 
Peoples’ retail repurchase agreements consist of overnight agreements with Peoples’ commercial customers and serve as a cash management tool.
 
Other short-term borrowings consist of Federal Funds purchased and advances from the Federal Reserve Discount Window.  Federal Funds purchased are short-term borrowings from correspondent banks that typically mature within one to ninety days.  Peoples has available Federal Funds of $25 million from certain of its correspondent banks.  Interest on Federal funds purchased is set daily by the correspondent bank based on prevailing market rates.  The Federal Reserve Discount Window provides credit facilities to financial institutions, which are designed to ensure adequate liquidity by providing a source of short-term funds.  Discount Window advances are typically overnight and must be secured by collateral acceptable to the lending Federal Reserve Bank.
 
 
Note 9.   Long-term Borrowings  


Long-term borrowings consisted of the following at December 31:
 
2008
 
2007
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance
 
Weighted-Average
Rate
Balance
 
Weighted-Average Rate
Callable national market repurchase agreements
 $  155,000
 
4.06%
 
 $    95,000
 
4.45%
Non-callable national market repurchase agreements
         5,000
 
4.97%
 
       53,750
 
3.76%
FHLB convertible rate advances
       24,500
 
5.38%
 
       24,500
 
5.38%
FHLB putable, fixed rate advances
       10,000
 
3.20%
 
       10,000
 
3.20%
FHLB amortizing, fixed rate advances
       23,797
 
3.94%
 
       13,729
 
3.93%
FHLB non-amortizing, non-callable fixed rate advances
       40,000
 
4.62%
 
       35,000
 
4.82%
FHLB non-amortizing, callable, fixed rate advances
       50,000
 
3.29%
 
                 -
 
0.00%
    Total long-term borrowings
 $308,297
 
4.09%
 
 $231,979
 
4.36%
 
Peoples’ national market repurchase agreements consist of agreements with unrelated financial service companies and have original maturities ranging from 2 to 10 years.  In general, these agreements may not be terminated by Peoples prior to the maturity without incurring additional costs.  The callable agreements contain call option features, in which the buyer has the right, at its discretion, to terminate the repurchase agreement after an initial period ranging from 3 months to 5 years.  After the initial call period, the buyer has the right to terminate the agreement on a quarterly basis thereafter until maturity.  If the buyer exercises its option, Peoples would be required to repay the agreement in whole at the quarterly date.
 
The FHLB advances consist of various borrowings with original maturities ranging from 2 to 25 years that generally may not be repaid prior to maturity without Peoples incurring a penalty.  The rate on the convertible rate advances are fixed from initial periods ranging from one to four years, depending on the specific advance.  After the initial fixed rate period, the FHLB has the option to convert each advance to a LIBOR based, variable rate advance.  If the FHLB exercises its option, Peoples may repay the advance in whole or in part on the conversion date or any subsequent repricing date without a prepayment fee.  At all other times, early repayment of any convertible rate advance would result in Peoples incurring a prepayment penalty.  For the putable advances, the FHLB has the option, at its sole discretion following an initial period of three months, to terminate the debt and require Peoples to repay the advance prior to the final stated maturity.  After the initial period, the FHLB has the option to terminate the debt on a quarterly basis.  If the advance is terminated prior to maturity, the FHLB will offer Peoples replacement funding at the then-prevailing rate on an advance product then-offered by the FHLB, subject to normal FHLB underwriting criteria. As discussed in Note 8, long-term FHLB advances are collateralized by assets owned by Peoples.
 
The aggregate minimum annual retirements of long-term borrowings in the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance
 
Weighted-Average Rate
2009
 $     67,025
 
4.98%
2010
        32,393
 
4.33%
2011
        44,472
 
4.53%
2012
        36,615
 
4.20%
2013
          1,532
 
3.98%
Thereafter
      126,260
 
3.37%
    Total long-term borrowings
 $308,297
 
4.09%
 





 
Note 10.   Junior Subordinated Notes Held By Subsidiary Trusts  


Peoples previously formed two statutory business trusts (the “Trusts”) for the purpose of issuing or participating in pools of corporation-obligated mandatorily redeemable capital securities (the “Capital Securities” or “Trust Preferred Securities”), with 100% of the common equity in the Trusts owned by Peoples.  The proceeds from the Capital Securities and common equity were invested in junior subordinated debt securities of Peoples (the “Debentures”).
 
 
The Debentures held by the trusts are the sole assets of those trusts.  Distributions on the Capital Securities are payable semiannually at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate being earned by the Trusts on the Debentures and are recorded as interest expense by Peoples.  Since the Trusts are variable interest entities and Peoples is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary, the Trusts are not included in Peoples’ Consolidated Financial Statements.  As a result, Peoples includes the Debentures as a separate category of long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets entitled “Junior Subordinated Notes Held by Subsidiary Trusts” and the related expense as interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Under the provisions of the Debentures, Peoples has the right to defer payment of interest on the Debentures at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years.  If interest payments on the Debentures are deferred, the dividends on the Capital Securities are also deferred and Peoples will be prohibited from paying dividends on its common shares.  Interest on the Debentures is cumulative.  Peoples has entered into agreements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee the Capital Securities subject to the terms of each of the guarantees.
 
The Capital Securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Debentures.  The Debentures held by PEBO Capital Trust I are first redeemable, in whole or in part, by Peoples on May 1, 2009.  On April 23, 2007, Peoples repaid the entire $7.2 million of the Debentures held by PEBO Capital Trust II, which had a then current rate of 9.10%.  As a result of this repayment, PEBO Capital Trust II redeemed all of the outstanding Capital Securities and common equity and was dissolved in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of PEBO Capital Trust II.
 
Under the risk-based capital standards for bank holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Trust Preferred Securities qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes, subject to certain quantitative limits and qualitative standards.  Specifically, the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other capital elements that qualify as Tier 1 capital is limited to 25% of core capital elements, net of goodwill, with the excess amount not qualifying for Tier 1 capital being included in Tier 2 capital.  Additionally, trust preferred securities no longer qualify for Tier 1 capital within five years of their maturity.  The redemption of the Capital Securities issued by PEBO Capital Trust II had a minimal impact on Peoples’ regulatory capital ratios.
 
The Capital Securities issued by the Trusts at December 31 are summarized as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
 
2008
 
2007
Capital Securities of PEBO Capital Trust I, 8.62%, due May 1, 2029,
 $           22,495
 
 $           22,460
  net of unamortized issuance costs
       
         
    Amount qualifying for Tier 1 capital
 
 $           22,495
 
 $           22,460

Note 11.   Stockholders’ Equity  


The following table details the progression in balances of Peoples’ common and treasury stock during the years presented:
 
 
Common
 
Treasury
 
Stock
    Stock
Balance, December 31, 2005
  10,869,655
 
        350,675
Stock-based compensation
   
        (137,286)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
            42,594
Common stock issued under dividend
            19,587
   
     reinvestment plan
     
Issuance of common stock related to acquisitions:
     
     Putnam Agency, Inc.
   
            (4,662)
     Barengo Insurance Agency, Inc.
   
          (14,064)
Balance, December 31, 2006
  10,889,242
 
        237,257




 
Common
 
Treasury
 
Stock
 
          Stock
Balance, December 31, 2006
  10,889,242
 
        237,257
Stock-based compensation
              5,703
 
          (57,988)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
          471,327
Common stock issued under dividend
            31,009
   
     reinvestment plan
     
Issuance of common stock related to acquisitions:
     
     Putnam Agency, Inc.
   
            (4,662)
     Barengo Insurance Agency, Inc.
   
          (16,728)
Balance, December 31, 2007
  10,925,954
 
        629,206
Stock-based compensation
              7,475
 
          (11,093)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
            23,367
Common stock issued under dividend
            41,935
   
     reinvestment plan
     
Balance, December 31, 2008
  10,975,364
 
        641,480
 
On January 22, 2009, Peoples’ shareholders adopted an amendment to Article FOURTH of Peoples’ Amended Articles of Incorporation to authorize the issuance of up to 50,000 preferred shares.  The preferred shares may be issued by Peoples’ Board of Directors in one or more series, from time to time, with each such series to consist of such number of shares and to have such voting powers, designations, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as determined by the Board of Directors.  On January 28, 2009, Peoples’ Board of Directors adopted an amendment to Peoples’ Amended Articles of Incorporation to create a series of preferred shares designated as Peoples’ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, each without par value and having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Shares”).  These actions enabled Peoples to obtain final approval for a $39 million capital investment from the United States Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) through the TARP Capital Purchase Program established by the U.S. Treasury under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
 
On January 30, 2009, Peoples issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 39,000 of Peoples’ Series A Preferred Shares, and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 313,505 Peoples common shares (“Common Shares”), at an exercise price of $18.66 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution and other adjustments), for an aggregate purchase price of $39 million in cash.
 
Under standardized TARP Capital Purchase Program terms, cumulative dividends on the Series A Preferred Shares will accrue on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter.  These dividends will be paid only if, as and when declared by Peoples’ Board of Directors.  The Series A Preferred Shares have no maturity date and rank senior to the Common Shares with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of Peoples.  Subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement, which for Peoples is the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), the Series A Preferred Shares are redeemable at the option of Peoples at 100% of their liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, provided that the Series A Preferred Shares may be redeemed prior to February 15, 2012, only if (i) Peoples has raised aggregate gross proceeds in one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) in excess of $9,750,000 and (ii) the aggregate redemption price of the Series A Preferred Shares does not exceed the aggregate net proceeds from such Qualified Equity Offerings.  The Series A Preferred Shares are generally non-voting.
 
The U.S. Treasury may not transfer a portion or portions of the Warrant with respect to, and/or exercise the Warrant for more than one-half of, the 313,505 Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant, in the aggregate, until the earlier of (i) the date on which Peoples has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $39 million from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings and (ii) December 31, 2009.  In the event Peoples completes one or more Qualified Equity Offerings on or prior to December 31, 2009, that result in Peoples receiving aggregate gross proceeds of not less than $39 million, the number of the Common Shares underlying the portion of the Warrant then held by the U.S. Treasury will be reduced by one-half of the Common Shares originally covered by the Warrant.  The U.S. Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any Common Shares issued to it upon exercise of the Warrant.  Any Common Shares issued by Peoples upon exercise of the Warrant will be issued from Common Shares held in treasury to the extent available.  If no treasury shares are available, Common Shares will be issued from authorized but unissued Common Shares.
 
The Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant were sold, contains limitations on the payment of dividends on the Common Shares after January 30, 2009.  Prior to the earlier of (i) January 30, 2012 and (ii) the date on which the Series A Preferred Shares have been redeemed in whole or the U.S. Treasury has transferred the Series A Preferred Shares to third parties which are not Affiliates (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the U.S. Treasury, any increase in common share dividends by Peoples or any of its subsidiaries would be prohibited without the prior approval of the U.S. Treasury.
 
 
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) passed by the United States Congress and signed by the President on February 17, 2009, provides that the U.S. Treasury, subject to consultation with the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, must permit a TARP recipient to repay any assistance previously provided under TARP, without regard to whether the TARP recipient has replaced those funds from any other source or to any waiting period.  As a result, subject to consultation with the Federal Reserve Board, the U.S. Treasury must permit Peoples to redeem the Series A Preferred Shares at the appropriate redemption price without regard to whether the redemption price is to be paid from proceeds of a qualified equity offering or any other source or when the redemption date occurs.  If the Series A Preferred Shares were redeemed, the U.S. Treasury must liquidate the related Warrant at the current market price.  The U.S. Treasury is to promulgate regulations to implement the procedures under which a TARP participant may repay any assistance received.  As of the date of this Annual Report, the U.S. Treasury had not yet issued such regulations.
 

 
Note 12.   Comprehensive (Loss) Income  


The components of other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Net income
 $    7,455
 
 $  18,314
 
 $  21,558
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
         
Available-for-sale investment securities:
         
Gross unrealized holding (loss) gain arising in the period
    (20,941)
 
       1,697
 
          475
  Related tax benefit (expense)
       7,329
 
         (594)
 
         (166)
Less: reclassification adjustment for net (loss) gain included in net income
      (2,592)
 
      (6,062)
 
          265
  Related tax benefit (expense)
          907
 
       2,122
 
           (93)
    Net effect on other comprehensive (loss) income
    (11,927)
 
       5,043
 
          137
Defined benefit plans:
         
Net (loss) gain arising during the period
      (5,206)
 
       1,327
 
              –
  Related tax benefit (expense)
       1,822
 
         (464)
 
              –
Amortization of unrecognized loss and service cost on pension plan
            13
 
          162
 
              –
  Related tax expense
             (4)
 
           (57)
 
              –
    Net effect on other comprehensive (loss) income
      (3,375)
 
          968
 
              –
    Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
    (15,302)
 
       6,011
 
          137
    Total comprehensive (loss) income
 $ (7,847)
 
 $24,325
 
 $21,695

Changes in the components of Peoples’ accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were as follows:
 
     
Unrecognized
   
 
Unrealized
 
Net Pension and
 
Accumulated
 
(Loss) Gain
 
Postretirement
 
Comprehensive
(Dollars in thousands)
on Securities
 
Costs
 
(Loss) Income
Balance, December 31, 2005
 $          (1,116)
 
 $                     –
 
 $         (1,116)
Current period change, net of tax
                   137
 
                         –
 
                  137
Adjustment for initial application of FAS 158
                       –
 
                (2,018)
 
             (2,018)
Balance, December 31, 2006
 $             (979)
 
 $            (2,018)
 
 $         (2,997)
Current period change, net of tax
                5,043
 
                     968
 
               6,011
Balance, December 31, 2007
 $            4,064
 
 $            (1,050)
 
 $          3,014
Current period change, net of tax
             (11,927)
 
                (3,375)
 
           (15,302)
Balance, December 31, 2008
 $          (7,863)
 
 $            (4,425)
 
 $      (12,288)



Note 13.   Employee Benefit Plans  


Peoples sponsors a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan that covers substantially all employees.  The plan provides retirement benefits based on an employee’s years of service and compensation.   In 2003, Peoples changed the methodology used to determine the retirement benefits for employees hired on or after January 1, 2003, which should result in a lower accumulated benefit obligation.  Peoples also has a contributory postretirement benefit plan for former employees who were retired as of December 31, 1992.  The plan provides health and life insurance benefits.  Peoples’ policy is to fund the cost of the benefits as they are incurred.
 
   The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets over the two-year period ending December 31, 2008, and a
statement of the funded status as of December 31, 2008 and 2007:
 
 
Pension
Benefits
 
Postretirement
Benefits
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2008
 
2007
Change in benefit obligation:
             
Obligation at January 1
 $ 11,868
 
 $ 13,548
 
 $      246
 
 $      560
Service cost
         763
 
         847
 
            –
 
            –
Interest cost
         781
 
         757
 
          15
 
          26
Plan participants’ contributions
            –
 
            –
 
         123
 
         122
Actuarial loss (gain)
         492
 
    (1,954)
 
         (35)
 
       (234)
Benefit payments
       (966)
 
    (1,331)
 
       (123)
 
       (194)
Increase due to plan changes
            –
 
            –
 
            –
 
         (34)
    Obligation at December 31
 $ 12,938
 
 $ 11,867
 
 $      226
 
 $      246
    Accumulated benefit obligation at December 31
 $ 11,164
 
 $   9,574
 
 $         –
 
 $         –
               
Change in plan assets:
             
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
 $ 14,326
 
 $ 15,050
 
 $         –
 
 $         –
Actual return on plan assets
    (3,520)
 
         607
 
            –
 
            –
Employer contributions
            –
 
            –
 
            –
 
          72
Plan participants’ contributions
            –
 
            –
 
         123
 
         122
Benefit payments
       (966)
 
    (1,331)
 
       (123)
 
       (194)
    Fair value of plan assets at December 31
 $   9,840
 
 $ 14,326
 
 $         –
 
 $         –
               
Funded status:
             
Funded status at December 31
 $  (3,098)
 
 $   2,459
 
 $    (226)
 
 $    (246)
Unrecognized prior service cost
            –
 
            –
 
            –
 
         (34)
Unrecognized net loss
            –
 
            –
 
            –
 
         (64)
    Net amount recognized
 $  (3,098)
 
 $   2,459
 
 $    (226)
 
 $    (344)
               
Amounts recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets:
             
Prepaid benefit costs
 $         –
 
 $   2,459
 
 $         –
 
 $         –
Accrued benefit liability
    (3,098)
 
            –
 
       (226)
 
       (344)
    Net amount recognized
 $  (3,098)
 
 $   2,459
 
 $    (226)
 
 $    (344)
               
Amounts recognized in Accumulated Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
           
Unrecognized prior service cost
 $        20
 
 $        23
 
 $        20
 
 $         –
Unrecognized net loss
      4,410
 
      1,027
 
          61
 
            –
    Total
 $   4,430
 
 $   1,050
 
 $        81
 
 $         –
               
Weighted-average assumptions at year-end:
             
Discount rate
6.30%
 
6.70%
 
6.30%
 
6.70%
Rate of compensation increase
2.50%
 
3.50%
 
n/a
 
n/a

The estimated costs relating to Peoples’ pension benefits that will be amortized from accumulated comprehensive loss into net periodic cost over the next fiscal year are $4,000 of prior service costs and $126,000 of net loss.
 
 
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the plans:

 
Pension Benefits
 
Postretirement Benefits
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
2007
2006
 
2008
2007
2006
Service cost
 $        763
 $        847
 $        869
 
 $            –
 $            –
 $            –
Interest cost
           781
           757
           756
 
             15
             26
             25
Expected return on plan assets
       (1,202)
       (1,191)
       (1,164)
 
               –
               –
               –
Amortization of prior service cost
               4
               2
               2
 
               –
               –
               –
Amortization of net loss
             10
           160
           256
 
              (7)
               3
               –
Settlements
               –
               –
               –
 
               –
               –
               –
    Net periodic benefit cost
 $       356
 $       575
 $       719
 
 $            8
 $         29
 $         25
               
Weighted-average assumptions:
             
Discount rate
6.70%
6.00%
5.75%
 
6.70%
6.00%
5.75%
Expected return on plan assets
8.50%
8.50%
8.50%
 
n/a
n/a
n/a
Rate of compensation increase
3.50%
3.50%
3.50%
 
n/a
n/a
n/a
 
For measurement purposes, a 10% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) was assumed for 2008, grading down 1% per year to an ultimate rate of 5% in 2013.  The health care trend rate assumption does not have a significant effect on the contributory defined benefit postretirement plan; therefore, a one percentage point increase or decrease in the trend rate is not material in the determination of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation or the ongoing expense.
 
Determination of Expected Long-term Rate of Return
The expected long-term rate of return on the plans’ total assets is based on the expected return of each category of the plan’s assets.  Management considers the long-term historical returns of the assets within the portfolio and adjusts the rate, as necessary, for expected future returns on the assets in the plans in determining the rate.
 
Plan Assets
     Peoples’ investment strategy, as established by Peoples’ Retirement Plan Committee, is to invest assets based upon established target allocations.  The assets are reallocated periodically to meet the target allocations.  The investment policy is reviewed periodically, under the advisement of a certified investment advisor, to determine if the policy should be changed.  Peoples’ pension plan target and actual weighted-average asset allocations by asset category at December 31 are as follows:
 
 
Target
 
2008
 
2007
Equity securities
60 – 75%
 
62%
 
70%
Debt securities
24 – 39
 
34
 
26
Other
1
 
4
 
4
    Total
100%
 
100%
 
100%

Equity securities of Peoples’ pension plan did not include any securities of Peoples or related parties in 2008 or 2007.
 
 
Cash Flows
     Peoples has not determined if any contributions will be made to its pension plan in 2009; however, actual contributions are made at the discretion of the Retirement Plan Committee and Peoples’ Board of Directors.  Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect benefits attributable to estimated future service, for the years ending December 31 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Pension
Benefits
Post-
retirement Benefits
2009
 
 $        1,033
 
 $             35
2010
 
              929
 
                34
2011
 
           1,092
 
                34
2012
 
           1,760
 
                27
2013
 
           1,147
 
                25
2014 to 2018
 
           6,836
 
                91
    Total
 
 $    12,797
 
 $         246
 
Retirement Savings Plan
Peoples also maintains a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all employees.  The plan provides participants the opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-deferred basis.  In addition, Peoples makes matching contributions equal to 100% of participants’ contributions that do not exceed 3% of the participants’ compensation, plus 50% of participants’ contributions between 3% and 5% of the participants’ compensation.  Matching contributions made by Peoples totaled $776,000, $740,000 and $698,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 

 
 
Note 14.   Income Taxes  


The reported income tax expense and effective tax rate in the Consolidated Statements of Income differs from the amounts computed by applying the statutory corporate tax rate as follows for the years ended December 31:
 
2008
 
2007
 
2006
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
Income tax computed at statutory federal tax rate
 $   2,665
 
  35.0%
 
 $   8,356
 
  35.0%
 
 $ 10,298
 
  35.0%
Differences in rate resulting from:
                     
  Tax-exempt interest income
        (924)
 
 (12.1)
 
        (831)
 
   (3.5)
 
        (940)
 
   (3.2)
  Investments in tax credit funds
        (689)
 
   (9.0)
 
        (640)
 
   (2.7)
 
        (613)
 
   (2.1)
  Bank owned life insurance
        (554)
 
   (7.3)
 
        (581)
 
   (2.4)
 
        (573)
 
   (2.0)
  Change in valuation allowance
        (321)
 
   (4.2)
 
        (635)
 
   (2.6)
 
           79
 
    0.3
  Other, net
          (17)
 
   (0.3)
 
        (109)
 
   (0.5)
 
        (386)
 
   (1.3)
    Total income taxes
 $     160
 
2.1%
 
 $  5,560
 
23.3%
 
 $  7,865
 
26.7%
 
Peoples’ income tax returns are subject to review and examination by federal and state taxing authorities. Peoples is currently open to audit under the applicable statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2005 through 2007.  The years open to examination by state taxing authorities vary by jurisdiction.
 
The significant components of Peoples' deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31:


(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Deferred tax assets:
     
  Allowance for loan losses
 $       8,548
 
 $       6,292
  Accrued employee benefits
          2,103
 
               97
  Deferred loan fees and costs
           (331)
 
           (202)
  Available-for-sale securities
          4,234
 
                 –
  AMT credit carryforward
          2,069
 
          1,656
  Other
             315
 
             260
  Valuation allowance
                 –
 
           (321)
    Total deferred tax assets
      16,938
 
         7,782
       
Deferred tax liabilities:
     
  Bank premises and equipment
          1,183
 
          1,105
  Deferred income
          1,013
 
          1,108
  Investments
             351
 
             (50)
  Available-for-sale securities
                 –
 
          2,188
  Other
          3,510
 
          3,651
    Total deferred tax liabilities
         6,057
 
         8,002
    Net deferred tax asset (liability)
 $   10,881
 
 $       (220)
 
The AMT tax credit carryforward at December 31, 2008 and 2007 may be carried over indefinitely.  The valuation allowance at December 31, 2007, represented the amount of the AMT credit carryforward that was estimated to not be realized in a reasonable period.  The related federal income tax (benefit) expense on securities transactions approximated ($907,000) in 2008, ($2,122,000) in 2007 and $93,000 in 2006.
 

 
Note 15.   Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk  


In the normal course of business, Peoples is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk necessary to meet the financing needs of customers and to manage its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and interest rate caps.  The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The contract or notional amounts of these instruments express the extent of involvement Peoples has in these financial instruments.
 
Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit
Loan commitments are made to accommodate the financial needs of Peoples' customers.  Standby letters of credit are instruments issued by Peoples Bank guaranteeing the beneficiary payment by Peoples Bank in the event of default by Peoples Bank's customer in the nonperformance of an obligation or service.  Historically, most loan commitments and standby letters of credit expire unused.  Peoples' exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counter-party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  Peoples uses the same underwriting standards in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  The amount of collateral obtained is based on management's credit evaluation of the customer.  Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant, and equipment, and income-producing commercial properties.
 
The total amounts of loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31 are summarized as follows:

 
Contractual Amount
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Loan commitments
 $ 201,194
 
 $ 176,835
Standby letters of credit
46,788
 
34,200
 
Interest Rate Contracts
At December 31, 2008, Peoples held an option to initiate an interest rate swap beginning on October 19, 2002, and continuing on a quarterly basis until its expiration in July 2009.  Under the terms of the interest rate swap, Peoples would receive LIBOR based variable rate payments and pay fixed rate payments to a counter-party, computed on a notional amount of $17 million.  Peoples entered into this interest rate contract to hedge a $17 million long-term, fixed rate FHLB advance, which could convert to a variable rate at the FHLB’s discretion.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples had not exercised its option under this interest rate contract since the advance remained a fixed rate advance.  Changes in estimated fair value of this interest rate contract are recorded in earnings and are immaterial.
 
 
Other
Peoples also has commitments to make additional capital contributions in low-income housing projects.  Such commitments approximated $1.1 million at December 31, 2008, and $1.3 million at December 31, 2007.  The maximum aggregate amounts Peoples could be required to make for each of the next five years are as follows: $247,000 in 2009; $240,000 in 2010; $234,000 in 2011; $185,000 in 2012 and $125,000 in 2013.
 

 
Note 16.   Regulatory Matters  


The following is a summary of certain regulatory matters affecting Peoples and its subsidiaries:
 
Capital Requirements
Peoples and Peoples Bank are subject to various regulatory capital guidelines administered by the banking regulatory agencies.  Under capital adequacy requirements and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, Peoples and its banking subsidiary must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of each entity's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Peoples' and Peoples Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.  Failure to meet future minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a material effect on Peoples’ financial results.
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Peoples and Peoples Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Peoples and Peoples Bank met all capital adequacy requirements at December 31, 2008.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the most recent notifications from the banking regulatory agencies categorized Peoples and Peoples Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, Peoples and Peoples Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below.  There are no conditions or events since these notifications that management believes have changed Peoples or Peoples Bank's category.
 
Peoples and Peoples Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31 are also presented in the following table:
 
 
Peoples
 
Peoples Bank
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
2008
             
Total Capital (1)
             
Actual
 $  173,470
 
13.2%
 
 $  158,030
 
12.1%
For capital adequacy
     105,253
 
8.0%
 
     104,715
 
8.0%
To be well capitalized
     131,566
 
10.0%
 
     130,894
 
10.0%
               
Tier 1 (2)
             
Actual
 $  156,254
 
11.9%
 
 $  141,587
 
10.8%
For capital adequacy
       52,626
 
4.0%
 
       52,357
 
4.0%
To be well capitalized
       78,939
 
6.0%
 
       78,536
 
6.0%
               
Tier 1 Leverage (3)
             
Actual
 $  156,254
 
8.2%
 
 $  141,587
 
7.5%
For capital adequacy
       76,443
 
4.0%
 
       75,866
 
4.0%
To be well capitalized
       95,554
 
5.0%
 
       94,833
 
5.0%


 
Peoples
 
Peoples Bank
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
2007
             
Total Capital (1)
             
Actual
 $  172,117
 
13.2%
 
 $  148,355
 
11.5%
For capital adequacy
     104,043
 
8.0%
 
     103,509
 
8.0%
To be well capitalized
     130,054
 
10.0%
 
     129,386
 
10.0%
               
Tier 1 (2)
             
Actual
 $  154,933
 
11.9%
 
 $  132,637
 
10.3%
For capital adequacy
       52,022
 
4.0%
 
       51,755
 
4.0%
To be well capitalized
       78,032
 
6.0%
 
       77,632
 
6.0%
               
Tier 1 Leverage (3)
             
Actual
 $  154,933
 
8.5%
 
 $  132,637
 
7.3%
For capital adequacy
       73,062
 
4.0%
 
       72,699
 
4.0%
To be well capitalized
       91,328
 
5.0%
 
       90,873
 
5.0%
(1) Ratio represents total capital to net risk-weighted assets
       
(2) Ratio represents Tier 1 capital to net risk-weighted assets
       
(3) Ratio represents Tier 1 capital to average assets
       

As more fully disclosed in Note 11, on January 30, 2009, Peoples received $39.0 million of new equity capital from the sale of Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant to U.S. Treasury as part of the TARP Capital Purchase Program.  All of the proceeds from the sale of the Series A Preferred Shares and the Warrant will qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes.
 
Limits on Dividends
The primary source of funds for the dividends paid by Peoples is dividends received from Peoples Bank.  The payment of dividends by Peoples Bank is subject to various banking regulations.  The most restrictive provision requires regulatory approval if dividends declared in any calendar year exceed the total net profits of that year plus the retained net profits of the preceding two years.  At December 31, 2008, Peoples Bank had approximately $3.9 million of net profits available for distribution to Peoples as dividends without regulatory approval.
 
Federal Reserve Requirements
Peoples Bank is required to maintain a minimum level of reserves, consisting of cash on hand and non-interest-bearing balances with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on the amount of deposit liabilities.  Average required reserve balances were approximately $4.9 million and $4.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 

 
Note 17.   Stock–Based Compensation  


Under the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2006 Equity Plan (the “2006 Equity Plan”) approved by shareholders, Peoples may grant, among other awards, nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights or any combination thereof covering up to 500,000 common shares to employees and non-employee directors.  Prior to 2007, Peoples granted nonqualified and incentive stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options to non-employee directors under the 2006 Equity Plan and predecessor plans.  Since February 2007, Peoples has granted a combination of restricted common shares and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) to be settled in common shares to employees and restricted common shares to non-employee directors subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the 2006 Equity Plan.  In general, common shares issued in connection with stock-based awards are issued from treasury shares to the extent available.  If no treasury shares are available, common shares are issued from authorized but unissued common shares.
 
Stock Options
Under the provisions of the 2006 Equity Plan and predecessor stock option plans, the exercise price per share of any stock option granted may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying common shares on the date of grant of the stock option.  The most recent stock options granted to employees and non-employee directors occurred in 2006.  The stock options granted to employees will vest three years from the grant date, while the stock options granted to non-employee directors vested six months from the grant date.  All stock options granted to both employees and non-employee directors expire ten years from the date of grant.
 
The following summarizes the changes to Peoples’ stock options for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
Number of Shares
Weighted- Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
 Average Remaining Contractual
Life
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1
     325,461
 
 $        22.74
       
Granted
              –
 
                –
       
Exercised
       13,064
 
           17.36
       
Forfeited
         7,950
 
           24.98
       
    Outstanding at December 31
304,447
 
22.91
 
4.2 years
 
 $ 367,000
               
    Exercisable at December 31
261,909
 
22.01
 
3.7 years
 
 $ 367,000
 
The weighted-average estimated fair value of options granted in 2006 was $7.37.  The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $61,000, $0.6 million and $1.4 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The following summarizes information concerning Peoples’ stock options outstanding at December 31, 2008:
     
Options Outstanding
 
Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices
Option Shares
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Option Shares
Exercisable
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$13.48
to
$15.45
                   71,112
 
0.8 years
 
 $             14.20
 
               71,112
 
 $       14.20
$15.45
to
$22.32
                   62,672
 
4.0 years
 
                21.71
 
               62,672
 
          21.71
$22.33
to
$26.01
                   56,953
 
4.1 years
 
                24.39
 
               56,953
 
          24.39
$26.01
to
$28.25
                   73,176
 
6.4 years
 
                27.88
 
               36,638
 
          27.50
$28.25
to
$30.00
                   40,534
 
6.3 years
 
                29.03
 
               34,534
 
          28.91
    Total
   
               304,447
 
4.2 years
 
 $           22.91
 
           261,909
 
 $     22.01

Stock Appreciation Rights
  SARs granted to employees have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Peoples’ common shares on the date of grant and will be settled using common shares of Peoples.  Additionally, the SARs granted will vest three years from the grant date and expire ten years from the date of grant.  The following summarizes the changes to Peoples’ SARs for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
Number
of Shares
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual
Life
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1
     30,374
 
 $     27.96
       
Granted
     28,170
 
        23.85
       
Exercised
              –
 
            –
       
Forfeited
       1,111
 
        29.25
       
    Outstanding at December 31
    57,433
 
 $   25.92
 
8.7 years
 
 $              –
    Exercisable at December 31
              –
 
 $           –
 
                 –
 
 $              –

The weighted-average estimated fair value of the SARs granted in 2008 and 2007 was $5.46 and $7.73, respectively. The following summarizes information concerning Peoples’ SARs outstanding at December 31, 2008:


Exercise Prices
Number of
Shares
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining Contractural
Life
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Number of
Shares Exercisable
$23.26
   
              5,000
 
8.6 years
 
 $         23.26
 
                  –
$23.77
   
            26,170
 
9.1 years
 
            23.77
 
                  –
$23.80
to
$27.99
              6,000
 
9.0 years
 
            26.26
 
                  –
$29.25
   
            20,263
 
8.1 years
 
            29.25
 
                  –
    Total
   
          57,433
 
8.7 years
 
 $       25.92
 
                  –

Restricted Shares
         Under the 2006 Equity Plan, Peoples may award restricted common shares to officers, key employees and non-employee directors.  In general, the restrictions on common shares awarded to non-employee directors expire after six months, while the restrictions on common shares awarded to employees expire after three years.  The following summarizes the changes to Peoples’ restricted common shares for year ended December 31, 2008:

     
Weighted-
     
Average
 
Number
 
Grant Date
 
of Shares
 
Fair Value
Outstanding at January 1
       9,148
 
 $         28.49
Awarded
     14,069
 
            23.72
Released
       7,475
 
            24.47
Forfeited
          164
 
            29.25
Outstanding at December 31
    15,578
 
 $       26.10

The total intrinsic value of restricted stock released was $158,000 and $220,000 in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation
         Peoples recognized stock-based compensation expense, which is included as a component of Peoples’ salaries and employee benefits costs, based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the grant date.  The following summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense and related tax benefit recognized for the years ended December 31:

(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Total stock-based compensation
 $     498,000
 
 $     391,000
 
 $     280,000
Recognized tax benefit
      (174,000)
 
      (137,000)
 
        (98,000)
    Net expense recognized
 $  324,000
 
 $  254,000
 
 $  182,000

The estimated fair value of stock options and SARs was calculated at grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Risk-free interest rate
 
4.38%
 
4.82%
 
4.56%
Dividend yield
 
3.88%
 
3.05%
 
2.65%
Volatility factor of the market price of parent stock
 
26.3%
 
25.5%
 
25.8%
Weighted-average expected life
 
10.0 years
 
10.0 years
 
6.4 years

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was originally developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have different characteristics than equity awards granted by Peoples, such as no vesting or transfer restrictions.  The model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility, which can materially affect the fair value estimate.  The expected volatility and expected life assumptions were based solely on historical data.  The expected dividend yield is computed based on the then current dividend rate, and the risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected life of the equity awards.
 
 
Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested awards was $213,000 at December 31, 2008, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years.
 

 
Note 18.   Parent Company Only Financial Information  


Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
Assets:
     
Cash and due from other banks
 $       2,209
 
 $       2,111
Interest-bearing deposits in subsidiary bank
          3,776
 
        12,437
Receivable from subsidiary bank
             423
 
             651
Available-for-sale investment securities, at estimated fair value (amortized
     
  cost of $1,405 and $1,386 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
          2,940
 
          4,744
Investments in subsidiaries:
     
  Bank
      179,193
 
      186,840
  Non-bank
        28,025
 
        26,988
Other assets
          1,305
 
             825
     Total assets
 $217,871
 
 $234,596
       
Liabilities:
     
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 $       5,872
 
 $       7,012
Dividends payable
          2,398
 
          2,288
Junior subordinated debentures held by subsidiary trusts
        22,975
 
        22,460
    Total liabilities
        31,245
 
        31,760
       
Stockholders' equity
      186,626
 
      202,836
     Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 $217,871
 
 $234,596
 
 
Condensed Statements of Income
Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Income:
         
Dividends from subsidiary bank
 $     2,000
 
 $   28,000
 
 $   21,750
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary
                -
 
        1,000
 
        2,300
Interest
           361
 
           392
 
           598
Other income
                -
 
                -
 
               1
    Total income
        2,361
 
      29,392
 
      24,649
           
Expenses:
         
Interest expense on junior subordinated notes held by subsidiary trusts
        2,011
 
        2,223
 
        2,689
Intercompany management fees
           821
 
           938
 
           875
Interest
                -
 
                -
 
           691
Other expense
        1,380
 
        1,374
 
        1,488
    Total expenses
        4,212
 
        4,535
 
        5,743
           
(Loss) income before federal income taxes and (excess dividends from) equity
         
  in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
       (1,851)
 
      24,857
 
      18,906
Applicable income tax benefit
       (1,798)
 
       (2,345)
 
       (2,160)
Equity in (excess dividends from) undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
        7,508
 
       (8,888)
 
           492
    Net income
 $    7,455
 
 $ 18,314
 
 $ 21,558
 

Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2008
 
2007
 
2006
Operating activities
         
Net income
 $     7,455
 
 $   18,314
 
 $   21,558
Adjustment to reconcile net income to cash provided by operations:
         
  Amortization and depreciation
               –
 
               2
 
             12
  (Equity in) excess dividends from undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
       (7,508)
 
        8,888
 
          (492)
  Other, net
             59
 
        1,313
 
          (610)
    Net cash provided by operating activities
               6
 
      28,517
 
      20,468
           
Investing activities
         
Net (purchases of) proceeds from sales and maturity investment securities
            (45)
 
          (224)
 
           100
Change in receivable from subsidiary
           228
 
            (51)
 
          (298)
Acquisitions, net of cash received
               –
 
       (1,070)
 
       (1,453)
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
           183
 
       (1,345)
 
       (1,651)
           
Financing activities
         
Payments on long-term borrowings
               –
 
               –
 
     (13,600)
Purchase of treasury stock
          (506)
 
     (12,350)
 
       (1,214)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
           210
 
           989
 
        2,719
Repurchase of Trust Preferred Securities
               –
 
               –
 
            (25)
Redemption of Trust Preferred Securities
               –
 
       (7,000)
 
               –
Cash dividends paid
       (8,423)
 
       (8,375)
 
       (8,164)
Excess tax (expense) benefit for share based payments
            (33)
 
           148
 
               –
    Net cash used in financing activities
       (8,752)
 
     (26,588)
 
     (20,284)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
       (8,563)
 
           584
 
       (1,467)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year
      14,548
 
      13,964
 
      15,431
     Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year
 $    5,985
 
 $ 14,548
 
 $ 13,964
           
Supplemental cash flow information:
         
Interest paid
 $     1,980
 
 $     2,302
 
 $     3,322
 
Note 19.   Summarized Quarterly Information (Unaudited)  

        A summary of selected quarterly financial information for 2008 and 2007 follows:
 
2008
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
Total interest income
 $     27,299
 
 $     26,548
 
 $     26,063
 
 $     26,317
Total interest expense
        13,013
 
        11,674
 
        11,461
 
        11,600
Net interest income
        14,286
 
        14,874
 
        14,602
 
        14,717
Provision for loan losses
          1,437
 
          6,765
 
          5,996
 
        13,442
Net gain (loss) on investment securities
             293
 
           (308)
 
           (111)
 
        (2,466)
Other income
          8,234
 
          7,886
 
          8,142
 
          8,591
Intangible asset amortization
             415
 
             403
 
             390
 
             378
Other expenses
        13,327
 
        12,641
 
        12,803
 
        13,128
Income tax expense (benefit)
          1,986
 
             690
 
             493
 
        (3,009)
Net income
 $       5,648
 
 $       1,953
 
 $       2,951
 
 $     (3,097)
Earnings per share:
             
   Basic
 $         0.55
 
 $         0.19
 
 $         0.29
 
 $       (0.30)
   Diluted
 $         0.55
 
 $         0.19
 
 $         0.28
 
 $       (0.30)
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
             
   Basic
 10,302,713
 
 10,304,666
 
 10,319,534
 
 10,333,888
   Diluted
 10,345,180
 
 10,352,135
 
 10,354,522
 
 10,359,491

     Included in net gain (loss) on investment securities are other-than-temporary non-cash impairment charges of approximately $4.0 million and $260,000 during the fourth and second quarters of 2008, respectively.


 
2007
 
First
 
Second
 
Third
 
Fourth
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 
Quarter
 Total interest income
 $     28,360
 
 $     28,080
 
 $     28,241
 
 $     28,738
Total interest expense
        14,839
 
        14,747
 
        15,089
 
        14,823
Net interest income
        13,521
 
        13,333
 
        13,152
 
        13,915
Provision for loan losses
             623
 
             847
 
             967
 
          1,522
Net gain (loss) on investment securities
               17
 
               21
 
           (613)
 
        (5,487)
Other income
          8,114
 
          7,954
 
          7,736
 
          7,622
Intangible asset amortization
             500
 
             489
 
             478
 
             467
Other expenses
        12,842
 
        12,661
 
        12,121
 
        11,894
Income tax expense (benefit)
          2,041
 
          1,962
 
          1,594
 
             (37)
Net income
 $       5,646
 
 $       5,349
 
 $       5,115
 
 $       2,204
Earnings per share:
             
   Basic
 $         0.53
 
 $         0.51
 
 $         0.49
 
 $         0.21
   Diluted
 $         0.53
 
 $         0.51
 
 $         0.49
 
 $         0.21
Weighted-average shares outstanding:
             
   Basic
 10,584,893
 
 10,503,952
 
 10,421,548
 
 10,344,437
   Diluted
 10,670,148
 
 10,574,250
 
 10,483,657
 
 10,398,806
 
     Included in net gain (loss) on investment securities are other-than-temporary non-cash impairment charges of approximately $5.5 million in the fourth quarter and $675,000 in the third quarter.


ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS , EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     The information concerning (a) directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (“Peoples”), (b) the procedures by which shareholders of Peoples may recommend nominees to Peoples’ Board of Directors, (c) the Audit Committee of Peoples’ Board of Directors and (d) the Board of Directors’ determination that Peoples has an “audit committee financial expert” serving on its Audit Committee required by Items 401, 407(c)(3), 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of SEC Regulation S-K is included in the sections captioned “PROPOSAL NUMBER 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS”, “THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD” and “NOMINATING PROCEDURES” of the definitive Proxy Statement of Peoples Bancorp Inc. relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 23, 2009 (“Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement”), which sections are incorporated herein by reference.  The procedures by which shareholders of Peoples may recommend nominees to Peoples’ Board of Directors have not changed materially from those described in Peoples’ definitive Proxy Statement for the 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 10, 2008.

     The information regarding Peoples’ executive officers required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K is included in the section captioned “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

     The information required by Item 405 of SEC Regulation S-K is included under the caption “SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

     The Board of Directors of Peoples has adopted charters for each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Governance and Nominating Committee.

     In accordance with the requirements of Rule 4350(n) of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Marketplace Rules, the Board of Directors of Peoples has adopted a Code of Ethics covering the directors, officers and employees of Peoples and its affiliates, including, without limitation, the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer of Peoples.  Peoples intends to disclose the following events, if they occur, in a Current Report on Form 8-K and on the “Corporate Governance & Ethics” page of Peoples’ Internet website at www.peoplesbancorp.com within four business days following their occurrence:
(A)  
the date and nature of any amendment to a provision of Peoples’ Code of Ethics that
 
(i)  
applies to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller of Peoples, or persons performing similar functions,
 
(ii)  
relates to any element of the code of ethics definition set forth in Item 406(b) of SEC Regulation S-K, and
 
(iii)  
is not a technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendment; and
 
(B)  
a description (including the nature of the waiver, the name of the person to whom the waiver was granted and the date of the waiver) of any waiver, including an implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Ethics granted to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller of Peoples, or persons performing similar functions, that relates to one or more of the elements of the code of ethics definition set forth in Item 406(b) of SEC Regulation S-K.

     In addition, Peoples will disclose any waivers from the provisions of the Code of Ethics granted to a director or executive officer of Peoples in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days following their occurrence.

     Each of the Code of Ethics, the Audit Committee Charter, the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter and the Compensation Committee Charter is posted on the “Corporate Governance & Ethics” page of Peoples’ Internet website.  Interested persons may also obtain copies of the Code of Ethics without charge by writing to Peoples Bancorp Inc., Attention: Corporate Secretary, 138 Putnam Street, P.O. Box 738, Marietta, Ohio 45750-0738.


 
The information required by this Item 11 is included in the sections captioned “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION”, “EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION: COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS”, “ANNUAL CASH INCENTIVE COMPENSATION”, “LONG-TERM EQUITY-BASED INCENTIVE COMPENSATION”, “SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 2008”, “GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS FOR 2008”, “OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2008”, “OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED FOR 2008”, “PENSION BENEFITS FOR 2008”, “NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION FOR 2008” and “OTHER POTENTIAL POST EMPLOYMENT PAYMENTS” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The information required by this Item 12 regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included in the section captioned  “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
     The table below provides information as of December 31, 2008, with respect to compensation plans under which common shares of Peoples are authorized for issuance to directors, officers or employees in exchange for consideration in the form of goods or services.  These compensation plans include:
(i)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan (the “1993 Plan”);
(ii)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan (the “1995 Plan”);
(iii)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”);
(iv)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (the “2002 Plan”);
(v)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Plan (the “2006 Plan”); and
(vi)  
the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Second Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”).

All of these compensation plans were approved by the shareholders of Peoples.

Plan Category
(a)
Number of common shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(b)
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
(c)
Number of common shares remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding common shares reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
434,699 (1)
$23.39 (2)
405,005 (3)
       
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
Total
434,699
$23.39
405,005
(1)  
Includes an aggregate of 361,880 common shares issuable upon exercise of options granted under the 1993 Plan, the 1995 Plan, the 1998 Plan and the 2002 Plan and options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Plan and 72,819 common shares allocated to participants’ bookkeeping accounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
(2)  
Represents weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options granted under the 1993 Plan, the 1995 Plan, the 1998 Plan and the 2002 Plan and options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2006 Plan.  The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account the common shares allocated to participants’ bookkeeping accounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
(3)  
Includes 395,055 common shares and 9,950 common shares remaining available for future grants under the 2006 Plan and future allocations to bookkeeping accounts under the Deferred Compensation Plan, respectively, at December 31, 2008.  No common shares were available for future grants under the 1993 Plan, the 1995 Plan, the 1998 Plan and the 2002 Plan at December 31, 2008.

     Additional information regarding Peoples’ stock-based compensation plans can be found in Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

     In addition, Peoples maintains the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, which is intended to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     The information required by this Item 13 is included in the sections captioned “TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS”, “PROPOSAL NUMBER 1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS”, “THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD” and “COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     The information required by this Item 14 is included in the section captioned “INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM” of Peoples’ Definitive Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements:
The following consolidated financial statements of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:
 
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young LLP) on Effectiveness of
 
    Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
51
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young LLP) on Consolidated
 
    Financial Statements
52
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
53
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008
54
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008
55
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2008
56
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
57
Peoples Bancorp Inc. (Parent Company Only Financial Information is included in Note 18 of   the
 
    Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements)
85

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

(a)(3) Exhibits
Exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference.  For a list of such exhibits, see “Exhibit Index” beginning at page 93 The Exhibit Index specifically identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.

(b)     Exhibits
Exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference.  For a list of such exhibits, see “Exhibit Index” beginning at page 93.

(c)     Financial Statement Schedules
None.


      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 

     
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
       
Date:  March 3, 2009
 
By:
/s/ MARK F. BRADLEY
     
Mark F. Bradley, President and
     
Chief Executive Officer
                                                                                                    
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ MARK F. BRADLEY
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
03/03/2009
Mark F. Bradley
 
 
   
         
/s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
 
03/03/2009
Edward G. Sloane
 
Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
   
         
/s/ CARL L. BAKER, JR.*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Carl L. Baker, Jr.
       
         
/s/ GEORGE W. BROUGHTON*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
George W. Broughton
       
         
/s/ FRANK L. CHRISTY*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Frank L. Christy
       
         
/s/ WILFORD D. DIMIT*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Wilford D. Dimit
       
         
/s/ RICHARD FERGUSON*
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
03/03/2009
Richard Ferguson
       
         
/s/ DAVID L. MEAD*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
David L. Mead
       
         
/s/ ROBERT W. PRICE*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Robert W. Price
       
         
/s/ THEODORE P. SAUBER*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Theodore P. Sauber
       
         
/s/ PAUL T. THEISEN*
 
Vice Chairman of the Board
 
03/03/2009
Paul T. Theisen
       
         
/s/ JOSEPH H. WESEL*
 
Director
 
03/ 03 / 2009
Joseph H. Wesel
       
         
/s/ THOMAS J. WOLF*
 
Director
 
03/03/2009
Thomas J. Wolf
       

*
The above-named directors of the Registrant sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K by Mark F. Bradley, their attorney-in-fact, pursuant to Powers of Attorney signed by the above-named directors, which Powers of Attorney are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K as exhibits, in the capacities indicated and on the 3 rd day of March, 2009.
 
         By:
/s/ MARK F. BRADLEY 
  Mark F. Bradley
 
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
Exhibit
Number
 
 
Description
 
 
Exhibit Location
3.1(a)
 
Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on May 3, 1993).
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Registration Statement of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (“Peoples”) on Form 8-B filed July 20, 1993 (File No. 0-16772).
         
3.1(b)
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on April 22, 1994).
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(2) to Peoples' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ 1997 Form 10-K”).
         
3.1(c)
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on April 9, 1996).
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a)(3) to Peoples' 1997 Form 10-K.
         
3.1(d)
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on April 23, 2003).
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Peoples' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2003 (File No. 0-16772)(“Peoples’ March 31, 2003 Form 10-Q”).
         
3.1(e)
 
Certificate of Amendment by Shareholders or Members to the Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (as filed with the Ohio Secretary of State on January 22, 2009)
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Peoples’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 22, 2009 and filed on January 23, 2009 (File No. 0-16772).
         
3.1(f)
 
Certificate of Amendment by Directors or Incorporators to Articles filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Ohio on January 28, 2009, evidencing adoption of amendments by the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. to Article FOURTH of Amended Articles of Incorporation to establish express terms of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A, each without par value, of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Peoples’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated and filed on February 2, 2009 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K”).
         
3.1(g)
 
Amended Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (reflecting amendments through January 28, 2009) [For SEC reporting compliance purposes only – not filed with Ohio Secretary of State].
 
Filed herewith.
         
3.2(a)
 
Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Peoples' Registration Statement on Form 8-B filed July 20, 1993 (File No. 0-16772).
         
3.2(b)
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc. regarding adoption of amendments to Sections 1.03, 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, 1.08, 1.10, 2.03(C), 2.07, 2.08, 2.10 and 6.02 of the Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc. by shareholders on April 10, 2003.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(c) to Peoples’ March 31, 2003 Form 10-Q.
 
93

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
3.2(c)
 
Certificate of Amendment to the Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc. regarding adoption of amendments to Sections 3.01, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08 and 3.11 of the Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc. by shareholders on April 8, 2004.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to Peoples' Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2004 (File No. 0-16772)(“Peoples’ March 31, 2004 Form 10-Q”).
         
3.2(d)
 
Certificate regarding adoption of amendments to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 3.01 and 3.04 of Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s Code of Regulations by the shareholders on April 13, 2006
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Peoples’ Current Report on Form 8-K dated and filed on April 14, 2006 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ April 14, 2006 Form 8-K”)
         
3.2(e)
 
Code of Regulations of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (reflecting amendments through April 13, 2006)
[For SEC reporting compliance purposes only]
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to Peoples’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2006 (File No. 0-16772)
         
4.1
 
Agreement to furnish instruments and agreements defining rights of holders of long-term debt.
 
Filed herewith.
         
4.2
 
Indenture, dated as of April 20, 1999, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Debenture Trustee, relating to Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-81251) filed on June 22, 1999 by Peoples Bancorp Inc. and PEBO Capital Trust I (“Peoples’ 1999 Form S-4”).
         
4.3
 
Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of PEBO Capital Trust I, dated and effective as of April 20, 1999.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Peoples’ 1999 Form S-4.
         
4.4
 
Series B Capital Securities Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1999, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as Guarantee Trustee, relating to Series B 8.62% Capital Securities.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 (i) to Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999.  (File No. 0-16772)
         
4.5
 
Warrant to purchase 313,505 Shares of Common Stock (common shares) of Peoples Bancorp Inc., issued to the United States Department of the Treasury on January 30, 2009
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
4.6
 
Letter Agreement, dated January 30, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms attached thereto as Exhibit A, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury [Note: Annex A to Securities Purchase Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 3.1(f) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
 
94

 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
10.1(a)
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. Second Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries (Amended and Restated Effective December 11, 2008.)*
 
 Filed herewith.
         
10.1(b)
 
Rabbi Trust Agreement, made January 6, 1998, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and The Peoples Banking and Trust Company (predecessor to Peoples Bank, National Association)*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1(c) of Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ 2007 Form 10-K”).
         
10.2
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc, Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan (Amended and Restated Effective December 11, 2008)*
 
 Filed herewith.
         
10.3
 
Amended and Restated Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to Peoples' Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 25, 1993 (Registration Statement No. 33-67878).
         
10.4
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options under Amended and Restated Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Peoples' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 0-16772) (”Peoples’ 1995 Form 10-K”).
         
10.5
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated May 20, 1993, used in connection with grant of incentive stock options under Amended and Restated Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Peoples' 1995 Form 10-K.
         
10.6
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated November 10, 1994, used in connection with grant of incentive stock options under Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to Peoples' 1995 Form 10-K.
         
10.7
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to Peoples' Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed May 24, 1995 (Registration Statement No. 33-59569).
         
10.8
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors of Peoples under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to Peoples' 1995 Form 10-K.
         
10.9
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors of Peoples' subsidiaries under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to Peoples' 1995 Form 10-K.
         
*Management Compensation Plan
 
95

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
10.10
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of incentive stock options under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to Peoples' Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ 1998 Form 10-K”).
         
10.11
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to Peoples' Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed September 4, 1998 (Registration Statement No. 333-62935).
         
10.12
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors of Peoples under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to Peoples' 1998 Form 10-K.
         
10.13
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to consultants/advisors of Peoples under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to Peoples' 1998 Form 10-K.
         
10.14
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of incentive stock options under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1999(File No. 0-16772).
         
10.15
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 to Peoples' Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed April 15, 2002 (Registration Statement No. 333-86246).
         
10.16
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to directors of Peoples under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(r) to Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 0-16772)(“Peoples’ 2002 Form 10-K”).
         
10.17
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to Peoples’ subsidiaries’ directors under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(s) to Peoples’ 2002 Form 10-K.
         
10.18
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of non-qualified stock options to employees of Peoples under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(t) to Peoples’ 2002 Form 10-K.
         
10.19
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement used in connection with grant of incentive stock options under Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(u) to Peoples’ 2002 Form 10-K.
         
*Management Compensation Plan
 
96

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
10.20
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Mark F. Bradley (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.21
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Carol A. Schneeberger (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.22
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and David T. Wesel (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.23
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Deborah K. Hill (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
 Filed herewith.
         
10.24
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Joseph S. Yazombek (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
 Filed herewith.
         
10.25
 
Summary of Perquisites for Executive Officers of Peoples Bancorp Inc.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 0-16772) (“Peoples’ 2006 Form 10-K”).
         
10.26
 
Summary of Base Salaries for Executive Officers of Peoples Bancorp Inc.*
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.27
 
Summary of Cash Compensation for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.28
 
Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Plan*
 
Filed herewith.
         
10.29
 
Form of Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2006 Equity Plan Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement used and to be used to evidence grant of nonqualified stock option to director of Peoples Bancorp Inc.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) of Peoples’ Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2006 (File No. 0-16772).
         
10.30
 
Form of Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2006 Equity Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for employees used and to be used to evidence awards of restricted stock granted to employees of Peoples Bancorp Inc.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of Peoples’ Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 0-16722) (“Peoples’ 2006 Form 10-K”).
 
*Management Compensation Plan
 
97

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
10.31
 
Form of Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2006 Equity Plan Restricted Stock Agreement for directors used and to be used to evidence awards of restricted stock granted to directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc.*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Peoples’ 2006 Form 10-K.
         
10.32
 
Form of Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2006 Equity Plan SAR Agreement for employees used and to be used to evidence awards of stock appreciation rights granted to employees of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Peoples’ 2006 Form 10-K.
         
10.33(a)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Mark F. Bradley, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 23, 2009 and by Mark F. Bradley on January 23, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009 [Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(a) to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
10.33(b)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Edward G. Sloane, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 22, 2009 and by Edward G. Sloane on January 22, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009[Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(b)to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
10.33(c)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Deborah K. Hill, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 22, 2009 and by Deborah K. Hill on January 22, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009[Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(c) to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
10.33(d)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Carol A. Schneeberger, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 23, 2009 and by Carol A. Schneeberger on January 23, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009[Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(d) to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
*Management Compensation Plan
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
         
         
10.33(e)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and David T. Wesel, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 23, 2009 and by David T. Wesel on January 25, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009[Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e) to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
10.33(f)
 
Letter Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Joseph S. Yazombek, executed on behalf of Peoples Bancorp Inc. on January 23, 2009 and by Joseph S. Yazombek on January 23, 2009 and effective January 30, 2009[Note: Appendix A to Letter Agreement is not included therewith; filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K and incorporated by reference at Exhibit 4.6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K]*
 
 
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2(f) to Peoples’ February 2, 2009 Form 8-K.
         
10.34
 
Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Edward G. Sloane (amended and restated effective December 11, 2008)*
 
 
Filed herewith.
         
12
 
Statements of Computation of Ratios.
 
Filed herewith.
         
21
 
Subsidiaries of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Filed herewith.
         
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Ernst & Young LLP.
 
Filed herewith.
         
24
 
Powers of Attorney of Directors and Executive Officers of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
 
Filed herewith.
         
31(a)
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications [President and Chief Executive Officer]
 
Filed herewith.
         
31(b)
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications[Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer]
 
Filed herewith.
         
32
 
Section 1350 Certifications
 
Filed herewith.
         
*Management Compensation Plan





 






 



Exhibit 3.1(g)

Amended Articles of Incorporation of
Peoples Bancorp Inc.  (reflecting amendments
through January 28, 2009)
[For purposes of SEC reporting compliance only--not filed with Ohio Secretary of State]


 
 

 

 
AMENDED
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
OF
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.

(reflecting amendments through January 28, 2009)

[For purposes of SEC reporting compliance only -- not filed with Ohio Secretary of State]

FIRST :  The name of the corporation shall be Peoples Bancorp Inc. (the "Corporation").

SECOND :  The place in Ohio where the principal office of the Corporation is to be located is in the City of Marietta, County of Washington.

THIRD :  The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under Sections 1701.01 to 1701.98 of the Ohio Revised Code.

FOURTH :  The authorized number of shares of the Corporation shall be Twenty-Four Million Fifty Thousand (24,050,000), consisting of Twenty-Four Million (24,000,000) common shares, each without par value (the “common shares”), and Fifty Thousand (50,000) preferred shares, each without par value (the “preferred shares”).

The directors of the Corporation are hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of, and to issue, one or more series of preferred shares and, in connection with the creation of any such series, to adopt an amendment or amendments to the Articles of the Corporation determining, in whole or in part, the express terms of any such series to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted under Ohio law, including, but not limited to, determining:  the division of such shares into series and the designation and authorized number of shares of each series; dividend or distribution rights; dividend rate; liquidation rights, preferences and price; redemption rights and price; sinking fund requirements; voting rights (in addition to such voting rights as are provided to the holders of preferred shares for purposes of Article SEVENTH of Peoples’ Amended Articles of Incorporation); pre-emptive rights; conversion rights; restrictions on the issuance of shares; and other relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the voting rights of any series of preferred shares be greater than the voting rights of the common shares, except to the extent specifically required with respect to any series of preferred shares which may be designated for issuance to the United States Department of the Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program instituted under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.  In the event that at any time the directors of the Corporation shall have established and designated one or more series of preferred shares consisting of a number of shares which constitutes less than all of the authorized number of preferred shares, the remaining authorized preferred shares shall be deemed to be shares of an undesignated series of preferred shares until designated by the directors of the Corporation as being part of a series previously established or a new series then being established by the directors.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject to the rights of any series of preferred shares then outstanding, the amendment providing for issuance of any series of preferred shares may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to the preferred shares of any other series to the extent permitted by Ohio law.


 
Section I of Article FOURTH -- Express Terms of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A

Part 1.   Designation and Number of Shares .  There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued preferred shares of the Corporation a series of preferred shares designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Shares, Series A” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”).  The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 39,000.
 
Part 2.   Standard Provisions .  The Standard Provisions contained in Annex A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Section I to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.
 
Part 3.   Definitions .  The following terms are used in this Section I (including the Standard Provisions in Annex A hereto) as defined below:
 
(a)           “ Common Stock ” means the common shares, each without par value, of the Corporation.
 
(b)           “ Dividend Payment Date ” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.
 
(c)           “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock, and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 
(d)           “ Liquidation Amount ” means $1,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.
 
(e)           “ Minimum Amount ” means $9,750,000.
 
(f)           “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively).
 
(g)           “ Signing Date ” means the Original Issue Date.
 
2

 
Part 4.   Certain Voting Matters .  Holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock will be entitled to one vote for each such share on any matter on which holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, including any action by written consent.
 
FIFTH :  The directors of the Corporation shall have the power to cause the Corporation from time to time and at any time to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with (A) shares of any class or series issued by it, (B) any security or other obligation of the Corporation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to convert the same into shares of any class or series authorized by the Articles of the Corporation, and (C) any security or other obligation which may confer upon the holder thereof the right to purchase shares of any class or series authorized by the Articles of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, if and when any shareholder desires to sell, or on the happening of any event is required to sell, shares of any class or series issued by the Corporation.  The authority granted in this Article FIFTH of these Articles shall not limit the plenary authority of the directors to purchase, hold, sell, transfer or otherwise deal with shares of any class or series, securities, or other obligations issued by the Corporation or authorized by its Articles.

SIXTH :  No shareholder of the Corporation shall have, as a matter of right, the pre-emptive right to purchase or subscribe for shares of any class, now or hereafter authorized, or to purchase or subscribe for securities or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or which by warrants or otherwise entitle the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase any such share.

SEVENTH :  Notwithstanding any provision of the Ohio Revised Code now or hereafter in force requiring for any purpose the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of shares of the Corporation entitling them to exercise two-thirds (2/3) or any other proportion of the voting power of the Corporation or of any class or classes of shares thereof, such action, unless expressly otherwise provided by statute, may be taken by the vote, consent, waiver or release of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation or of such class or classes; provided, however, that if any three members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall affirmatively vote against any of the following matters, the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise not less than 75% of the voting power of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required to adopt:

 
(1)a proposed amendment to the Articles of the Corporation;
 
 
(2)proposed new regulations or an alteration, amendment or repeal of the regulations of the Corporation;
 
 
(3)an agreement of merger or consolidation providing for the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into one or more other corporations;
 
 
(4)a proposed combination or majority share acquisition involving the issuance of shares of the Corporation and requiring shareholder approval;
 
3

 
 
(5)a proposal to sell, lease, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation;
 
 
(6)a proposed dissolution of the Corporation; or
 
 
(7)a proposal to fix or change the number of directors by action of the shareholders of the Corporation.
 
The written objection of a director to any such matter submitted to the President or Secretary of the Corporation not less than three days before the meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation at which any such matter is to be considered shall be deemed to be an affirmative vote by such director against such matter.

EIGHTH:   The members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, when evaluating any offer of another party to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any shares of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, in connection with the exercise of their judgment in determining what they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of the Corporation, shall consider the interests of the Corporation's shareholders and, in their discretion, may consider any of the following:

 
(1)the interests of the Corporation's employees, suppliers, creditors, and customers;
 
 
(2)the economy of Ohio and the nation;
 
 
(3)community and societal considerations; and
 
 
(4)the long-term as well as the short-term interests of the Corporation and its shareholders, including the possibility that these interests may be best served by the continued independence of the Corporation.
 
NINTH :  Shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the right to vote cumulatively in the election of directors.

TENTH :  These Amended Articles of Incorporation take the place of and supersede the existing Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Bancorp Inc.

 
4

 

ANNEX A to Section I of Article FOURTH -- STANDARD PROVISIONS
 
Section 1.   General Matters .  Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations.  The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.
 
Section 2.   Standard Definitions .  As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:
 
(a)           “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” means (i) during the period from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 5% per annum and (ii) from and after the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 9% per annum.
 
(b)           “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
 
(c)           “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders.
 
(d)           “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.
 
(e)           “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
(f)           “ Charter ” means the Corporation’s amended articles of incorporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
 
(g)           “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
 
(h)           “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
 
(i)           “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).
 
(j)           “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.
 
(k)           “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
 
A-1

 
(l)           “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred shares of the Corporation, including the Designated Preferred Stock.
 
(m)           “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Corporation to persons other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Corporation at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Corporation’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to October 13, 2008).
 
(n)           “ Regulations ” means the regulations of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
 
(o)           “ Share Dilution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).
 
(p)           “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.
 
(q)           “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
 
(r)           “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.
 
Section 3.   Dividends .
 
(a)            Rate .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any.  Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date.  In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement.  The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.
 
A-2

 
Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.
 
Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”).  Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
 
Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).
 
(b)            Priority of Dividends .  So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date).  The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount (as defined below) pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice, provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount; (ii) purchases or other acquisitions by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Corporation solely for the purpose of market-making, stabilization or customer facilitation transactions in Junior Stock or Parity Stock in the ordinary course of its business; (iii) purchases by a broker- dealer subsidiary of the Corporation of capital stock of the Corporation for resale pursuant to an offering by the Corporation of such capital stock underwritten by such broker-dealer subsidiary; (iv) any dividends or distributions of rights or Junior Stock in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan; (v) the acquisition by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (vi) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock.  “ Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and as measured from the date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements most recently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Original Issue Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.
 
A-3

 
When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other.  If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.
 
Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
 
A-4

 
Section 4.   Liquidation Rights .
 
(a)            Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation .  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to shareholders of the Corporation, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation  Preference ”).
 
(b)            Partial Payment .  If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.
 
(c)            Residual Distributions .  If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
 
(d)            Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation .  For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 

 
A-5

 

Section 5.   Redemption .
 
(a)            Optional Redemption .  Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date.  On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).
 
The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent.  Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.
 
A-6

 
(b)            No Sinking Fund .  The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions.  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.
 
(c)            Notice of Redemption .  Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation.  Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption.  Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility.  Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
 
(d)            Partial Redemption .  In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.  If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
 
(e)            Effectiveness of Redemption .  If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Corporation, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest.  Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
 
A-7

 
(f)            Status of Redeemed Shares .  Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).
 
Section 6.   Conversion .  Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.
 
Section 7.   Voting Rights .
 
(a)            General .  The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.
 
(b)            Preferred Stock Directors .  Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “ Preferred Directors ” and each a “ Preferred Director ”) to fill such newly created directorships at the Corporation’s next annual meeting of shareholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of shareholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Corporation to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors.  Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto.  Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable.  If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.
 
A-8

 
(c)            Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters .  So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
 
(i)            Authorization of Senior Stock .  Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
 
(ii)            Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock .  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or
 
(iii)            Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations .  Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;
 
A-9

 
provided, however, that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Corporation to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.
 
(d)            Changes after Provision for Redemption .  No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.
 
(e)            Procedures for Voting and Consents .  The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Regulations, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.
 
Section 8.   Record Holders .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
 
Section 9.   Notices .  All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or the Regulations or by applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.
 
A-10

 
Section 10.   No Preemptive Rights .  No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
 
Section 11.   Replacement Certificates .  The Corporation shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Corporation.  The Corporation shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Corporation of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Corporation.
 
Section 12.   Other Rights .  The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.
 
 
 


 
A-11

 



EXHIBIT 4.1

PEOPLES BANCORP INC .
138 Putnam Street
Marietta, OH  45750
(740) 373-3155






March 3, 2009


Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C.  20549


RE:  Peoples Bancorp Inc. – Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008


Ladies and Gentlemen:

Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation, is today filing its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Form 10-K”), as executed on March 3, 2009.

Pursuant to the provisions of Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of SEC Regulation S-K, Peoples Bancorp Inc. hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC, upon request, copies of instruments and agreements defining (i) the rights of holders of Peoples Bancorp Inc.’s long-term debt or (ii) the rights of holders of the long-term debt of one of its consolidated subsidiaries, not being filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Form 10-K.  Such long-term debt does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Very truly yours,

Peoples Bancorp Inc.

/s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE
Edward G. Sloane
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 
 

 






EXHIBIT 10.1(a)

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR DIRECTORS OF
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Section 1.                                PURPOSE

The Corporation desires and intends to recognize the value to the Corporation and its Affiliates of the past and present services of the Directors of the Corporation and its Affiliates, to encourage their continued service to the Corporation and its Affiliates and to be able to attract and retain superior Directors by adopting and implementing this Plan to provide such Directors an opportunity to defer compensation otherwise payable to them from the Corporation and/or any Affiliate.

The Corporation originally established the Plan effective as of January 1, 1991.  The Plan was amended and restated effective as of January 2, 1998 to incorporate certain changes in its provisions, including the types of funds in which the deferred compensation allocated to the Participants' accounts may be invested.   The first amended and restated Plan was amended on July 23, 1998, effective as of January 2, 1998, to adopt a consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force on Issue No. 97-14, Accounting for Deferred Compensation Arrangements Where Amounts Earned Are Held in a Rabbi Trust and Invested.

This second amended and restated Plan is effective as of the Restatement Effective Date and is being amended for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.                                CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

The following terms will have the meanings provided below.

" Additions " means the credits applied to Deferred Compensation Accounts as provided in Section 4 hereof.

" Adjustment Date " means the first business day of each calendar quarter.

" Affiliate " means: (1) prior to January 1, 2005, any organization or entity which, together with the Corporation was a member of a controlled group of corporations or of a commonly controlled group of trades or businesses (as defined in Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code), of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) or other organization described in Section 414(m) of the Code; and (2) on or after January 1, 2005, any organization or entity which, together with the Corporation, would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1

 
" Annual Retainer " means, with respect to any calendar year or other period, the fixed retainer which, absent an election to defer hereunder, would be payable to a Participant during those pay periods beginning in the given calendar year or other period.
 
" Beneficiary " means the person or persons designated in writing as such and filed with the Plan Administrator at any time by a Participant.  For this purpose, a "Beneficiary" may be designated
contingently or successively and may be an entity other than a natural person.  Any such designation may be withdrawn or changed in writing (without the consent of the Beneficiary), but only the last designation on file with the Plan Administrator shall be effective.

" Board " means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

" Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as may be amended from time to time.

" Common Shares " means the common shares of the Corporation.

" Corporation " means Peoples Bancorp Inc. and any successor entity.

" Deferred Compensation Account " means the separate Deferred Compensation Account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.  The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant may include both Grandfathered Amounts and Non-Grandfathered Amounts.

Deferral Notice ” means the form submitted by a Participant who wishes to participate in the Plan for any Plan Year in accordance with Section 4.B.

" Director " means any statutory director, emeritus director or honorary director of the Corporation or any Affiliate.

" Eligible Compensation " means, to the extent applicable to any given Participant, the Annual Retainer and all Meeting Fees. The extent to which a given Participant may defer a given component of Eligible Compensation shall be based upon such Participant's eligibility to receive the given component of Eligible Compensation (as determined under applicable agreements and pay practices of the Corporation or the applicable Affiliate) and the provisions and limitations applicable to the given component as provided under this Plan.

" Fair Market Value " of the Common Shares means the most recent closing price of the Common Shares on any securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed.

Grandfathered Amount s” means the portion, if any, of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account that was earned and vested within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code under the Plan before January 1, 2005 and any Additions attributable to such portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and any Additions thereon.

2

 
" Meeting Fees " means, with respect to any calendar year or other period, the fees for attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or applicable Affiliate or any committees thereof (exclusive of expenses) which, absent an election to defer hereunder, would be payable to a Participant during those pay periods beginning in the given calendar year or other period.

Non-Grandfathered Amounts ” means the portion, if any, of a Participant’s Deferred Account and any Additions thereto that are not Grandfathered Amounts.

" Participant " has the meaning specified in Section 3 of the Plan.

" Plan " means the Second Amended and Restated Peoples Bancorp Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries, as reflected in this document, as the same may be amended from time to time after the Restatement Effective Date.

" Plan Administrator " means the Corporation.  The functions of the Plan Administrator shall be carried out by a committee of three (3) Directors appointed by the Board and by the employee or employees designated by such committee to carry out certain specific functions.

" Plan Year " means the calendar year.

" Restatement Effective Date " means, for this second amended and restated Plan, December 11, 2008.

" Separation from Service" means a "separation from service", within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Participant from the Corporation and its Affiliates.

" Unforeseeable Emergency " means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary or the Participant's dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2) or (d)(1)(B) thereof), loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

Section 3.                                PARTICIPANTS

Each Director who is participating in the Plan as of the Restatement Effective Date shall continue as a Participant in the Plan as of such date.  Each Director who first becomes a Director after the Restatement Effective Date shall be eligible for participation in the Plan as of the date on which he or she becomes a Director.  A Director who is eligible for participation in the Plan and who elects to make deferral contributions pursuant to Section 4 shall be designated a "Participant" in the Plan.  A Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until his or her status as a Participant is terminated by either a complete distribution of his or her Deferred Compensation Account pursuant to the terms of the Plan or by written directive of the Corporation.

3

 
Section 4.                                DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

A.  Establishment of Deferred Compensation Accounts .  The Plan Administrator will establish a Deferred Compensation Account for, each Participant.  A Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall have two subaccounts: a Cash Account to record amounts allocated under Section 4.D.(ii) and a Stock Account to record amounts allocated under Section 4.D.(iii).  Such Deferred Compensation Account shall be a bookkeeping account only, maintained as part of the books and records of the Corporation or applicable Affiliate.

B.  Election of Participant .  With respect to each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to have a percentage or a flat dollar amount of his or her Eligible Compensation which would otherwise be paid to him or her by the Corporation or applicable Affiliate for services performed during such Plan Year allocated to his or her Deferred Compensation Account and paid on a deferred basis pursuant to the terms of the Plan by submitting a written Deferral Notice to the Plan Administrator as follows:

 
(i)
Current Participants .  Participants who were participating in this Plan as of the Effective Date shall submit a Deferral Notice for any Plan Year no later than December 31st of the preceding Plan Year;

 
(ii)
First Year of Eligibility .  During a Plan Year in which a Director first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, the Participant must submit a Deferral Notice no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which he or she first becomes a Participant in the Plan.  Such Deferral Notice shall be effective only with respect to Eligible Compensation relating to services performed after the date of such election.  For purposes of this Section 3(B)(ii), a Director is first eligible to participate in the Plan only if the Director is not a participant in any other arrangement of the Corporation or any Affiliate that would be treated as a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan along with this Plan under Section 409A of the Code.

To the extent that a Participant completes a Deferral Notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.B, such Deferral Notice shall remain in effect for future Plan Years until changed or revoked by the Participant.  A Participant may change or terminate his or her election to defer payment of Eligible Compensation by delivering written notice to the Plan Administrator.  Any such change or termination shall not become effective until the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which notice is given.  The termination of a Participant’s participation in this Plan shall not affect the amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of such Participant prior to the effective date of termination, which shall be paid only in accordance with Section 5.

C.  Corporation Contributions .  Each time a Deferral Notice is submitted to the Plan   Administrator in accordance with Section 4.B. above, during the next Plan Year (or, if applicable, the remaining Plan Year), the Corporation or applicable Affiliate will allocate to the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account the percentage or dollar amount of Eligible Compensation, specified in the Deferral Notice.  Any amounts so allocated by the Corporation or Affiliate are called "Corporation Contributions."

4

 
D.  Adjustment of Account Balances.

 
(i)
Election .  At the time that a Participant submits a Deferral Notice, he or she shall elect the percentage of Corporation Contributions to be allocated to his or her Cash Account (to be adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (ii) of this Section 4.D.) and his or her Stock Account (to be adjusted pursuant to Paragraph (iii) of this Section 4.D).

 
(ii)
Cash Account .  As of each Adjustment Date, the Plan Administrator shall credit the balance in the Participant's Cash Account with Additions which shall either (A) mirror a specific interest rate equal to the rate of return paid by Peoples Bank, National Association on a Three (3) Year certificate of deposit or an equivalent deposit account as of the last business day preceding the applicable Adjustment Date; or (B) to the extent that a certificate of deposit is purchased by a trust established to provide benefits under the Plan, be equal to the actual rate of interest paid with respect to such certificate of deposit.  The crediting of Additions shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Cash Account balance as of each month of the quarter preceding the Adjustment Date by the applicable rate of interest determined under the preceding sentence.  The crediting of Additions shall occur so long as there is a balance in the Participant's Cash Account regardless of whether the Participant has Separated from Service as a Director or has died. The Plan Administrator may prescribe any reasonable method or procedure for the accounting of Additions.

 
(iii)
Stock Account .  As of each Adjustment Date (or such later date on which Common Shares are actually acquired), the amount credited to the Stock Account of each Participant shall be divided by the then Fair Market Value of a Common Share.  Upon completion of this calculation, each Stock Account shall be credited with the resulting number of whole Common Shares and any remaining amounts shall continue to be credited to the Stock Account until converted to whole Common Shares at a future Adjustment Date or purchase date.  The Stock Account of each Participant shall be credited with cash dividends on the Common Shares on and after the date such Common Shares are credited to the Stock Account.  At the following Adjustment Date (or, if later, the date on which Common Shares are actually acquired), the amount of cash dividends credited to each Stock Account (and any other amounts then credited to such Stock Account) shall be divided by the then Fair Market Value of a Common Share; and the Stock Account of each Participant shall be credited with the resulting number of whole Common Shares and any remaining amounts shall continue to be credited to the Stock Account until converted to whole Common Shares at a future Adjustment Date or purchase date.  The Plan Administrator may prescribe any reasonable method or procedure for the accounting of Additions.

5

 
E.  Stock Adjustments .  The number of Common Shares and/or kind of securities in the Stock Account of each Participant shall be adjusted from time to time to reflect stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in the Common Shares resulting from a change in the Corporation’s capital structure.

F.  Participant's Rights in Accounts .  A Participant's only right with respect to his Deferred Compensation Account (and amounts allocated thereto) will be to receive payments in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 of the Plan.

Section 5.  PAYMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

A.  Time of Payment .  Distribution of a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be made as follows:

 
(i)
Grandfathered Amounts .  Distribution of a Participant’s Grandfathered Amounts shall commence on the first business day of the calendar month following the date of the Participant's termination of service as a Director due to resignation, retirement, death or otherwise.

 
(ii)
Non-Grandfathered Amounts .   Distributions of a Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Amounts shall commence on the first business day of the calendar month following the earlier of the Participant’s: (a) death; or (b) Separation from Service.

B.  Method of Distribution .

 
(i)
In General . A Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be distributed to the Participant either in a single lump sum payment or in substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed five (5) years.  To the extent that a Deferred Compensation Account is distributed in installment payments, the undistributed portions of such account shall continue to be credited with Additions in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 4.D.  In the absence of any election, a Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid in substantially equal annual installments over a period of five (5) years.  Cash Accounts shall be distributed in cash.  Stock Accounts shall be distributed either in Common Shares or in cash, as elected by the Participants.  The form of distribution of a Participant's Stock Account (cash or Common Shares) shall be elected by the Participant in the Deferral Notice delivered to the Plan Administrator at the time the deferral election (or treatment of existing account balance) is made.  In the event that a distribution of a Participant's Stock Account is made in cash, the Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of such distribution by using the Fair Market Value of a Common Share as of the date of distribution, or, if later, the date on which the Common Shares deemed credited to such Stock Account are actually sold.

6

 
 
(ii)
Grandfathered Amounts .  The method of distribution (lump sum or installments) of Grandfathered Amounts shall be elected by the Participant prior to the date on which he ceases to be a Director.

 
(iii)
Non-Grandfathered Amounts .  The method of distribution (lump sum or installments) of Non-Grandfathered Amounts shall be elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 4.B.   A Participant may change his or her election with respect to Non-Grandfathered Amounts by notifying the Plan Administrator in writing of the change; provided, however that: (a) such election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which such election is made; and (b) the payment with respect to which such election is made must be deferred (except in the case of the Participant’s earlier death or Unforeseeable Emergency) for a period of not less than five (5) years after the Participant’s Separation from Service.

C.  Certain Distributions .

 
(i)
Death Before All Payments Made .  If a Participant should die before full payment of all amounts in his or her Deferred Compensation Account, the Corporation shall, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, either pay or continue to pay the unpaid amounts to the Participant's Beneficiary: (i) in the same manner as such unpaid amounts would have been paid to the Participant; or (ii) in a lump sum settlement of the remaining unpaid amount in the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account no sooner than the day after and not later than ninety (90) days following the date of the Participant's death.

 
(ii)
Hardship Distributions .

 
(a)
Grandfathered Amounts .  The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, accelerate the payments of Grandfathered Amounts without the consent of the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary, estate or any other person or persons claiming through or under him or her.  In making such determinations, due consideration may be given to the health, financial circumstances and family obligations of the Participant. In this regard, the Participant (or after his or her death, his or her Beneficiary) may be consulted; however, he or she (or such Beneficiaries) shall have no voice in the decision reached.

7

 
 
(b)
Non-Grandfathered Amounts .  A Participant may request a distribution of all or part of his or her Non-Grandfathered Amounts upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency.  The amount of this distribution, however, may not be greater than the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Emergency or, if less, the amount of the Participant’s Non-Grandfathered Amounts as of the distribution date.  As a condition of receiving a distribution under this Section 5.C.(ii)(b), the Participant must file a written application with the Plan Administrator specifying the nature of the Unforeseeable Emergency and the amount needed to address that Unforeseeable Emergency and supplying any other information the Committee, in its discretion, may need to ensure that the conditions specified in this Section 5.C.(ii)(b) are satisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency may not be made to the extent that such Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

 
(iii)
Six-Month Delay for Specified Employees .  If on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, all Non-Grandfathered Amounts required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code shall be paid on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the date of the Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death).  The first payment made following such delay shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid or provided during such period.

 
(iv)
Income Inclusion under Section 409A of the Code .  The Plan Administrator may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to a Participant at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

D.  Designation of Beneficiary .  In the event of the Participant’s death, his or her Deferred Compensation Account shall be paid to his or her designated Beneficiary.  If there is no designated Beneficiary or there is no designated Beneficiary surviving at the Participant's death, payment of the Participant's Deferred Compensation Account shall be made in accordance with the following priority:

 
(i)
Spouse;

8

 
 
(ii)
Natural and adopted children or their issue, per stirpes;

 
(iii)
Parents or the survivor of them;

 
(iv)
Brothers and sisters or their issue, per stirpes; or

 
(v)
Other heirs-at-law; and if payable to more than one person in a class, all persons in that class shall share equally.

If a Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before receiving the entire death benefit otherwise payable (and the Beneficiary is not survived by a second Beneficiary, or the second Beneficiary also dies), and such Beneficiary has not effectively designated a Beneficiary to whom his or her Plan benefits are to be paid if the Beneficiary dies before receipt of all such benefits, the remainder shall be paid to the heir or heirs of the last surviving Beneficiary in accordance with priorities (i) through (v) above.

E.  Taxes .  To the extent required by law, the Corporation shall withhold from other amounts owed to a Participant or require the Participant to remit to the Corporation or applicable Affiliate an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any distribution from a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account or on the vesting, payment or cancellation of amounts owed to the Participant under the Plan.  Determinations by the Plan Administrator as to withholding shall be binding on the Participant and any applicable Beneficiary.

Section 6.                                ASSIGNMENT OR ALIENATION

The right of a Participant, Beneficiary or any other person to the payment of a benefit under this Plan may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Section 7.                                PLAN ADMINISTRATION

The Plan Administrator will have the right to interpret and construe the Plan and to determine all questions of eligibility and of status, rights and benefits of Participants and all other persons claiming benefits under the Plan.  In all such interpretations and constructions, the Plan Administrator's determination will be based upon uniform rules and practices applied in a nondiscriminatory manner and will be binding upon all persons affected thereby. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 below, any decision by the Plan Administrator with respect to any such matters will be final and binding on all parties.  The Plan Administrator will have absolute discretion in carrying out its responsibilities under this Section 7.

Section 8.  CLAIMS PROCEDURE

A.  Filing Claims .  Any Participant or Beneficiary entitled to benefits under the Plan may file a claim request with the Plan Administrator.

9

 
B.  Notification to Claimant .  If a claim request is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator will furnish to the claimant a notice of the decision within ninety (90) days in writing and in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, which notice will contain the following information:

 
(i)
the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 
(ii)
specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 
(iii)
a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 
(iv)
an explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure describing the steps to be taken by a claimant who wishes to submit his claims for review.

C.  Review Procedure .  A claimant or his or her authorized representative may, with respect to any denied claim:

 
(i)
request a review upon a written application filed within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of written notice of the denial of his or her claim;

 
(ii)
review pertinent documents; and

 
(iii)
submit issues and comments in writing.

Any request or submission will be in writing and will be directed to the Plan Administrator (or its designee).  The Plan Administrator (or its designee) will have the sole responsibility for the review of any denied claim and will take all steps appropriate in the light of its findings.

D.  Decision on Review .  The Plan Administrator (or its designee) will render a decision upon review.  If special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing on any matter pertaining to the denied claim) warrant additional time, the decision will be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.  Written notice of any such extension will be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.  The decision on review will be in writing and will include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based.  If the decision on review is not furnished to the claimant within the time limits prescribed above, the claim will be deemed denied on review.

10

 
Section 9.                                UNSECURED AND UNFUNDED OBLIGATION

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the benefits offered under the Plan shall constitute an unfunded, unsecured promise by the Corporation and its Affiliates to pay benefits determined hereunder which are accrued by Participants.  The Corporation may, in its discretion, establish a trust to provide payment of all or a portion of the benefits payable under this Plan.  No Participant, Beneficiary or any other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Corporation or any Affiliate (including the assets of any trust established by the Corporation) by reason of the right to receive a benefit under the Plan and any such Participant, Beneficiary or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Corporation and its Affiliates with respect to any rights under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guaranty by the Corporation, any Affiliate or any other entity or person that the assets of the Corporation or its Affiliates (or any trust established by the Corporation) will be sufficient to pay any benefit hereunder.  All expenses and fees incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Corporation or an Affiliate.

Section 10.                                AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

The Corporation reserves the right, by an action of the Plan Administrator, to amend the Plan at any time, and from time to time, in any manner which it deems desirable, provided that no amendment will adversely affect the accrued benefits of any Participant under the Plan.  The Corporation also reserves the right, by an action of the Plan Administrator, to terminate this Plan at any time without providing any advance notice to any Participant; and in the event of any Plan termination, the Corporation reserves the right to then distribute all Grandfathered Amounts allocated to Participants' Deferred Compensation Accounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may terminate the Plan and liquidate Non-Grandfathered Amounts under the circumstances, and in accordance with the requirements, described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

Section 11.                                BINDING UPON SUCCESSORS

The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Corporation, its Affiliates, any of their successors and assigns and the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.  In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates with or into any other corporation, or in the event substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates shall be transferred to another corporation, the successor corporation resulting from the merger or consolidation, or the transferee of such assets, as the case may be, shall, as a condition to the consummation of the merger, consolidation or transfer, assume the obligations of the Corporation or Affiliate hereunder and shall be substituted for the Corporation or Affiliate hereunder.

Section 12.                                NO GUARANTEE OF PLAN PERMANENCY

This Plan does not contain any guarantee of provisions for continued service as a Director to any Participant nor is it guaranteed by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates to be a permanent plan.

11

 
Section 13.                                GENDER

Any reference in the Plan made in the masculine pronoun shall apply to both men and women.

Section 14.                                INCAPACITY OF RECIPIENT

In the event that a Participant or Beneficiary is declared incompetent and a guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or of his or her estate is appointed, any benefits under the Plan to which such Participant or Beneficiary is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or his or her estate. Except as provided hereinabove, when the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that a Participant or Beneficiary is unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Plan Administrator may, but shall not be required to, direct the Corporation to make distribution(s) to any one or more of the spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants or other closest living relatives of such Participant or Beneficiary who demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator the propriety of making such distribution(s).  Any payment made under this Section 14 shall be in complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment.  The Plan Administrator shall not be required to see to the application of any such distribution made to any person.

Section 15.                                GOVERNING LAW

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Ohio.

Section 16.                                SECTION 409A OF THE CODE

It is intended that Non-Grandfathered Amounts under this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Plan will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to a Participant.  None of the Corporation, any Affiliate, the Plan Administrator or any other person shall have any liability in the event this Plan fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.


 
 


 
12

 

EXHIBIT 10.2

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

THIS PLAN was originally adopted on September 13, 2001 (the “Effective Date”), by the Company, by and for itself and all of its Affiliates, then or thereafter in operation.  The Plan was first amended on January 9, 2003 to update the Mandatory Deferral Feature in Article 4.  The Plan was next amended on April 8, 2004 to change the definition of Normal Retirement Age and update Article 2 and Schedule A.  The Plan was most recently amended on April 14, 2005 to add Section 2.4.1 allowing Participants a one-time election to cancel a Voluntary Deferral Election or terminate participation.  This Plan is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
To encourage the eligible Employees to remain with the Company and its Affiliates, the Company is willing to provide to the eligible Employees an incentive award opportunity.  The incentive award will provide a payment based upon attainment of specified goals and objectives.  The objective is to align the interests of the eligible Employees with the interests of the Company and its Affiliates in obtaining superior financial results.
 
PLAN
 
The Company agrees as follows:
 
Article 1
 
Definitions
 
 
1.1       Definitions.   Whenever used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
 
1.1.1.   “Affiliate ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be considered a single employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.
 
1.1.2.   “Award Objectives”   the objectives established pursuant to Section 2.1 and used to determine the amount of any Incentive Award.
 
1.1.3.   “Base Salary” means the actual base salary that an Employee is paid by the Company or an Affiliate during any Plan Year.
 
1.1.4.   “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
1

 
1.1.5.   “Change of Control” means the acquisition of stock of the Company by any one person or group (as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)) that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty (50) percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company.
 
1.1.6.   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.1.7.   “Company” means Peoples Bancorp Inc. and any successor.  Any reference in this Plan to Company shall refer only to Peoples Bancorp Inc. unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
 
1.1.8.   “Deferral Account ” shall mean the account created pursuant to Article 3 to hold deferrals of Incentive Awards.  The term Deferral Account includes both a Mandatory Deferral Account and any Voluntary Deferral Account.
 
1.1.9.   “Deferral Notice” shall mean the form submitted by an Employee to the Company as described in Article 2.
 
1.1.10.   “Disability” means the Employee is: (a) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employee’s employer; or (c) determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration or the Railroad Retirement Board.
 
1.1.11.    “Employee” means any employee who is employed by the Company or an Affiliate from at least July 1 through December 31 of any Plan Year.  An employee hired in May and employed through the end of the Plan Year would be eligible.  However, an employee hired in September and employed through the end of the Plan Year will not be eligible.  In order to receive the payment of an Incentive Award (other than an Incentive Award that is deferred under this Plan), an Employee must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the date of payment.
 
1.1.12.   “Financial Hardship” means a severe financial hardship to the Employee within the meaning of Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(3) resulting from: (a) an illness or accident of the Employee or the Employee’s spouse, beneficiary, or dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without reference to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code); (b) loss of the Employee’s property due to casualty; or (c) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Employee.
 
1.1.13.    “Full Vesting Period” means the period ending on the third anniversary of a Mandatory Deferral, as described in Section 2.3.  Each Mandatory Deferral has its own Full Vesting Period under this Section 1.1.12.  For example, the 2007 Mandatory Deferral will be deferred on December 31, 2007 and will not become vested until December 31, 2010.
 
2

 
1.1.14.    “Incentive Award” means an award made pursuant to this Plan, as set forth in Section 2.1.
 
1.1.15.   “Incentive Tier” means the tier in which the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors places an Employee for purposes of this Plan, as described in     Schedule A.
 
1.1.16.     “Mandatory Deferral ” means the mandatory deferral of an Incentive Award pursuant to Section 2.3.
 
1.1.17.   “Mandatory Deferral Account” means the account created to hold Mandatory Deferrals pursuant to Article 3.
 
1.1.18.   “Mandatory Deferral Account Balance” means, for any Mandatory Deferral Year, the sum of an Employee’s Mandatory Deferral plus interest, accrued as described in Article 3.
 
1.1.19.   “Mandatory Deferral Year” means the Plan Year in which a Mandatory Deferral described in Section 2.3 is made.  For example, the Mandatory Deferral made for the 2007 Plan Year will be referred to as the 2007 Mandatory Deferral Year.
 
1.1.20.     “Normal Retirement” shall mean the Employee’s Termination of Employment following the attainment of “Normal Retirement Age” or “Early Retirement Age” (each as defined in the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Retirement Plan and Trust).
 
1.1.21.     “Plan” means the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
1.1.22.   “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
 
1.1.23.   “Termination of Employment” means a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Employee from the Company and its Affiliates.
 
1.1.24.   “Voluntary Deferral ” means the voluntary deferral of an Incentive Award pursuant to Section 2.4.
 
1.1.25.   “Voluntary Deferral Account ” means the account created to hold Voluntary Deferrals pursuant to Article 3.
 
1.1.26.   “Voluntary Deferral Account Balance ” means the sum of an Employee’s Voluntary Deferrals plus interest, accrued as described in Article 3.
 
1.1.27.     “Years of Service” means the   total   number   of twelve - month   periods during   which   the Employee   is   employed   on   a full-time basis by the Company or an Affiliate, inclusive of any approved leave of absence.
 
3

 
Article 2
 
Incentive
 
 
2.1            Incentive Award .  For each Incentive Tier, there will be a percentage of Base Salary that can be earned during a particular Plan Year as an Incentive Award, assuming the Award Objectives are accomplished.  The specific Incentive Awards are subject to change by action of the Board of Directors, or any appropriate management personnel.
 
 
2.2            Award Objectives .  The Incentive Award for each Incentive Tier is based upon three objectives: company, departmental and individual.   Each of the three objectives will be based upon a number of goals, and will consist of minimum, target and maximum levels.  The specific goals are determined annually, are separate from this document, and are subject to change by action of the Board of Directors, or any appropriate management personnel.
 
2.2.1     Minimum Award Objective .   For any level of payout of the IncentiveAward, per Section 2.1, the Company may set a minimum level of performance for the
corporate Award Objectives that need to be achieved prior to payment of the Incentive Award.
 
2.2.1     Payment of Incentive Award .   As of December 31 of each Plan Year, the Company shall determine the Incentive Award for such Plan Year, the payment of which shall be made by in the following Plan Year and by no later than March 15 of such Plan Year, except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.3 or 2.4, below.
 
 
2.3            Mandatory Deferral.   As of December 31 of each Plan Year, the Company shall determine the Incentive Award and each Employee in Incentive Tier 1, Incentive Tier 2, or Incentive Tier 2.5 shall defer twenty-five (25) percent of such amount into his or her Mandatory Deferral Account as of the same date.
 
 
2.4            Voluntary Deferral.   As of December 31 of each Plan Year, the Company shall determine the Incentive Award and each Employee in Incentive Tier 1, Incentive Tier 2, or Incentive Tier 2.5 may elect to defer all or a portion of the Incentive Award (that was not deferred as a Mandatory Deferral) as a Voluntary Deferral to his or her Voluntary Deferral Account for such Plan Year and select a method for payment of such Voluntary Deferral as described in Section 5.1.  If no form for payment is selected, payment shall be made in a lump-sum.  An Employee must elect to defer payment of an Incentive Award for any Plan Year as a Voluntary Deferral by returning a Deferral Notice to the Company by no later than December 31 of the preceding Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the discretion of the Company, an Employee may elect to defer payment of an Incentive Award for such Plan Year as a Voluntary Deferral by returning a Deferral Notice to the Company no later than thirty (30) days after the date he or she first becomes eligible to participate in this Plan.  For this purpose, an Employee first eligible to participate in this Plan if he or she is not eligible to participate in any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan that, along with this Plan, would be treated as a single plan under Section 409A of the Code.
 
4

 
Article 3
 
Deferral Account
 
 
3.1            Establishing and Crediting.   The Company shall establish a Mandatory Deferral Account and Voluntary Deferral Account for each Employee in Incentive Tier 1, Incentive Tier 2, and Incentive Tier 2.5 and shall credit to such Deferral Account the following amounts:
 
3.1.1.   Deferrals.   The Mandatory and Voluntary Deferrals as determined under Article 2.
 
3.1.2.   Pre-Retirement Interest.   As of December 31 of each Plan Year and until a payment of benefits is made pursuant to Article 4, interest shall accrue on the balance of each Employee’s Deferral Account from the end of the prior Plan Year, if any, at an annual rate equal to 50% of the Company’s return on equity (“ROE”) for such Plan Year, with a minimum of 0% and a maximum of 15%.
 
3.1.3.   Retirement Interest.   Notwithstanding Section 3.1.2, Voluntary Deferrals that an Employee has elected to be distributed in installments shall continue to accrue interest at an annual fixed rate of 5% until all installments have been paid in accordance with this Plan.
 
 
3.2            Statement of Accounts.   The Company shall provide each Employee, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the balance of his or her Deferral Account.
 
 
3.3            Accounting Device Only.   The Deferral Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Plan.  The Deferral Account is not a trust fund of any kind.  The Employees are general unsecured creditors of the Company and its Affiliates for the payment of benefits.  The benefits represent the mere Company promise to pay such benefits.  An Employee’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Employee’s creditors.
 
Article 4
 
Mandatory Deferral Benefits
 
 
4.1            Normal Benefit.   Within sixty (60) days following the end of the Full Vesting Period of each Mandatory Deferral Year, the Company shall distribute the Mandatory Deferral Account Balance for such Mandatory Deferral Year to the Employee in a lump sum, unless the Employee has elected to defer payment of his or her Mandatory Deferral Account Balance in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.4.  Any Mandatory Deferral that is deferred pursuant to this Section 4.1.1 shall be treated as a Voluntary Deferral and shall be payable as described in Article 5.
 
 
4.2            Early Termination Benefit .   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s Termination of Employment prior to the Full Vesting Period (other than for Normal Retirement, Death, Disability or Change of Control), in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan, the Company shall distribute the Mandatory Deferral Account Balance for each Mandatory Deferral Year at the Employee’s Termination of Employment multiplied by the applicable percentage from the following table based on the Employee’s Years of Service since each Mandatory Deferral in a lump sum:
 
5

 
Years Since Deferral                                                                  Applicable Percentage
 
Less than 3                                                                      0%
 
3 or more                                                                      100%
 
 
4.3            Death/Disability Benefit .   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s death or Disability, the Company shall distribute the Mandatory Deferral Account Balance for each Mandatory Deferral Year at the Employee’s Termination of Employment in a lump-sum as though the Full Vesting Period for each Mandatory Deferral Year had been satisfied, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
 
4.4            Change of Control Benefit .   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s Termination following a Change of Control, the Company shall distribute the Mandatory Deferral Account Balance for each Mandatory Deferral Year at the Employee’s Termination of Employment in a lump-sum as though the Full Vesting Period for each Mandatory Deferral Year had been satisfied, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
 
4.5            Normal Retirement .  Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s Normal Retirement, the Company shall distribute the Mandatory Deferral Account Balance for each Mandatory Deferral Year at the Employee’s Normal Retirement in a lump-sum as though the Full Vesting Period for each Mandatory Deferral Year had been satisfied, in lieu of any other  benefit under this Plan.
 
4.6            Financial Hardship.   An Employee may request a distribution from all or part of his or her Mandatory Deferral Account upon the occurrence of a Financial Hardship.  The amount of this distribution, however, may not be greater than the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the Financial Hardship or, if less, the value of the Employee’s Mandatory Deferral Account as of the distribution date.  As a condition of receiving a distribution under this Section 4.3, the Employee must file a written application with the Company specifying the nature of the Financial Hardship and the amount needed to address that circumstance and supplying any other information the Company, in its discretion, may need to ensure that the conditions specified in this Section 4.3 are satisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution on account of a Financial Hardship may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Employee’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause a severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.

Article 5
Voluntary Deferral Benefits
 
5.1            Normal Benefit.   Within sixty (60) days after an Employee attains Normal Retirement, the Company shall pay the Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance to the Employee in the form selected by the Employee pursuant to Section 2.4, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
6

 
5.2            Early Termination Benefit .   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s Termination of Employment prior to Normal Retirement for reasons other than Death, Disability or Change of Control, the Company shall pay the Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance to the Employee in the form selected by the Employee pursuant to Section 2.4,  in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, on the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment the Employee had no attained at least age fifty-five (55) with at least ten (10) years of service with the Company and its Affiliates, and has a Voluntary Deferral Account Balance of less than $25,000, such Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance shall be distributed in a single lump sum.
 
5.3            Death/Disability Benefit.   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s death or Disability, the Company shall pay the Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance to the Employee or his or her beneficiary in a lump sum, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
5.4            Change of Control Benefit.   Within sixty (60) days following an Employee’s Termination of Employment within twenty-four (24) months following the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall pay the Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance to the Employee in a lump sum, in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
5.5            Hardship Benefit.   An Employee may request a distribution from all or part of his or her Voluntary Deferral Account Balance upon the occurrence of a Financial Hardship.  The amount of this distribution, however, may not be greater than the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need or, if less, the value of the Employee’s Voluntary Deferral Account Balance as of the distribution date.  As a condition of receiving a distribution under this Section 5.3.2, the Employee must file a written application with the Company specifying the nature of the Financial Hardship and the amount needed to address that circumstance and supplying any other information the Company, in its discretion, may need to ensure that the conditions specified in this Section 5.3.2 are satisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution on account of a Financial Hardship may not be made to the extent that such Financial Hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Employee’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
 
5.6            Delay in Payment for Specified Employees .
 
If on the date of his or her Termination of Employment, an Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, any payment of an Employee’s Deferral Account that is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) shall not be made until the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Employee’s Termination of Employment (or, if earlier, date of death).   The first payment made after such delay shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during such period.

7

 
Article 6
 
Beneficiaries
 
 
6.1            Beneficiary Designations.   The Employee shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company.  The Employee may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation.  However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Employee and accepted by the Company during the Employee’s lifetime.  The Employee’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Employee, or if the Employee names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved.  If the Employee dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Employee’s estate.
 
 
6.2            Facility of Payment.   If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person.  The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.   Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.
 
Article 7
 
General Limitations
 
 
7.1            Excess Parachute Payment.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Plan to the extent the benefit would create an excise tax under the excess parachute rules of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.  This provision shall not apply to the extent that the Participant has another agreement with the Company that provides for different treatment of payments under this Plan (or any other plan or arrangement) that are subject to the rules of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code.
 
7.2            Termination for Cause.
 
7.2.1   “Cause” means:
 
(a)   Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;
 
(b)   Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Employee’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates; or
 
(c)   Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Employee’s employment.
 
7.2.2      Mandatory Deferral Benefit.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any Mandatory Deferral benefit under this Plan if the Company terminates the Employee’s employment for Cause.
 
8

 
7.2.3       Voluntary Deferral Benefit.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall pay the value of the Voluntary Deferral Account for all Voluntary Deferral amounts credited with interest through the most recent Plan Year if the Company terminates the Employee’s employment for Cause.
 
Article 8
 
Claims Procedures
 
8.1            Claims Procedure

8.1.1.   Filing Claims .  Any Employee or beneficiary (a “claimant”) who believes that he or she is entitled to an unpaid Plan benefit may file a claim with the Company.
 
8.1.2.   Notification to Claimant .  If the claim is wholly or partially denied, the Company will, within a reasonable period of time, and within ninety (90) days of the receipt of such claim, or if the claim is a claim on account of Disability, within forty-five (45) days of the receipt of such claim, provide the claimant with written notice of the denial setting forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
 
(a)   The specific reason or reasons for which the claim was denied;
 
(b)   Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions, rules, procedures or protocols upon which the Company relied to deny the claim;
 
(c)   A description of any additional material or information that the claimant may file to perfect the claim and an explanation of why this material or information is necessary;
 
(d)   An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure and the time limits applicable to such procedure  and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) §502(a) following an adverse determination upon review; and
 
(e)   In the case of an adverse determination of a claim on account of Disability, the information to the claimant shall include, to the extent necessary, the information set forth in Department of Labor Regulation §2560.503-1(g)(1)(v).
 
If special circumstances require the extension of the forty-five (45) day or ninety (90) day period described above, the claimant will be notified before the end of the initial period of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Company expects to reach a decision.  Any extension for deciding a claim will not be for more than one additional ninety (90) day period, or if the claim is on account of Disability, for not more than two additional thirty (30) day periods.  
 
8.1.3.   Review Procedure .  If a claim has been wholly or partially denied, the affected claimant, or his or her authorized representative may:
 
9

 
(a)   Request that the Company reconsider its initial denial by filing a written appeal within sixty (60) days after receiving written notice that all or part of the initial claim was denied (one-hundred and eighty (180) days in the case of a denial of a claim on account of Disability);
 
(b)   Review pertinent documents and other material upon which the Company relied when denying the initial claim; and
 
(c)   Submit a written description of the reasons for which the claimant disagrees with the Company’s initial adverse decision.
 
An appeal of an initial denial of benefits and all supporting material must be made in writing within the time periods described above and directed to the Company.  The Company is solely responsible for reviewing all benefit claims and appeals and taking all appropriate steps to implement its decision.

The Company’s decision on review will be sent to the claimant in writing and will include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions, rules, procedures or protocols upon which the Company relied to deny the appeal.  The Company will consider all information submitted by the claimant, regardless of whether the information was part of the original claim.  The decision will also include a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA §502(a).

The Company’s decision on review will be made not later than sixty (60) days (forty-five (45) days in the case of a claim on account of Disability) after the Company’s receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one-hundred and twenty (120) days (ninety (90) days in the case of a claim on account of Disability) after receipt of the request for review.  This notice to the claimant will indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the review official expects to render a decision and will be provided to the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial forty-five (45) day or sixty (60) day period.
 
In the case of a claim on account of Disability: (A) the review of the denied claim shall be conducted by a named fiduciary who is neither the individual who made the benefit determination nor a subordinate of such person; and (B) no deference shall be given to the initial benefit determination.  For issues involving medical judgment, the named fiduciary must consult with an independent health care professional who may not be the health care professional who decided the initial claim.
 
To the extent permitted by law, the decision of the claims official (if no review is properly requested) or the decision of the review official on review, as the case may be, will be final and binding on all parties.  No legal action for benefits under the Plan will be brought unless and until the claimant has exhausted his or her remedies under this section.

10

 
Article 9
 
Amendments and Termination
 
The Company may amend or terminate this Plan at any time if, pursuant to legislative, judicial or regulatory action, continuation of the Plan would (i) cause benefits to be taxable to the Employee prior to actual receipt, or (ii) result in significant financial penalties or other significantly detrimental ramifications to the Company (other than the financial impact of paying the benefits).  In no event shall this Plan be terminated under this section without payment to the Employees of the Deferral Account balance attributable to the Employees’ Mandatory Deferrals and Voluntary Deferrals and interest credited on such amounts in accordance with Article 3; provided, however, that a liquidation of Employees’ Deferral Account in connection with such termination shall be made only under the circumstances, and in accordance with the requirements, described in Section 409A of the Code.
 

Article 10
Miscellaneous
 
10.1   Binding Effect.   This Plan shall bind each Employee, the Company and its Affiliates, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees, as applicable.
 
10.2   No Guarantee of Employment.   This Plan is not an employment policy or contract.  It does not give an Employee the right to remain an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, nor does it interfere with the Company’s or an Affiliate’s right to discharge any Employee.  It also does not require any Employee to remain an employee nor interfere with any Employee’s right to terminate employment at any time.
 
10.3   Non-Transferability.   Benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner, except as provided in Article 6.
 
10.4   Reorganization.   The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Plan.  Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.
 
10.5   Tax Withholding.   The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Plan.
 
10.6   Applicable Law.   The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
 
10.7   Unfunded Arrangement.   Each Employee and beneficiary is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Plan.  The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits.  The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors.  Any insurance on any Employee’s life is a general asset of the Company to which such Employee and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
 
11

 
10.8   Entire Plan.   This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and each Employee as to the subject matter hereof.  No rights are granted to any Employee by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.
 
10.9   Administration.   This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or its delegatee (the “Administrator”), which shall act on behalf of the Company to administer this Plan.  The Administrator shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Plan, including but not limited to:
 
(a)   Interpreting the provisions of the Plan;
 
(b)   Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Plan;
 
(c)   Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and
 
(d)   Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Plan.
 
10.11  Section 409A .   This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements imposed by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, this Plan shall be administered, operated and interpreted consistent with this intent.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to an Employee.  None of the Company, any Affiliate, the Board of Directors, the Administrator or any other person shall have any liability if the Plan fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A at any time.
 

 
12

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

[NAME OF EMPLOYEE]
 
I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan:
 
Primary:                                                                                                                                          
 

 
Contingent:                                                                                                                                          
 

 
Note:
To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
 
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company.  I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
 

 
Signature                                                                           
 
Date                                                                           
 

 
Accepted by the Company this             day of                           , 200    .
 

 
By                                                                           
 
Title                                                                           
 

 

 
1

 

VOLUNTARY DEFERRAL ELECTION – AMOUNT

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

[NAME OF EMPLOYEE]
 
I designate that the following percentage of my Incentive Award (as hereinafter defined) be voluntarily deferred under the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Incentive Award Plan (“Plan”):
 
Please fill in a percentage amount (no more than 75%):                                                                                                                     
 
I understand that I may change this election by filing a new written Voluntary Deferral election with the Company by December 31 of each year.  I understand that my election will apply to the Incentive Award earned in the following year.  I further understand that if I choose to stop deferring, all previous monies will remain deferred into the Plan until paid out as described in the Plan.
 

 
Signature                                                                           
 
Date                                                                           
 

 
Accepted by the Company this             day of                           , 200    .
 

 
By                                                                           
 
Title                                                                           
 

 
1

 

VOLUNTARY DEFERRAL ELECTION – PAYMENT OPTION

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

[NAME OF EMPLOYEE]
 
I elect to have the Voluntary Deferral Account Balance paid out in the following form:
 
Please circle one:
 
Lump sum within 60 days following Normal Retirement
 
OR
 
Equal monthly installments for [ circle one :  60 months, 120 months or 180 months] beginning within 60 days following Normal Retirement Age
 
I understand that this election is irrevocable.
 

 
Signature                                                                           
 
Date                                                                           
 

 
Accepted by the Company this             day of                           , 200    .
 

 
By                                                                           
 
Title                                                                           
 

 
1

 


EXHIBIT 10.20

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and Mark F. Bradley (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n ” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10         “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two and one-half (2-1/2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3     Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.


4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good  Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year and three (3) months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5       Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
Mark F. Bradley
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
515 Fifth Street
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Marietta, Ohio  45750
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   


7

 
3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid,         unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                                                                                             COMPANY:

/s/ MARK F. BRADLEY                                                                                                                                                                          PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
Mark F. Bradley
                                                                                                    By:    /s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                    Its:    Executive Vice President, Operations

 
9

 


EXHIBIT 10.21

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and Carol A. Schneeberger (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10           “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two (2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3     Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.

4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5           Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
Carol A. Schneeberger
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
1317 Duck Creek Road
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Whipple, Ohio  45788
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   


7


3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                     COMPANY:

/s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER                                                                                           PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
Carol A. Schneeberger
                                  By:   /s/ MARK F. BRADLEY
                                       Its:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 
9

 


EXHIBIT 10.22

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and David T. Wesel (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n ” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10         “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two (2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3    Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.

4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5       Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
David T. Wesel
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
523 Fifth Street
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Marietta, Ohio  45750
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   


7


3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                                    C OMPANY:

/s/ DAVID T. WESEL                                                                                                                      PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
David T. Wesel
                                                                                                                                                                                                            By:     /s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER  
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Its:     Executive Vice President, Operations

 
9

 


EXHIBIT 10.23

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and Deborah K. Hill (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n ” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10         “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two (2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3      Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.

4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5            Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
Deborah K. Hill
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
9118 Preswick Court
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Dublin, Ohio  43017
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   



7

 
3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                                                                                           COMPANY:

/s/ DEBORAH K. HILL                                                                                                                                                                           PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
Deborah K. Hill
                                                                                                  By:      /s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Its:      Executive Vice President, Operations

 
9

 


EXHIBIT 10.24

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and Joseph S. Yazombek (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n ” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10         “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two (2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3       Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.

4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5          Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
Joseph S. Yazombek
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
402 Hart Street   Unit 9
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Marietta, Ohio  45750
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   


7


3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                                                                                            COMPANY:

/s/ JOSEPH S. YAZOMBEK                                                                                                                                                                  PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
Joseph S. Yazombek
                                                                                                  By:      /s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Its:      Executive Vice President, Operations

 
9

 


EXHIBIT 10.26

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

SUMMARY OF BASE SALARIES FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
OF PEOPLES BANCORP INC.

The base salaries of executive officers of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (“Peoples”) are determined by evaluating the most recent comparative peer data and the role and responsibilities of their positions.  Individual salary increases are reviewed annually and are based on Peoples’ overall performance and the executive’s attainment of specific individual business objectives during the preceding year.

The following table details the base salaries to paid by Peoples and its subsidiaries to Mark F. Bradley, President and Chief Executive Officer of Peoples, and the four other most highly compensated executive officers of Peoples for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009:

Name
Position/Title
Base Salary
Mark F. Bradley
President and Chief Executive Officer
$ 280,000
     
Carol A. Schneeberger
Executive Vice President, Operations
190,000
     
Joseph S. Yazombek
Executive Vice President – Chief Lending Officer
220,000
     
David T. Wesel
Executive Vice President, Investment and Insurance Services
180,000
     
Edward G. Sloane
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
196,000

 
 

 

 
 

 



Exhibit 10.27
PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

Summary of Cash Compensation for
Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
                  
Members of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (“Peoples”), other than Mark F. Bradley, receive a quarterly cash fee of $1,500 for their services.  In addition, directors, other than Mark F. Bradley, receive compensation of $1,250 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended.
 
Directors are also compensated for each committee meeting they attend.  On June 12, 2008, the Board, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved changes to committee fees:  (1) elimination of tying the fee amount to the duration of a committee meeting; (2) increase in the fees paid to members of the Executive Committee and the Governance and Nominating Committee from $200 to $300 for each committee meeting attended; and (3) increase in the fees paid to members of the Compensation Committee and the Audit Committee from $500 to $600 for each committee meeting attended.  In addition to the per meeting fees, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee receives a cash fee of $750 per quarter and the Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional cash fee of $1,250 per quarter.  Mr. Bradley receives no meeting fees in his capacity as a member of the Executive Committee of the Peoples Board.
 
Each director of Peoples, other than Mark F. Bradley, who also serves as a director of Peoples' national bank subsidiary Peoples Bank, National Association (“Peoples Bank”) receives $600 per quarter and $500 for each regular bi-monthly meeting attended.  Additionally, each director of Peoples who also serves as a Peoples Bank committee member receives $300 for each committee meeting attended.
 
Mark F. Bradley receives no compensation as a director of Peoples or Peoples Bank.
 
Thomas J. Wolf receives $150 for each meeting of the Peoples Bank Kentucky/Huntington Leadership Advisory Board he attends, in addition to the previously-mentioned fees for his service as a director of Peoples.
 
Directors who travel a distance of 50 miles or more to attend a Board or committee meeting of Peoples or Peoples Bank receive a $150 travel fee.  A single travel fee of $150 is paid for multiple meetings occurring on the same day.  Directors who stay overnight to attend a meeting are reimbursed for the actual cost of their overnight accommodations.  Peoples believes these fees are reasonable and partially offset travel expenses incurred by some of the directors living outside the Marietta, Ohio area, where Board of Directors and committee meetings are typically held.
 

 
 

 



EXHIBIT 10.28

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.

Amended and Restated

2006 Equity Plan

THIS PLAN was adopted on the 9th day of February, 2006, by the Board and approved by the shareholders of the Company on April 13, 2006. Section 12.1 of this Plan was amended by the Board on June 8, 2006.  Section 5.7(b) of this Plan was amended by the Board on February 8, 2007.  This Plan is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008.

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

1.1            PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to provide financial incentives for selected Employees, Advisors and Non-Employee Directors, thereby promoting the long-term growth and financial success of the Company by (a) attracting and retaining Employees, Advisors and Non-Employee Directors of outstanding ability, (b) strengthening the Company's capability to develop, maintain, and direct a competent management team, (c) providing an effective means for selected Employees, Advisor and Non-Employee Directors to acquire and maintain ownership of Company Stock, (d) motivating Employees to achieve long-range Performance Goals and objectives, and (e) providing incentive compensation opportunities competitive with peer financial institution holding companies.

1.2            EFFECTIVE DATE AND EXPIRATION OF PLAN. The Plan originally became effective on April 13, 2006.  Unless earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 12.2, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date. No Award shall be made pursuant to the Plan after its termination date, but Awards made prior to the termination date may extend beyond that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incentive Stock Options may be granted after February 8, 2017.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

       The following words and phrases, as used in the Plan, shall have the meanings set forth in this section. When applying these definitions and any other word, term or phrase used in this Plan, the form of any word, term or phrase will include any and all of its other forms.

2.1            ADVISORS means any advisor who renders bona fide services to the Company and/or one or more of the Subsidiaries as an advisory or marketing board member and who is neither an Employee nor a director of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that the services rendered are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company's securities.


 
2.2            AWARD means, individually or collectively, any Option, SAR, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock, unrestricted Company Stock or Performance Unit Award.

2.3            AWARD AGREEMENT means the written agreement between the Company and each Participant that describes the terms and conditions of each Award. If there is a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan will govern.

2.4            BOARD means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5            CAUSE with respect to any Participant, means: (a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or (b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Participant's employment or service, as the case may be, with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Participant's employment or provision of services, as the case may be; or (d) Issuance of an order for removal of the Participant by any agency which regulates the activities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Any determination of "Cause" under this Plan shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.6            COMPANY means Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation.

2.7            COMPANY DIRECTOR means a non-employee member of the Board.

2.8            COMPANY STOCK means the Company's common shares, without par value per share.

2.9            CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or superseded after the Effective Date, and any applicable rulings or regulations issued thereunder.

2.10          COMMITTEE means the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof.

2.11          DISABILITY means: (a) with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, "disabled" within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; (b) with respect to any Award subject to Section 409A of the Code, "disabled" as defined under Section 409A of the Code; and (c) with respect to any Award not described in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2.11, a long-term disability as defined by the Company's or Subsidiary's group disability insurance plan, or any successor plan that is applicable to such Participant at the time of his or her Termination.

2

 
2.12            EFFECTIVE DATE means April 13, 2006, the date on which the Plan was approved by the shareholders of the Company.

2.13            EMPLOYEE means any person who, on any applicable date, is a common law employee of the Company or any Subsidiary. A worker who is classified as other than a common law employee but who is subsequently reclassified as a common law employee of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason and on any basis will be treated as a common law employee only from the date that reclassification occurs and will not retroactively be reclassified as an Employee for any purpose of this Plan.

2.14            EXCHANGE ACT means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.15            EXERCISE PRICE means the amount, if any, that a Participant must pay to exercise an Award (other than an Option).

2.16            FAIR MARKET VALUE means, as of any specified date, an amount equal to the reported closing price on the specified date of a share of Company Stock on NASDAQ or any other established stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Stock is then listed or traded or, if no shares of Company Stock have been traded on such date, the closing price of a share of Company Stock on NASDAQ or such other established stock exchange or quotation system as reported on the first day prior thereto on which shares of Company Stock were so traded. If the preceding sentence does not apply, Fair Market Value shall be determined: (a) with respect to Nonqualified Stock Options and SARs, by the Committee through the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, taking into account all information material to the value of the Company, that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5); and (b) with respect to any other Awards, in good faith by the Committee using other reasonable means.

2.17            FISCAL YEAR means the fiscal year of the Company, which is the 52- or 53-week period ending on December 31.

2.18            INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION means an option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.19            NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR means either a Company Director or a Subsidiary Director.

2.20            NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION means an option granted under the Plan other than an Incentive Stock Option.

2.21            OPTION means either a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option to purchase Company Stock.

2.22            OPTION PRICE means the price at which Company Stock may be purchased under an Option.

3

 
2.23            PARTICIPANT means an Employee, an Advisor or a Non-Employee Director to whom an Award has been made under the Plan.

2.24            PERFORMANCE GOALS means goals established by the Committee pursuant to Section 4.5.

2.25            PERFORMANCE PERIOD means a period of time over which performance is measured.

2.26            PERFORMANCE UNIT means the unit of measure determined under Article IX by which is expressed the value of a Performance Unit Award.

2.27            PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD means an Award granted under Article IX.

2.28            PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVE means the person or persons who, upon the death, Disability, or incompetency of a Participant, shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by other legal proceedings, the right to exercise an Option or SAR or the right to any Restricted Stock Award or Performance Unit Award theretofore granted or made to such Participant.

2.29            PLAN means the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Plan.

2.30            PREDECESSOR PLANS means the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan, as amended, the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan and the Amended and Restated Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan.

2.31            RESTRICTED PERFORMANCE STOCK means Company Stock subject to Performance Goals.

2.32            RESTRICTED STOCK means Company Stock subject to the terms and conditions provided in Article VI and including Restricted Performance Stock.

2.33            RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD means an Award granted under Article VI.

2.34            RESTRICTION PERIOD means a period of time determined under Section 6.2 during which Restricted Stock is subject to the terms and conditions provided in Section 6.3.

2.35            RETIREMENT means any normal or early retirement by a Participant pursuant to the terms of any pension plan or policy of the Company or any Subsidiary that is applicable to such Participant at the time of the Participant's Termination.

2.36            SAR means a stock appreciation right granted under Section 5.7.

2.37            SHAREHOLDERS mean the shareholders of the Company.

4

 
2.38            SUBSIDIARY means any corporation or other entity that is under common control with the Company, as determined under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code, but modified as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.

2.39            SUBSIDIARY DIRECTOR means a non-employee member of the board of directors of a Subsidiary who is not also a Company Director.

2.40            TERMINATION means a "separation from service" as defined under Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1            COMMITTEE TO ADMINISTER. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, in accordance with its Charter, as adopted from time to time by the Board; provided, however, that the Board has the authority to grant Awards to Company Directors.

3.2            POWERS OF COMMITTEE.

(a)           The Committee and the Board shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan and to establish and amend rules and regulations for its administration. Any action or decision by the Board or the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to the interpretation of the Plan and any Award made under it.

(b)           Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, shall have authority, in its discretion, to determine those Employees, Advisors and Non-Employee Directors who shall receive an Award; the time or times when such Award shall be made; the vesting schedule, if any, for the Award; and the type of Award to be granted, the number of shares of Company Stock to be subject to each Option and Restricted Stock Award, the value of each Performance Unit and all other terms and conditions of any Award.

(c)           The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, shall determine and set forth in an Award Agreement the terms of each Award, including such terms, restrictions, and provisions as shall be necessary to cause certain Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in such manner and to the extent the Committee or the Board, as appropriate, shall determine in order to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may, in its discretion, accelerate (i) the date on which any Option or SAR may be exercised, (ii) the date of termination of the restrictions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award, or (iii) the end of a Performance Period under a Performance Unit Award, if the Committee or the Board, as appropriate, determines that to do so will be in the best interests of the Company and the Participants in the Plan.
 
5

 
ARTICLE IV

AWARDS

4.1            AWARDS. Awards under the Plan shall consist of Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock, unrestricted Company Stock and Performance Units.  All Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and to such other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, deems appropriate.  Awards under a particular section of the Plan need not be uniform and Awards under two or more sections may be combined in one Award Agreement. Any combination of Awards may be granted at one time and on more than one occasion to the same Employee, Advisor or Non-Employee Director. Awards of Performance Units and Restricted Performance Stock shall be earned solely upon attainment of Performance Goals and the Committee shall have no discretion to increase such Awards.

4.2            ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARDS. An Award may be made to any Employee or Advisor selected by the Committee. In making this selection and in determining the form and amount of the Award, the Committee may give consideration to the functions and responsibilities of the respective Employee and/or Advisor, his or her present and potential contributions to the success of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the value of his or her services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and such other factors deemed relevant by the Committee. Non-Employee Directors are eligible to receive Awards pursuant to Article VII.

4.3            SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN.

(a)           The Company Stock to be offered under the Plan pursuant to Options, SARs, Performance Unit Awards, Restricted Performance Stock and Restricted Stock and unrestricted Company Stock Awards must be (i) Company Stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Company or (ii) authorized but unissued Company Stock not reserved for any other purpose. Subject to adjustment under Section 12.1, the number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan (the "Section 4.3 Limit") shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 500,000 shares.

(b)           Any shares of Company Stock subject to Restricted Stock or unrestricted Company Stock Awards shall not exceed 50% of the total shares available under the Plan and the maximum number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued subject to Incentive Stock Options is 500,000 subject to adjustment under Section 12.1. The Section 4.3 Limit shall not have counted against it: (i) the number of shares of Company Stock subject to an Option or any other Award which is equal to the number of shares of Company Stock tendered by a Participant to the Company in payment of the Option Price of such Option or the Exercise Price of such other Award, as applicable; (ii) shares of Company Stock subject to an Award which for any reason terminates by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation or otherwise without having been exercised or paid; (iii) shares of Company Stock withheld from any Award to satisfy a Participant's tax withholding obligations or, if applicable, to pay the Option Price of an Option or the Exercise Price of any other Award; (iv) if a SAR is settled in whole or in part by the issuance of shares of Company Stock, the number of shares of Company Stock which represents the difference between (A) the number of shares of Company Stock which remain subject to such SAR on the date of such settlement and (B) the number of shares of Company Stock actually issued upon settlement of such SAR; or (v) the number of shares of Company Stock subject to an Option which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock acquired by the Company on the open market using the cash proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of such Option; provided, however, that such number of shares of Company Stock shall in no event be greater than the number which is determined by dividing (A) the amount of cash proceeds received by the Company from the Participant upon the exercise of such Option by (B) the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company Stock on the date of exercise of such Option.

6

 
(c)           No awards shall be granted under any Predecessor Plan on and after April 13, 2006.

4.4            LIMITATION ON AWARDS. The maximum aggregate dollar value of, and the maximum number of shares of Company Stock subject to, Restricted Stock and Performance Units awarded to any Employee or Advisor with respect to a Performance Period or Restriction Period may not exceed $500,000 and 500,000 shares of Company Stock for each Fiscal Year included in such Performance Period or Restriction Period.

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock for which Options or SARs may be granted to any Participant in any one Fiscal Year shall not exceed 500,000 subject to adjustment under Section 12.1.

4.5          GENERAL PERFORMANCE GOALS.

(a)           Performance Goals relating to the payment or vesting of an Award that is intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code will be comprised of one or more of the following performance criteria as the Committee may deem appropriate:

(i)      Earnings per share (actual or targeted growth);

(ii)     Net income after capital costs;

(iii)    Net income (before or after taxes);

(iv)           Return measures (including, but not limited to, return on averageassets, risk-adjusted return on capital, or return on average equity);

(v)      Efficiency ratio;

(vi)     Full-time equivalency control;

(vii)    Stock price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and totalshareholder return);

7

 
(viii)   Noninterest income compared to net interest income ratio;

(ix)     Expense targets;

(x)      Operating efficiency;

(xi)     EVA(R);

(xii)    Credit quality measures;

(xiii)                     Customer satisfaction measures;

(xiv)    Loan growth;

(xv)     Deposit growth;

(xvi)    Net interest margin;

(xvii)   Fee income; and

(xviii)  Operating expense.

(b)           For any Awards not intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may establish Performance Goals based on the performance criteria listed in Section 4.5(a) or other performance criteria as it deems appropriate.

(c)           Any of the performance criteria listed in Section 4.5(a) may be applied solely with reference to the Company and/or any Subsidiary or relatively between the Company and/or any Subsidiary and one or more unrelated entities. In addition, different performance criteria may be applied to individual Participants or to groups of Participants and, as specified by the Committee, may be based on results achieved (i) separately by the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any combination of the Company and the Subsidiaries or (iii) any combination of business units or divisions of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

(d)           With respect to each Performance Period, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals in writing no later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of the Performance Period or (ii) expiration of 25 percent of the Performance Period.

(e)           Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or the Award Agreement, as of the end of each Performance Period, the Committee will certify in writing the extent to which a Participant has or has not met the Participant's Performance Goal. To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, if applicable, the Committee may disregard or offset the effect of any special charges or gains or cumulative effect of a change in accounting in determining the attainment of Performance Goals.

8

 
(f)           To the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code, if applicable, the Committee shall make (i) appropriate adjustments to performance criteria to reflect the effect on any performance criteria of any stock dividend or stock split affecting Company Stock, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, spin-off, distribution of assets to Shareholders, exchange of shares or similar corporate change and (ii) similar adjustments to any portion of performance criteria that is not based on Company Stock but which is affected by an event having an effect similar to those just described.

ARTICLE V

OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1            AWARD OF OPTIONS. The Committee may, from time to time, and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, award: (a) Incentive Stock Options, subject to Section 5.5, to any eligible Employee of the Company (or any subsidiary or parent corporation within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code); and (b) Nonqualified Stock Options to any Employee or Advisor.

5.2            PERIOD OF OPTION.

(a)           An Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable only in accordance with the vesting schedule approved by the Committee. The Committee may in its discretion prescribe additional conditions, restrictions or terms on the vesting of an Option, including the full or partial attainment of Performance Goals pursuant to Section 4.5. After the Option vests, the Option may be exercised at any time during the term of the Option, in whole or in installments, as specified in the related Award Agreement. Subject to Article X and except as provided in Section 5.5, the duration of each Option shall not be more than ten years from the date of grant.

(b)           Except as provided in Article X, a Participant may not exercise an Option unless such Participant is then, and continually (except for sick leave, military service, or other approved leave of absence) after the grant of the Option has been, an Employee, Advisor, or Non-Employee Director.

5.3            AWARD AGREEMENT.   Each Option shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. The Award Agreement shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

5.4            OPTION PRICE, EXERCISE AND PAYMENT.

(a)           Except as provided in Section 5.5, the Option Price of Company Stock under each Option shall be determined by the Committee but shall be a price not less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock at the date such Option is granted.

(b)           Subject to Section 12.2, the Committee may not (i) amend an Option to reduce its Option Price, (ii) cancel an Option and regrant an Option with a lower Option Price than the original Option Price of the cancelled Option, or (iii) take any other action (whether in the form of an amendment, cancellation or replacement grant) that has the effect of "repricing" an Option, as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules or the rules of the established stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Stock is then listed or traded.

9

 
(c)           Vested Options may be exercised from time to time by giving written notice to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or the Secretary of the Committee, or his or her designee, specifying the number of shares to be purchased.  The notice of exercise shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price in cash or the Option Price may be paid in whole or in part through the transfer to the Company of shares of Company Stock in accordance with procedures established by the Committee from time to time. In addition, in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Committee for this purpose, an Option may also be exercised through a cashless exercise procedure involving a broker or dealer, that affords Participants the opportunity to sell immediately some or all of the shares underlying the exercised portion of the Option in order to generate sufficient cash to pay the Option Price and/or to satisfy withholding tax obligations related to the Option.

(d)           In the event such Option Price is paid, in whole or in part, with shares of Company Stock, the portion of the Option Price so paid shall be equal to the value, as of the date of exercise of the Option, of such shares. The value of such shares shall be equal to the number of such shares multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such shares on the trading day coincident with the date of exercise of such Option (or the immediately preceding trading day if the date of exercise is not a trading day). The Company shall not issue or transfer Company Stock upon exercise of an Option until the Option Price is fully paid.

5.5            LIMITATIONS ON INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Each provision of the Plan and each Award Agreement relating to an Incentive Stock Option shall be construed so that each Incentive Stock Option shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Code, and any provisions of the Award Agreement that cannot be so construed shall be disregarded.  No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to any Employee who, at the time of such grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any subsidiary or parent corporation within the meaning of Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code) unless: (a) the Option Price for such Incentive Stock Option is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted; and (b) such Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised more than five years after it is granted. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent required by the Code, the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the $100,000 calendar year limit as set forth in Section 422 of the Code; provided that, to the extent any grant exceeds such $100,000 calendar year limit, the portion of such granted Option shall be deemed a Nonqualified Stock Option in accordance with Section 422 of the Code.

5.6            RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES. A Participant shall have no rights as a Shareholder with respect to any shares of Company Stock covered by an Option until the issuance of such shares to the Participant.

10

 
5.7            AWARD OF SARs.

(a)           The Committee may, from time to time, and on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe, award SARs to any Employee and/or Advisor.

(b)           A SAR shall represent the right to receive payment of an amount equal to: (i) the amount by which the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock on the date of exercise of the SAR exceeds the Exercise Price; multiplied by (ii) the number of shares covered by the SAR.  Payment of the amount to which a Participant is entitled upon the exercise of a SAR shall be made in cash, Company Stock, or partly in cash and partly in Company Stock at the discretion of the Committee. The shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.

(c)           SARs awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant.

(d)           The Committee may prescribe conditions and limitations on the exercise of any SAR. SARs may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock exceeds the Exercise Price.

(e)           A SAR shall be exercisable only by written notice to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company or the Secretary of the Committee, or his or her designee.

(f)           To the extent not previously exercised, all SARs shall automatically be exercised on the last trading day prior to their expiration, so long as the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock exceeds the Exercise Price, unless prior to such day the holder instructs the Chief Financial Officer or Secretary, Stock Option Committee otherwise in writing.

(g)           Subject to Article X, each SAR shall expire on a date determined by the Committee at the time of grant.

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTED STOCK

6.1            AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Committee may make a Restricted Stock Award to any Employee and/or Advisor, subject to this Article VI and to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.

6.2            RESTRICTION PERIOD. At the time of making a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall establish the Restriction Period applicable to such Award. The Committee may establish different Restriction Periods from time to time and each Restricted Stock Award may have a different Restriction Period, in the discretion of the Committee. Restriction Periods, when established for a Restricted Stock Award, shall not be changed except as permitted by Section 6.3.

6.3            OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Company Stock, when awarded pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, will be represented in a book entry account in the name of the Participant who receives the Restricted Stock Award. The Participant shall be entitled to receive dividends during the Restriction Period and shall have the right to vote such Restricted Stock and shall have all other Shareholder rights, with the exception that (i) unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if any dividends are paid in shares of Company Stock, those shares will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were issued, (ii) the Participant will not be entitled to delivery of any stock certificate evidencing the Company Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Award during the Restriction Period, (iii) the Company will retain custody of the Restricted Stock during the Restriction Period, and (iv) a breach of a restriction or a breach of the terms and conditions established by the Committee pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award will cause a forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Award. The Committee may, in addition, prescribe additional restrictions, terms, or conditions upon or to the Restricted Stock Award including the attainment of Performance Goals in accordance with Section 4.5.

11

 
6.4            RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT.   Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

6.5            PAYMENT FOR RESTRICTED STOCK.   Restricted Stock Awards may be made by the Committee under which the Participant shall not be required to make any payment for the Company Stock or, in the alternative, under which the Participant, as a condition to the Restricted Stock Award, shall pay all (or any lesser amount than all) of the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock, determined as of the date the Restricted Stock Award is made. If the latter, such purchase price shall be paid in cash as provided in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

AWARDS FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

7.1            AWARDS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS. The Board shall determine all Awards to Company Directors and the Committee shall determine all Awards to Subsidiary Directors. The Board or the Committee, as the case may be, retains the discretionary authority to make Awards to Non-Employee Directors and any type of Award (other than Incentive Stock Options) may be granted to Non-Employee Directors under this Plan. All such Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and to such other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, deems appropriate.

7.2            NO RIGHT TO CONTINUANCE AS A DIRECTOR. None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the actions taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee under the Plan, or the granting of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed (i) to create any obligation on the part of the Board or the board of directors of the applicable Subsidiary to nominate any Non-Employee Director for reelection or (ii) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Non-Employee Director has a right to continue as a Non-Employee Director for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

12

 
ARTICLE VIII

UNRESTRICTED COMPANY STOCK AWARDS FOR EMPLOYEES AND/OR ADVISORS

8.1           The Committee may make awards of unrestricted Company Stock to Employees and/or Advisors on such terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.


ARTICLE IX

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

9.1            AWARD OF PERFORMANCE UNITS. The Committee may award Performance Units to any Employee and/or Advisor. Each Performance Unit shall represent the right of a Participant to receive an amount equal to the value of the Performance Unit, determined in the manner established by the Committee at the time of Award.

9.2            PERFORMANCE PERIOD. At the time of each Performance Unit Award, the Committee shall establish, with respect to each such Award, a Performance Period during which performance shall be measured. There may be more than one Performance Unit Award in existence at any one time, and Performance Periods may differ.

9.3            PERFORMANCE MEASURES. Performance Units shall be awarded to a Participant and earned contingent upon the attainment of Performance Goals in accordance with Section 4.5.

9.4            PERFORMANCE UNIT VALUE. Each Performance Unit shall have a maximum dollar value established by the Committee at the time of the Award. Performance Units earned will be determined by the Committee in respect of a Performance Period in relation to the degree of attainment of Performance Goals. The measure of a Performance Unit may, in the discretion of the Committee, be equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock.

9.5            AWARD CRITERIA. In determining the number of Performance Units to be granted to any Participant, the Committee shall take into account the Participant's responsibility level, performance, potential, cash compensation level, other incentive awards, and such other considerations as it deems appropriate.

9.6            PAYMENT.

(a)           Following the end of the applicable Performance Period, a Participant holding Performance Units will be entitled to receive payment of an amount, not exceeding the maximum value of the Performance Units, based on the achievement of the Performance Goals for such Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

(b)           Awards may be paid in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Payment shall be made in a lump sum [or in installments] and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee.

13

 
9.7            PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENTS. Each Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.





ARTICLE X

GENERAL TERMINATION PROVISIONS

10.1            TERMINATION. Subject to Article XI and unless otherwise specified in the applicable Award Agreement, the following provisions will govern the treatment of a Participant's outstanding Awards following a Participant's Termination.

(a)           If the Participant's Termination is due to death, Disability or Retirement, all of the Participant's outstanding Options, SARs or Restricted Stock Awards shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable. Upon the Participant's Termination for any other reason, any Awards that are not vested and/or exercisable on the date of such Termination will immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect.

(b)           If the Participant Terminates for any reason other than (i) death, (ii) Disability, (iii) Retirement or (iv) discharge for Cause, such Participant's outstanding SARs or Options may be exercised at any time within three months after such Termination, to the extent of the number of shares covered by such Options or SARs which are exercisable at the date of such Termination; except that an Option or SAR shall not be exercisable on any date beyond the expiration date of such Option or SAR.

(c)           Upon a Termination for Cause, any Options or SARs held by the Participant (whether or not then exercisable) shall expire and any rights thereunder shall terminate immediately. Any non-vested Restricted Stock Awards of such Participant shall immediately be forfeited and any rights thereunder shall terminate.

(d)           Upon a Termination due to the Participant's death, any SARs or Options that are then exercisable may be exercised by the Participant's Personal Representative at any time before the earlier of (i) one year after the Participant's death or (ii) the expiration date of the Award.

(e)           Upon a Termination due to the Participant's Disability or Retirement, any SARs or Options that are then exercisable may be exercised by the Participant at any time before the earlier of (i) one year after the date of such Termination or (ii) the expiration date of the Award; provided, however, that an Option which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option will only be treated as such to the extent it complies with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.
(f)           If a Participant who Terminates due to Retirement dies prior to exercising all of his or her outstanding Options or SARs, then such Options or SARs may be exercised by the Participant's Personal Representative at any time before the earlier of (i) one year after the Participant's death or (ii) the expiration date of the Award; provided, however, that, an Option which is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option will only be treated as such to the extent it complies with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

14

 
(g)           Subject to Article XI, a Performance Unit Award shall terminate for all purposes if the Participant Terminates at any time during the applicable Performance Period, except as may otherwise be determined by the Committee. In the event that a Participant holding a Performance Unit Terminates following the end of the applicable Performance Period but prior to full payment according to the terms of the Performance Unit Award, the Performance Unit Award shall terminate except when the Termination is due to death, Disability or Retirement.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY

11.1            CONTRARY PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Article XI shall govern and supersede any inconsistent terms or provisions of the Plan.

11.2            DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of this Plan, Change in Control shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

11.3            EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL ON CERTAIN AWARDS.

(a)           If the Company is not the surviving corporation following a Change in Control, and the surviving corporation following such Change in Control or the acquiring corporation (such  surviving corporation or acquiring corporation is hereinafter referred to as the "Acquiror") does not assume the outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units or does not substitute equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such Acquiror or its affiliates for such Awards, then all such Awards shall become immediately and fully exercisable (or in the case of Restricted Stock, fully vested and all restrictions will immediately lapse). In the case of Restricted Performance Stock and Performance Units, the target payout opportunities under all outstanding Awards of Restricted Performance Stock and Performance Units shall be deemed to have been fully earned based on targeted performance being attained as of the effective date of the Change in Control. In addition, the Board or its designee may, in its sole discretion, provide for a cash payment to be made to each Participant for the outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units upon the consummation of the Change in Control, determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value that would be received in such Change in Control by the holders of the Company's securities relating to such Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code shall be adjusted in a manner to preserve such status.

15

 
(b)           If the Company is the surviving corporation following a Change in Control, or the Acquiror assumes the outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units or substitutes equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such Acquiror or its affiliates for such Awards, then all such Awards or such substitutes therefor shall remain outstanding and be governed by their respective terms and the provisions of the Plan.

(c)           If (i) a Participant Terminates without Cause within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, and (ii) the Company is the surviving corporation following such Change in Control, or the Acquiror assumes the outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units or substitutes equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such Acquiror or its affiliates for such Awards, then all outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units shall become immediately and fully exercisable (or in the case of Restricted Stock, fully vested and all restrictions will immediately lapse). In the case of Restricted Performance Stock and Performance Units, the target payout opportunities under all outstanding Awards of Restricted Performance Stock and Performance Units shall be deemed to have been fully earned based on targeted performance being attained.

(d)           If (i) the employment of a Participant with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated for Cause within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control and (ii) the Company is the surviving corporation following such Change in Control, or the Acquiror assumes the outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock, or Performance Units or substitutes equivalent equity awards relating to the securities of such Acquiror or its affiliates for such Awards, then any Options or SARs of such Participant shall expire, and any non-vested Restricted Stock, Restricted Performance Stock or Performance Units shall be forfeited, and any rights under such Awards shall terminate immediately.

(e)           Outstanding Options or SARs which vest in accordance with Section 11.3, may be exercised by the Participant in accordance with Article X; provided, however, that a Participant whose Options or SARs become exercisable in accordance with Section 11.3(c) may exercise such Options or SARs at any time within one year after such Termination, except that an Option or SAR shall not be exercisable on any date beyond the expiration date of such Option or SAR.

In the event of a Participant's death after such Termination, the exercise of Options and SARs shall be treated in the same manner as determined for Retirement in Section 10.1(e).

11.4            AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. This Article XI shall not be amended or terminated at any time if any such amendment or termination would adversely affect the rights of any Participant under the Plan.

16

 
ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.1            ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK. In case of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, distribution, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, or any other changes in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, (or if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving corporation) in the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, and the number and kind of shares and the Option Price per share subject to outstanding Options or which may be issued under outstanding Restricted Stock Awards or pursuant to unrestricted Company Stock Awards. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, in the terms of any Awards under the Plan, subject to Article XI, to reflect such changes and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis. Any such adjustments made by the Committee or the Board pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes under the Plan.  Any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be made consistent with requirements of Sections 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.

12.2            AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION, AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.

(a)           The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, and may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable in order that any Awards thereunder shall conform to any change in applicable laws or regulations or in any other respect the Board may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such amendment shall, without approval, (i) except as provided in Section 12.1, increase the  number of shares of Company Stock which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) expand the types of awards available to Participants under the Plan, (iii) materially expand the class of employees and/or Advisors eligible to participate in the Plan, (iv) materially change the method of determining the Option Price of Options; (v) delete or limit the provision in Section 5.4 prohibiting the repricing of Options; (vi) extend the termination date of the Plan or (vii) be made to the extent that Shareholder approval is required to satisfy applicable law, regulation or any securities stock exchange, market or other quotation system on or through which the Company Stock is listed or traded. No such amendment, suspension, or termination shall materially adversely alter or impair any outstanding Options, SARs, shares of Restricted Stock, or Performance Units without the consent of the Participant affected thereby.

(b)           The Committee may amend or modify any outstanding Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Awards, or Performance Unit Awards in any manner to the extent that the Committee would have had the authority under the Plan initially to award such Options, SARs, Restricted Stock Awards, or Performance Unit Awards as so modified or amended, including without limitation, to change the date or dates as of which such Options or SARs may be exercised, to remove the restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock, or to modify the manner in which Performance Units are determined and paid.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment or modification of an Option or SAR shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan and any Award Agreements may be amended without any additional consideration to affected Participants to the extent necessary to comply with, or avoid penalties under, Section 409A of the Code, even if those amendments reduce, restrict or eliminate rights granted prior to such amendments.

17

 
12.3            NONUNIFORM DETERMINATIONS. The Committee's (or, if applicable, the Board's) determinations under the Plan, including without limitation, (a) the determination of the Employees, Advisor and Non-Employee Directors to receive Awards, (b) the form, amount, and timing of any Awards, (c) the terms and provisions of any Awards and (d) the Award Agreements evidencing the same, need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Employees, Advisor and/or Non-Employee Directors who receive, or who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such Employees, Advisors and/or Non-Employee Directors are similarly situated.

12.4            GENERAL RESTRICTION.   Each Award under the Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (a) the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares of Company Stock subject or related thereto upon NASDAQ or any other  established stock exchange, market or quotation system or under any state or federal law, (b) the consent or approval of any government or regulatory body, or (c) an agreement by the Participant with respect thereto, is necessary, then such Award shall not become exercisable in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval, or agreement shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

12.5            NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT. None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the actions taken by the Company, the Board or the Committee under the Plan, or the granting of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed (a) to create any obligation on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary to retain any person in the employ of, or continue the provision of services to, the Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the person has a right to continue as an employee, or advisor for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

12.6            GOVERNING LAW. The provisions of the Plan shall take precedence over any conflicting provision contained in an Award Agreement. All matters relating to the Plan or to Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

12.7            TRUST ARRANGEMENT. All benefits under the Plan represent an unsecured promise to pay by the Company. The Plan shall be unfunded and the benefits hereunder shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company resulting in the Participants having no greater rights than the Company's general creditors; provided, however, nothing herein shall prevent or prohibit the Company from establishing a trust or other arrangement for the purpose of providing for the payment of the benefits payable under the Plan.

12.8            INDEMNIFICATION OF BOARD AND COMMITTEE. Indemnification of the members of the Board and/or the members of the Committee shall be in accordance with the Code of Regulations of the Company as amended by the Shareholders from time to time.

18

 
12.9            NO IMPACT ON BENEFITS. Awards are not compensation for purposes of calculating a Participant's rights under any employee benefit plan that does not specifically require the inclusion of Awards in calculating benefits.

12.10          BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Each Participant may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive or exercise any vested Award that is unpaid or unexercised at the Participant's death. Unless otherwise provided in the beneficiary designation, each designation will revoke all prior designations made by the same Participant, must be made on a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed in writing with the Committee. If a Participant has not made an effective beneficiary designation, the deceased Participant's beneficiary will be the Participant's surviving spouse or, if none, the deceased Participant's estate. The identity of a Participant's designated beneficiary will be based only on the information included in the latest beneficiary designation form completed by the Participant and will not be inferred from any other evidence.

12.11          TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, the minimum statutory amount to satisfy federal, state and local taxes required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to withholding required upon any taxable event arising as a result of an Award granted hereunder, a Participant may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold shares of Company Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that could be imposed on the transaction. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

12.12          SECTION 409A OF THE CODE .  It is intended that this Plan comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code, as the case may be, and this Plan will be interpreted, administered and operated consistent with this intent.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  None of the Company, any Subsidiary, the Board or the Committee shall have any liability to any person in the event this Plan fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to a Participant at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
 
 


 
19

 


EXHIBIT 10.34

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Agreement was originally entered into and adopted on August 11, 2004, by and between PEOPLES BANCORP INC., a financial holding company, located in Marietta, Ohio (the “Company”), and Edward G. Sloane (the  “Executive”), and is hereby amended and restated effective December 11, 2008 for the purpose of complying with Section 409A of the Code.

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company to retain the Executive’s services and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of the Executive to his assigned duties, without distraction in potentially disturbing circumstances arising from the possibility of a change in control of the Company or the assertion of claims and actions against the Executive.

The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.

Article 1
Definitions

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

1.1           “ Agreement ” means this Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.2           “ Base Annual Compensatio n ” means the Executive’s average annualized compensation paid by the Company which was includible in the Executive’s gross income during the most recent five taxable years ending before the date of the Change in Control.  The definition includes amounts includible in compensation, prior to any reduction for a salary contribution to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code or qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code, as well as any compensation included in the Executive’s “base amount” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code.

1.3           “ Cause ” means

(a)  Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties; or

(b)  Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary; or


 
           (c)  Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company or Subsidiary policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment; or

           (d)  Issuance of an order for removal of the Executive by the Company’s bank regulators.

1.4           “ Change in Control ” shall occur on the earliest date that

(a)  A “person” or “group” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code)  acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(b) any person or group acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group) ownership of stock of the Company possessing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company;

(c) a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Company’s Board prior to the date that such appointments or elections are made; or

(d) any person or group acquires (or has acquired) during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or group, assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Change in Control” shall be interpreted consistent with the definition of “change in control event” under Section 409A of the Code.

1.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.6           “ Disability ” means the Executive’s suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carrier’s or Social Security Administration’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.

1.7           “ Good Reason ” means, without the Executive’s express written consent, after written notice to the Board, and after a thirty (30) day opportunity for the Board to cure, the continuing occurrence of any of the following events:

(a)  The assignment to the Executive of any material duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s positions, or a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles, or offices, or any removal of the Executive from or any failure to re-elect the Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the Executive’s Termination of Employment for Cause, Disability, retirement, or as a result of the Executive’s death;

2

 
(b)           A reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary;

(c)           The taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect the Executive’s participation in or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any benefit plans, or the failure by the Company to provide the Executive with the number of paid vacation days to which the Executive is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal vacation policy in effect on the date hereof;

(d)           Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Section 3.9 hereof; or

(e)           The Company directing the Executive to be reassigned to an office location fifty (50) miles or more from the current office location of the Executive except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive’s present business travel obligations or, in the event the Executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse the Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive relating to a change of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify the Executive against any loss realized on the sale of the Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence.

1.8           “ Subsidiary ” means any entity that, along with the Company, would be treated as a single employer under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

1.9           “ Termination Date ” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Termination of Employment.

1.10         “ Termination of Employment ” shall mean a “separation from service”, within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, by the Executive from the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Article 2
Change in Control Benefits

2.1       Change in Control Benefit .  If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive a benefit under this Article.

2.1.1     Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.1 is two (2) times the Executive’s Base Annual Compensation at the date of the Change of Control.

2.1.2     Payment of Benefit .  The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and as determined under the Company’s policy for determining specified employees, on the date of the Executive’s Termination Date, and the payment described in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement is required to be delayed pursuant to Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment shall be made on the first business day of the seventh (7th) month following the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the Executive’s date of death).

3

 
2.1.3      Insurance Benefits .  During the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement, the Executive shall receive, in addition to the benefit provided in Section 2.1.1 of this Agreement the following benefits substantially in the form and expense to the Executive as received by the Executive on the Termination Date: (a) medical and dental insurance; and (b) life insurance.   The provision of medical and dental insurance beyond the period of time described in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-1(b)(9) and the provision of life insurance benefits pursuant to this Section 2.1.3 shall, however, be subject to the following limitations: (i) the benefits provided during Executive’s taxable year may not affect the benefits to be provided to Executive in any other taxable year, (ii) reimbursements or payments must be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense being paid or reimbursed was incurred, and (iii) the right to continued coverage is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

It is understood and agreed that any rights and privileges of the Executive provided by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, amending the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Internal Revenue Code and the Public Health Services Act, as amended, shall begin at the end of the period of time specified in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

2.2            Excess Parachute Payment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if there are payments to the Executive which constitute “excess parachute payments,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the payments made to the Executive shall be the greater of: (a) one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which would cause the payments to the Executive (including payments to the Executive which are not included in this Agreement) to be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; and (b) the amount of payments payable to the Executive contingent upon the Company’s Change in Control (including payments to the Executive which are not included in the Agreement) if the sum of these payments, after taking into account any excise taxes that may be imposed on the Executive under Section 4999 of the Code, would be greater than the amount specified in Section 2.2(a).  Any reduction to any payment made pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall be performed consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

Section 2.3 – Withholding & Payroll Taxes

To the extent required by law, the Company shall withhold from other amounts owed to the Executive or require the Executive to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements on any payments made to the Executive under this Agreement.  Determinations by the Company as to withholding shall be binding on the Executive.

4

 
Article 3
Miscellaneous

3.1            Confidential Information . The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the Executive will have access to certain information of the Company and that such information is confidential and constitutes valuable, special and unique property of the Company. The Executive shall not at any time, either during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement, disclose to others, use, copy or permit to be copied, except as directed by law or in pursuance of the Executive’s duties for or on behalf of the Company, its successors, assigns or nominees, any Confidential Information of the Company (regardless of whether developed by the Executive), without the prior written consent of the Company. The term “Confidential Information” with respect to any person means any secret or confidential information or know-how and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the plans, customers, costs, prices, uses, and applications of products and services, results of investigations, studies owned or used by such person, and all products, processes, compositions, computer programs, and servicing, marketing or operational methods and techniques at any time used, developed, investigated, made or sold by such person, before or during the term of this Agreement, that are not readily available to the public or that are maintained as confidential by such person. The Executive shall maintain in confidence any Confidential Information of third parties received as a result of the Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the Company’s obligations to such third parties and the policies established by the Company.

3.2            No Competition . If within the six (6) months prior or twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall have an involuntary Termination of Employment by the Company other than for Cause, or shall have a voluntary Termination of Employment for Good Reason, then and for a period of one (1) year immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly engage in the business of banking, or any other business in which the Company directly or indirectly engages during the term of the  Agreement; provided, however, that this restriction shall apply only to the geographic market of the Company as delineated on the Termination Date in the Community Reinvestment Act Statement of Peoples Bank, National Association. The Executive shall be deemed to engage in a business if the Executive directly or indirectly, engages or invests in, owns, manages, operates, controls or participates in the ownership, management, operation or control of, is employed by, associated or in any manner connected with, or renders services or advice to, any business engaged in banking, provided, however, that the Executive may invest in the securities of any enterprise (but without otherwise participating in the activities of such enterprise) if two conditions are met: (a) such securities are listed on any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the Executive does not beneficially own (as defined Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) in excess of one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such enterprise.

3.3            Delivery of Documents Upon Termination . The Executive shall deliver to the Company or its designee at the Executive’s Termination of Employment all correspondence, memoranda, notes, records, drawings, sketches, plans, customer lists, product compositions, and other documents and all copies thereof, made, composed or received by the Executive, solely or jointly with others, that are in the Executive’s possession, custody, or control at such Termination of Employment and that are related in any manner to the past, present, or anticipated business of the Company.

5

 
3.4            Remedies . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of the Executive’s obligations under Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 may be inadequate, agrees that the Company may be entitled to specific performance and injunctive and other equitable remedies in case of any such breach or attempted breach and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or other equitable relief. The Company shall have the right to offset against amounts to be paid to the Executive pursuant to the terms hereof any amounts owed by the Executive to the Company at the time of payment.

The termination of the Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Company of any breach by the Executive of this Agreement or any other obligation owed the Company, and notwithstanding such a termination the Executive shall be liable for all damages attributable to such a breach.

3.5          Dispute Resolution .  Subject to the Company’s right to seek injunctive relief in court as provided in Section 3.4 of this Agreement, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection to this Agreement, including without limitation any dispute as to the construction, validity, interpretation, enforceability or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its National Rules for
the Resolution of Employment Disputes and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

3.6            Acknowledgement of Parties . The Company and the Executive understand and acknowledge that this Agreement means that neither can pursue an action against the other in a court of law regarding any employment dispute, except for claims involving workers’ compensation benefits or unemployment benefits, and except as set forth elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event that either party notifies the other of its demand for arbitration under this Agreement. The Company and the Executive understand and agree that this Section 3.5, concerning arbitration, shall not include any controversies or claims related to any agreements or provisions (including provisions in this Agreement) respecting confidentiality, proprietary information, non-competition, non-solicitation, trade secrets, or breaches of fiduciary obligations by the Executive, which shall not be subject to arbitration.

3.7            Right to Consult Counsel .  Executive has been advised of the Executive’s right to consult with an attorney prior to entering into this Agreement.

3.8            Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the          Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  The failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of         any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to terminate the Agreement and receive compensation from the Company in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would be entitled hereunder if the Executive terminated the Executive’s employment for Good Reason.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” as hereinbefore defined shall include any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 3.8 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

6

 
3.9            Executive’s Heirs, etc . The Executive may not assign the Executive’s rights or delegate the Executive’s duties or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless other provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

3.10            Notices . Any notice or communication required or permitted under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or sent by nationally recognized overnight carrier, postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile transmission to the Company at the Company’s principal office and facsimile number in Marietta, Ohio, or to the Executive at the address and  facsimile number, if any, appearing on the books and records of the Company. Such notice or communication shall be deemed given (a) when delivered if personally delivered; (b) five mailing days after having been placed in the mail, if delivered by registered or certified mail; (c) the business day after having been placed with a nationally recognized overnight carrier, if delivered by nationally recognized overnight carrier, and (d) the business day after transmittal when transmitted with electronic confirmation of receipt, if transmitted by facsimile. Any party may change the address or facsimile number to which notices or communications are to be sent to such party by giving notice of such change in the manner herein provided for giving notice. Until changed by notice, the following shall be the address and facsimile number to which notices shall be sent:


If to the Company, to:
If to the Executive, to:
 
Attn: General Counsel
 
Edward G. Sloane
 
PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
 
# 29 Silos
 
138 Putnam Street
 
Williamstown, West Virginia  26187
 
Marietta, Ohio 45750
   
 
Fax: (740) 568-1422
   


7


3.11            Amendment or Waiver . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall not include the Executive). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the         entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

3.12            Invalid Provisions . Should any portion of this Agreement be adjudged or held to be invalid, unenforceable or void, such holding shall not have the effect of invalidating or voiding the remainder of this Agreement and the parties hereby agree that the portion so held invalid, unenforceable or void shall if possible, be deemed amended or reduced in scope, or otherwise be stricken from this Agreement to the extent required for the purposes of validity and enforcement thereof. In this regard, the parties hereto hereby agree that any judicial authority construing this Agreement shall be empowered to sever any portion of the geographic area or any prohibited business activity from the coverage of this Agreement, and to reduce the duration of the          non-compete period and to apply the provisions of this Agreement to the remaining portion of the geographic area or the remaining business activities not to be severed by such judicial authority and to the duration of the non-compete period as reduced by judicial determination.

3.13            Survival of the Executive’s Obligations . The Executive’s obligations under this Agreement shall survive regardless of whether the Executive incurs a Termination of Employment, voluntarily or involuntarily, by the Company or the Executive, with or without Cause.

3.14            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.15            Governing Law .  This Agreement and any action or proceeding related to it shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

3.16            Captions and Gender . The use of Captions and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns in this Agreement is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.

3.17            Section 409A .   It is intended that the Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any subsequent notices or guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service), and the Agreement will be interpreted, administered and operated accordingly.  Nothing herein shall be construed as an entitlement to or guarantee of any particular tax treatment to the Executive.  Neither the Company nor the Board shall have any liability to any person in the event this Agreement fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code at any time.

8

 
The Company may accelerate the time or schedule of a distribution to the Executive at any time the Agreement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Such payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.

EXECUTIVE:                                                                                                                                                                                             COMPANY:

/s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE                                                                                                                                                                      PEOPLES BANCORP INC.
Edward G. Sloane
                                                                                                    By:      /s/ CAROL A. SCHNEEBERGER

 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Its:      Executive Vice President, Operations

 
9

 



EXHIBIT 12

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS
 
Net income/Average assets
     
RETURN ON AVERAGE STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Net income/Average stockholders' equity
     
NET INTEREST MARGIN
 
Fully tax-equivalent net interest income/Average earning assets
     
EFFICIENCY RATIO
 
(Non-interest expense less intangible amortization)/(Fully tax-equivalent net interest income plus non-interest income)
     
AVERAGE STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY TO AVERAGE ASSETS
 
Average stockholders' equity/Average assets
     
AVERAGE LOANS TO AVERAGE DEPOSITS
 
 
Average gross loans/Average deposits
     
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES TO TOTAL LOANS
 
Allowance for loan losses/Total loans
     
CASH DIVIDENDS TO NET INCOME OR DIVIDEND PAYOUT RATIO
 
Dividends declared/Net income
     
TIER 1 CAPITAL RATIO
 
Stockholders' equity less intangible assets and securities mark-to-market capital reserve ("Tier 1 Capital")/Risk adjusted assets
     
TOTAL RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIO
 
Tier 1 Capital plus allowance for loan losses/Risk adjusted assets
     
TIER 1 LEVERAGE RATIO
 
Tier 1 Capital /Quarterly average assets
     
BOOK VALUE PER SHARE
 
Total stockholders' equity/Common shares outstanding at year-end
     
TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE PER SHARE
 
(Total stockholders' equity less goodwill and other intangible assets)/Common shares outstanding at fiscal year-end
 

 

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 21

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008


Subsidiaries of Peoples Bancorp Inc.
   
 
The following are the only subsidiaries of Peoples Bancorp Inc.:
   
       
 
Name of Subsidiary
 
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization
Peoples Bank, National Association (“Peoples Bank”)
 
United States
 
Peoples Insurance Agency, Inc. (“Peoples Insurance”)
 
Ohio
 
PBNA, L.L.C.
 
Delaware
       
Peoples Investment Company
 
Delaware
 
Peoples Capital Corporation
 
Delaware
       
PEBO Capital Trust I
 
Delaware
 

 

 
 

 



EXHIBIT 23

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008



CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements pertaining to the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (Form S-8, No.33-1803 and Form S-8, No. 333-108383), the Amended and Restated 1993 Stock Option Plan of Peoples Bancorp, Inc. (Form S-8, No. 33-67878), the Peoples Bancorp Inc.1995 Stock Option Plan  (Form S-8, No. 33-59569), the Peoples Bancorp, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (formerly known as the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and Subsidiaries) (Form S-8, No. 333-43629), the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan  (Form S-8, No. 333-62935), the Peoples Bancorp Inc. 2002 Stock Option Plan (Form S-8, No. 333-86246), the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Amended and Restated 2006 Equity Plan (formerly known as the Peoples Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Plan) (Form S-8, No. 333-136383), the Peoples Bancorp Inc. Dividend Reinvestment Plan (Form S-3, No. 33-54003),  and Post-Effective Amendments No. 1, 2, and 3 to  Form S-3 related to the  Peoples Bancorp Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (Form S-3/A, No. 33-54003) of our reports dated March 2, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Peoples Bancorp Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Peoples Bancorp Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2008.

                                                                            /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Charleston, West Virginia
March 2, 2009

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 24

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ CARL L. BAKER, JR .
           [Signature]


                               Carl L. Baker, Jr.
              [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Carl L. Baker, Jr., a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.

     
                                 /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                       Notary Public

                                                       ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                        In and For The State of Ohio
                                                       My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ GEORGE W. BROUGHTON
      [Signature]


                           G eorge W. Broughton
           [Printed Name]

On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear George W. Broughton, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                     /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                         
                                          Notary Public

                                                          ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                          In and For The State of Ohio
                                                          My Commission Expires April 9, 2018

 

 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ FRANK L. CHRISTY
      [Signature]


                                Frank L. Christy
             [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Frank L. Christy, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                      /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                           Notary Public

                                                           ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                           In and For The State of Ohio
                                                           My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ WILFORD D. DIMIT
      [Signature]


                                 Wilford D. Dimit
             [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Wilford D. Dimit, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                                 /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                      Notary Public

                                                                      ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                     In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                      My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ RICHARD FERGUSON
      [Signature]


                              Richard Ferguson
           [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Richard Ferguson, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                              /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                    Notary Public

                                                                    ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                    In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                    My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ DAVID L. MEAD
      [Signature]


                                   David L. Mead
              [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear David L. Mead, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                           /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                 Notary Public

                                                                 ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                 In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                 My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ ROBERT W. PRICE
      [Signature]


                                 Robert W. Price
             [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Robert W. Price, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                              /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                   Notary Public

                                                                   ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                   In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                   My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ THEODORE P. SAUBER
      [Signature]


                             Theodore P. Sauber
              [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Theodore P. Sauber, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                                   /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                        Notary Public

                                                                        ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                        In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                        My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ PAUL T. THEISEN
      [Signature]


                                 Paul T. Theisen
               [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Paul T. Theisen, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                                /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                      Notary Public

                                                                      ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                      In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                      My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ JOSEPH H. WESEL
      [Signature]


                                 Joseph H. Wesel                                            
              [Printed Name]


On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Joseph H. Wesel, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                                       /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                             Notary Public

                                                                            ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                            In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                            My Commission Expires April 9, 2018


 
 

 


POWER OF ATTORNEY


The undersigned officer and/or director of Peoples Bancorp Inc., an Ohio corporation (the “Corporation”), which anticipates filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Annual Report of the Corporation on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, hereby constitutes and appoints Mark F. Bradley, Edward G. Sloane and Rhonda L. Mears, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, as attorney-in-fact and agent to execute, deliver and file, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, such Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments thereto, and any and all applications or documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to such Annual Report on Form 10-K, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever required and necessary to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he could do if personally present.  The undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 26th day of February, 2009.


/s/ THOMAS J. WOLF
      [Signature]


                                     Thomas J. Wolf
                                                                                                                                                                 [Printed Name]

On this 26 th day of February, 2009, did appear Thomas J. Wolf, a person known by me, and he acknowledged that he did sign this Power of Attorney, and that this is his free act and deed.


                                                                      /s/ ANNE GILLILAND                                                        
                                                            Notary Public

                                                                            ANNE GILLILAND, Notary Public
[Seal]                                                                                                            In and For The State of Ohio
                                                                            My Commission Expires April 9, 2018



 
 

 


EXHIBIT 31(a)

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

I, Mark F. Bradley, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Peoples Bancorp Inc.;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 


                           Date:  March 3, 2009                                                                                                                           By:  /s/ MARK F. BRADLEY
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Mark F. Bradley
                                                                       President and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                       (Principal Executive Officer)
 


 
 

 


EXHIBIT 31(b)

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

 
I, Edward G. Sloane, certify that:
 
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, of Peoples Bancorp Inc.;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)  
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)  
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)  
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)  
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)  
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)  
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 

 


                        Date:  March 3, 2009                                                                                                                              By: /s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Edward G. Sloane
                                                                     Executive Vice President,
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                                                     (Principal Financial Officer)

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 32

PEOPLES BANCORP INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION


In connection with the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp Inc. (“Peoples Bancorp”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark F. Bradley, President and Chief Executive Officer of Peoples Bancorp, and I, Edward G. Sloane, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Peoples Bancorp, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
 
(1)  
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
 
(2)  
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Peoples Bancorp and its subsidiaries.
 


                            Date:  March 3, 2009                                                                                                                     /s/ MARK F. BRADLEY                                                       
                                                                                                                                                                           Mark F. Bradley
                                                                         President and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                         (Principal Executive Officer)


                           Date:  March 3, 2009                                                                                                                    /s/ EDWARD G. SLOANE
                                                                                                                                                                                       Edward G. Sloane
                                                                       Executive Vice President,
                                                                                                                                                                                       Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                        (Principal Financial Officer)



 
* This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section.  This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.